Audio

456: Inside The Crazy World Of Traditional Book Publishing With Michael Drew

456: Inside The Crazy World Of Traditional Book Publishing With Michael Drew

Today, I’m thrilled to have Michael Drew as a guest on the show. Michael is the founder of PromoteABook.com, where he assists authors in launching their books onto the New York Times Bestseller list.

He has successfully launched 124 consecutive books onto national bestseller lists and has over a thousand number-one Amazon titles to his credit.

In this episode, Michael will provide us with a deep dive into the book industry, including how the economics work, and more.

What You’ll Learn

  • The ins and outs of traditional book publishing
  • How to launch a book to the bestseller list
  • The economics of book publishing

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit or Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I my buddy Michael Drew on the show. And as you guys know by now, I have a book coming out on May 16th called The Family First Entrepreneur. And the way my personality works is that whenever I do something, I try to learn about it as thoroughly as possible. Michael Drew is the founder of PromoteABook.com, where he has launched 124 consecutive books onto the national bestseller list. And in this episode,

00:29
We’re going to talk about the crazy world of traditional book publishing, and I can guarantee you that you’ll learn a ton about this industry. But before we begin, I want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are almost sold out over at sellersummit.com. And as of this recording, there’s exactly one mastermind pass left and five regular passes left. It is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And you all know me well enough by now to know that my event has zero fluff.

00:58
Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their business and not high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Every year we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people and we all eat together and everyone parties together every single night. Personally, I love smaller events and tickets always sell out. If you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250k or $1 million per year, we also offer a special mastermind experience where we break up into small groups, lock ourselves in a room and help each other with our businesses.

01:27
The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th. I also want to thank Spockit for sponsoring this episode. Now, most of you who have followed me for a long time know that I’m not a big fan of dropshipping, especially from AliExpress or China. But I do know that many of you listening don’t have a large budget to start an e-commerce business. So if you want to dropship from US or European suppliers, I like Spockit and here’s why. Spockit integrates with all the top e-commerce platforms, which makes adding products in order

01:56
fillments seamless, they also offer branded invoices, which allows you to add your logo and store name to the invoice so it appears as though it’s being shipped from your warehouse. But the main value add is that 70 % of their suppliers are from the US and Europe. As a result, your shipping times are fast at between two to five days, and the quality is superior. You can try Spockit for free over at mywifequitterjob.com slash Spockit. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash S-P-O-C-K-E-T.

02:24
And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I run with my partner Tony. And unlike this one, where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now on to the show.

02:53
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Michael Drew on the show and Michael is the founder of Promotabook.com where he helps authors launch books onto the New York Times bestseller list. He lives and breathes books and he’s launched 124 consecutive books onto national bestseller lists and he’s got over a thousand number one Amazon titles. He’s been marketing books his entire career. He’s perfected his craft over at respected publishers such as Bard Press, Entrepreneur Magazine, Longstreet Press.

03:22
Thomas Nelson Publishers, and many more. And all you guys listening know that I just finished writing my book, The Family First Entrepreneur, which is due out in May. And in this episode, Michael is gonna give us a deep dive into the book industry, and I guarantee you, for you guys listening, that it is not how you expect it to work. And with that, welcome to the show, Michael. How are doing? I’m great, thanks for having me. Unfortunately, the folks can’t see, but I’m here in an idyllic, beautiful…

03:51
Lake Atletland Guatemala running a month-long Book Riders Retreat. It’s ideal as it’s February and it’s 72 degrees outside and there’s no humidity here. And the folks here are all gonna have a book written by the end of the month. So thanks for having me on and thanks for joining me here in Guatemala. It sounds like I should have gone to that retreat because it took me three years to write my book when I could have just done it in a month by going to Guatemala. I mean, that’s the big thing, right? mean, most folks…

04:20
aren’t writers professionally and they don’t know how to do that. Most of my clients and folks like you, you might be a thought leader or influence or content creator, but writing a book is a distinct skill set, right? And I’ve been doing this now for 24 years, going on 25 in August, and I’m a proficient writer. I’m not a great writer. I’m a proficient writer because this is what I’ve done as a career for the last 24 years. There are really amazing writers that are out in the world and some of them work for me, but…

04:50
Coming up with an idea and sharing it and making a difference in the world in non-fiction writing is distinctly different than simply being an amazing writer who does great with prose and whatnot. They’re distinctly different things. And so for me, the first objective is to be able to make sure to be able to get your voice out and understood and do it in a way that meets the needs of your readers. Because at the end of the day, most of us are not Emily Dickinson. We’re not going to say…

05:16
and write in our bedrooms by ourselves and let that content sit under our bed or in our closets until we die, right? We’re writing with purpose and intention to be able to make a difference in the world. And so the first thing is to be able to get that out. The second is to have a good team to back you up, to be able to take your ideas and make them into beautiful prose. Well, see, here’s the thing. I know that you’ve launched what you said, 124 consecutive books, like…

05:42
How can you launch so many hits? Are you just really selective with your clients? It seems really difficult to bet a thousand. Yeah, I like to say that I cheat. I only work with winners, right? But a couple of things. The first thing to note is that the best sellers list, the hidden secret that nobody really appreciates is that New York Times and other best seller lists are not real best sellers lists. They don’t count real sales in real time. Not every book that is sold is reported. Not every book that is reported is counted.

06:11
Not every book that’s counted is counted equally. And not only that, if you read, if you go to the bottom of the New York Times bestsellers list in the fine print, they literally state in writing black and white that they are an editorial list. And so within their editorial controls, they can choose to include or exclude a book at their editorial discretion. Now with that, there’s some hope because they have created standards for which they apply

06:41
equally against all books. So if you hit the standards, all of the standards, which are pretty extensive, but if you get all of the standards, then they will they will allow you to be included on the list. If you miss one of their standards and the standards exceed simply having enough sales. But if you if you don’t meet all of their standards, then the book will be the New York Times will determine whether or not they’re going to include your book editorially on their list. So.

07:06
When I say cheat, this is what I mean. If you understand the science of the system and the science is what the rules are set up by the New York Times and other best sellers list, the art is figuring out what kinds of authors and businesses and platforms are best served by meeting those standards and how to leverage their businesses in meeting those standards. And so when I say cheat is knowing what the standards are and what’s needed to be able to hit that, I then look for authors and clients and business owners that both

07:35
benefit from hitting those standards and then are also able to do it. Because at the end of the day, you could have an amazing book, but if you can’t hit the standards, it doesn’t matter, right? We’re not going to be able to support your efforts to become a bestseller. And I don’t really play the luck game. I don’t play the Oprah game. I don’t play the, we’re going to wait and see what happens because that’s just not how the industry works. Right. Yeah. I mean, one thing that I’ve learned is that books don’t sell themselves.

08:06
you gotta really actively go out and market these things. And it’s harder than selling like my $2,000 a class almost. Yeah, I think when we first met, that’s one of the things I said is selling a book is more difficult than selling virtually anything else. And the reason for that is that the readers aren’t considering the price of the book, right? The 1995, 2495, whatever the price is. The consideration that you’re…

08:32
your potential audience and readers are making is, I going to spend the four, six or eight hours to read the book? Most of us, and I don’t know how many of the books behind you fit into this category, but most of us have what I call shelf help on our shelves, meaning books that are helping the shelves that we didn’t read and they’re just sitting on the shelf, right? And so the subconscious psychological determination that we make when looking at buying a book is,

08:58
whether or not we’re going to spend the time to read the book. And one of the other things that I observe, and people don’t like hearing this, but because the currency that we’re asking our readers to spend is time, one of the very worst things that you can do with an expectation of outcome is gift a book to somebody. Because unless they had already predetermined they wanted to read that book, the probability of them reading that book is very, very remote. And so that contributes to the idea of shelf help because more than likely,

09:27
the book that you’ve been gifted or that you’re gifting to someone else is not going to be read. Huh. Well, that’s kind of depressing, Well, it’s rallying. And here’s the thing about books. Books don’t just compete with other books. They’re competing with every sporting event on the planet. They compete with the time that your kids need you to come to school to go to an assembly or a music program or a play or anything else. So they compete with

09:56
video games and they compete with with church if you go to church and they compete with the time you spend on YouTube and the time you spend watching TV and the time you spend watching movies. Books have to compete against all of those different mediums. And while the mechanics of publishing don’t require a well-written book, the engagement of a cut of your audience and customers do because what you have to do with a book is get your your audience member

10:25
to be willing to invest the time into your book versus doing other things. And again, going back to that time investment, that is a much bigger investment than a 30 minute TV show or a two and a half hour movie or anything else. Like you’re spending significantly more time reading a book than you are on other mediums. And so in order to be able to convince your audience to read the book, you’ve got to have something important to say and say it well. Yeah. You know, the last time we spoke,

10:53
We talked about the economics of books, which I found fascinating. I would like the audience to know about that. So first of all, why are these hardcover books just priced so high? How much do the publishers make? How much do, like what are all the little cuts that people are taking all along the way? It’s a great question. And I want to do it in, ask the question in context of why publishers no longer market books. Okay. Because the number one thing that I hear from an author is, well,

11:23
I’ll write a good book and then the publisher will market it. And the reality is the publishers cannot market the book because of the economics of the book. between 1880 to 1980, the average number of books published each year was 40,000 new titles. With the advent of the personal computer in the early 80s, every Tom, Dick, and Harry believed that they could write a book. Whether they could or should or shouldn’t, they did, right? And so…

11:51
When I started publishing back in 1999, there were 76,000 some odd books that were published that year. So almost double from the 1880 to 1980 number, Last year, there were 1,076,000 books published. That’s crazy. 1,076,000. And about half, a little less than half of those books were still print books. The other half were e-books in some digital format.

12:20
And we define this through ISBNs, which is the code on the back of the book that is the individual identifier of your book over another title. so, but I mean, so you’re talking five, 600,000 new titles, print titles that were published last year alone. Now, the reason, and I’m giving a little preface before I get into the numbers, this is important. The average retail book store carries 100,000 titles, right? Of those 100,000 titles.

12:48
Between 70 to 80 % are what we call backlist titles. These are your perennials, your classics, and last year’s bestsellers. So what that means is, of the 100,000 titles, 20 to 30,000 new titles each year make it onto a retail bookstore shelf. Out of about 1,076,000, and you go back down to the roughly 600,000 print books, you’re still at 20 to 30,000 of that number.

13:18
600,000 new titles that make it onto a retail bookstore shelf. Now, a lot of folks may be saying, well, doesn’t Amazon and digital sales change that? And the answer to that is no. And here’s why. In terms of the size and scope of the industry, Amazon is the biggest retailer in the industry at about 16.7 % of sales. And in contrast, Barnes & was at 11.1 % of sales last year in the industry as the number two retailer.

13:46
But if you take all online sales, Amazon, BarnesNobel.com, all of the other online retailers, and you add all of those sales together, they represent around 24.6 % of all sales. And so what that means is just over 75 % of sales are still going through brick and mortar stores. BarnesNobel, Books of Million, Hudson’s, Walmart, Costco, Sam’s Club, the grocery stores, Target.

14:15
There are 2,000 independent bookstores in the US. You still have a majority, a vast majority of books that are being sold in print format through a brick and store. just find that so hard to believe. mean, all the bookstores in my area have closed except for one Barnes & Nobles for the most part. There was a dip. There absolutely was a dip during COVID. Great. Okay. it zoomed back last year.

14:44
Right, it went back to the normal numbers. actually, so Varns & Noble is the big brick and mortar store. They’ve only closed like 10 stores. They changed their strategy on how they bring books in and how they do what’s called co-op, which we’ll get into later, and other things. They brought in a new C-suite from a book group in London to be able to come back and have them. But they’ve not closed that many stores. Books a million has actually expanded.

15:13
Borders closed back in 2015-2016. Books a Million purchased about half of their stores and expanded their reach. There used to be 6,000 independent bookstores in the US. We’re now at 2,000, but those 2,000 are pretty strong. And what did occur during COVID because people were traveling were the majority of the airport stores temporarily closed during that year.

15:41
but they’re all up and running and functioning at full rate at this point. And so, yeah, there was certainly downturn due to COVID, but that’s really been rectified. so, people, there’s something to say about being able to hold a book in your hand, being able to smell, have that tactile touch. I actually wrongly made a prediction about a decade ago that within five years that e-books would represent close to 50 % of sales, and that never happened. In fact,

16:10
we saw it get almost to 30 % in terms of sales ebooks and then it’s gone back down significantly. Really? Okay. So ebooks are less than 30 % of sales. Uh-huh. Amazing. Okay. And it’s just, look, for some of us, I do a lot of audio and ebook reading, but for the masses, it’s not a thing, right? There’s a distinction there. And so going back to the original question about the monetization, all of this is important because…

16:40
The still the name of the game in the industry is still that brick and board distribution. So when you, when an author goes to a publisher to be able to get published, um, what they’re, what the publisher is looking for is the author’s ability to create sell through of their, of the book at the store level, essentially in today’s market, publishers act like venture capitalists and what they’re looking for with their authors.

17:04
is the validation that the author understands their market, have been able to prove that market, and have been able to generate sales. Because the publishers really don’t understand platform anymore. They don’t understand marketing. They barely understand media. And so what they’re relying on, like a venture capitalist, is your ability to be able to demonstrate your ability to sell your message. But then there’s the other competition issue of…

17:31
You know, you’re dealing with another five, six hundred thousand titles all aiming for twenty to thirty thousand spots each year. so so so what you look at then is not only your your marketing, but then the what most people realize are two things about about publishing. Number one, every book that’s on a retail bookstore shelf, that’s a front list title published this year are paid for by the publisher. It’s called Coop. It’s merchandising in any other retail industry.

17:59
And by the way, every publisher offers co-op on all of their books. So it’s something that gets paid no matter what, but it’s a hard cost. And so the hard cost is going to be like a dollar for a book spine out, $2 for a book per unit, per unit for a book that’s face out, $3 if it’s at the end cap, which gives it more visibility, $4 per unit if it’s on the table at the front of the store, and $5 if it’s got a special display or if it’s point of purchase. so- How does the publisher decide which books to spend on what?

18:29
Like do you have to prove to them that you’re gonna move a lot of books? As the author, again, the publisher is a go-between between you and the retailers. So the publisher is looking for a belief that you’re going to create sell-through at the store level. they offer co-op on every one of their new books, a New York publisher or even a Mid-Sense publisher. They have to, because everybody else is.

18:54
There is no distribution unless you offer that co-op. So it’s something that is required to be offered on every single book. The difference, what differentiates your book from a different title is the marketing that you bring to the table. There’s a grading system that existed at every one of the retailers and the grading system includes how well did the author’s last book sell at my stores? How well does the average book by this publisher sell at my stores?

19:18
How well does the average book in this category sell at my stores? And what’s the marketing that the authors bring to the table? Based on the answer to those questions, the author gets a grade of A, B, C, D, or F. And the grade level then dictates the number of books on the shelf. And of course, at that point, with that number of books on the shelf, D level distribution at Barnes & Noble will be offered one level of co-op, whereas A level distribution will be offered a different level of co-op in terms of that.

19:47
buy by the retailer, right? And so the requirement by the publishers, you better be able to bring the marketing NPR to the table because at best what they’re going to do is be able to print and pay for the co-op of that book. And that goes to the second point, which is most people don’t realize that books, unlike other merchandise and other industries, are 100 % returnable by the retailer back to the publisher.

20:16
My first book, The Family First Entrepreneur, is available for pre-order at your favorite retailer. And leading up to the launch in May, I’m doing something crazy. I’m giving away a new bonus for people who pre-order every single week until the book launches on May 16th. And here’s the kicker. If you buy a book before the bonus expires, you get access to it forever. But if you buy the book after the bonus expiration date, you won’t get access to that week’s bonus. And here’s what I’ve given away already.

20:44
a workshop on search engine optimization for e-commerce store owners, a workshop on how to self-publish your first book, and a workshop on how to structure your blog post to rank in search. In addition to the weekly bonuses, you also get access to my six-week family-first business challenge, access to my three-day print-on-demand workshop, and access to my two-day passive income workshop, and free access to any future live workshops. Now, aside from all these bonuses, the book itself

21:12
will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. Because you can in fact achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it and you don’t have to work 80 hours a week and be a slave to your business just to make it all work. I will teach you how to start a business from the perspective of a parent who makes both business and family work. Go to mywifecoupterjob.com slash book and I’ll send you the bonuses

21:42
invitations to book parties that I’ll be throwing all over the country, and other special offers. That’s mywifecluderjob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

21:54
What determines whether I get the $5, I said I, whether I get the $5 front of the store co-op? Is that something the publisher decides or is that something the bookstore decides? No, it’s something the bookstore decides based on your grade. And based on the grade, like $5 point of purchase is going to go with an A level book. a B level is going to get front of store placement. C is going to get end cap. D is going to get face out. OK.

22:23
Anything below that might get spying or less. And if you have no track record, the chances of you getting to the front are probably pretty slim, I would imagine. Well, so the opportunity on a first-time author is that they actually can get more distribution on their first book than they might be able to get on their second book. Because there is no track record. The opportunity is if you come in with a strong enough marketing campaign, the…

22:48
retailers may take a little bit of a chance on you because they simply don’t have a track record. So on a first-time author, if you go in guns blazing, you might be able to get better distribution. And that’s important because if you do a really good job on the first book, it would then influence your ability to get distribution on your next title and other future titles that you publish. if you are a first-time author working with a publisher for distribution, my advice is…

23:16
throw everything in the kitchen sink at what you’re doing to be able to create the sell through. One note before I get back to the finances, which is where we started this part of the conversation.

23:29
It’s important to note that the industry is a risk mitigation industry, right? They don’t take risks on books. And so your opportunity with the marketing and the work that you do is to eliminate risks, both for the publisher and then the retailers. If you can do that, you’ll be able to play at a higher level in terms of what you do. But you also need to be able to follow through. can’t just be…

23:59
just a lot of talk. That happens a lot. A lot of authors come in and promise the sun, the earth, and the moon, and can’t deliver. So be able to deliver at least 80 % or better of what you’re promising to the publisher and the retailers, because how well your current book does will directly influence and impact what you do in the industry moving forward. Going back to the numbers then, let’s use a simple number. It could be higher than this, and inflation certainly impacts

24:29
the price of printing and paper and all of those things. But let’s use some simple numbers. Let’s assume that the retail price of the book is $20. right? Okay. Now the retailers get paid, they keep when a book sells 50 to 55 % of the retail price. To keep it simple, let’s use 50 % if they’ll more likely go out and make it so that the retailer keeps $10 per unit sold. Okay, so now-

24:58
We’re down to $10 there, right? So then we look at the printing cost of the book. So let’s assume that the printing cost on the book is $3 a unit, because let’s say it’s a hardcover book and it’s $3 per unit to print. Okay, cool. So now we go from seven down to, or probably 10 down to seven. Well, then let’s assume that we get average retail distribution and co-op and that the average price per unit

25:25
is three come at $3 per unit. And by the way, this is assuming that the book sales. If the book doesn’t sell, the numbers become even worse for the publisher. But assuming that the book sell, they now go from $7 down to $4 once you deduct the co-op from that. And then authors on average are to make $2 $3 per unit sold as a royalty. So let’s assume it’s a lower number, it’s $2. So we’re going go down from $4 to $2 per unit. So

25:55
At best, not including overhead, not including shipping, not including all of the other expenses to be able to run a company, a publisher’s making roughly $2 per unit sold for a $20 book. You go up to a $40 book, they’re maybe making $4 per unit sold because of the way that the numbers scale at that point. It’s just not that much better of a deal, but the publishers are looking at…

26:22
trying to squeeze out every penny they can here, there, and everywhere else. But this is why publishers also don’t do marketing because if they’re only making $2 per unit, there’s really no budget left for them to spend on marketing, PR, and advertising. And this is why they require that their authors bring the marketing to the table. All right, $2 a book. That doesn’t sound like a good business to me. How do these publishers stay in business?

26:51
and pay for their fancy offices in New York and all the staff. A lot of its legacy media and most of New York publishers, now all of the New York publishers, are owned by multimedia conglomerates who are using books as ways to be able to justify other money and revenue opportunities not associated with the individual books themselves. In publishing, it’s not the 80-20 rule, it’s the 95-5 rule. 5 % of the books make 95 % of the money. And really what…

27:20
publishers in the US are looking to do today on the 95 % is really they’re trying to get as close to breakeven as possible versus a loss. And one of the biggest things that a traditional publisher can do beyond getting the retail distribution for your book is selling the subsidiary rights, the foreign rights, TV, movie rights, and those other things. Most publishers leverage the fact that New York is the media capital of the world. And they leverage that

27:50
when they have moderate success with their books to be able to sell the foreign rights for books to foreign countries to say, hey, look at the success we had in the US. If we had success here, you can have success in your country as well. And so they’re able to export that fairly well. And their objective is in selling the rights to get as close to breaking even on the 95 % of the books as they can. Interesting. What are the economics of selling foreign rights? Typically speaking, you’ll get

28:16
Let’s say you sell the rights to a publisher in Portugal. They might pay 10 to $20,000 for the rights to own that book in Portugal and to print and to make the money from that. And typically speaking, the publisher will give the author, depending on the publisher, 30 to 50 % of the payment from that Portugal publisher. I see. Some countries we’ve seen in South Korea or in Japan, if you can…

28:45
if they’ll publish it or in, sometimes in India, you might get a $50,000 payment to be able to buy the rights for the book. So let’s just throw some numbers here. So let’s say a publisher gives someone $100,000 advance in order to make up that they got to sell 50,000 books just to break even. That’s what you’re telling me? That’s what I’m saying. And then what is the, give me some numbers here. What is the average book sell for from like a big five publisher?

29:13
So, and look, you’ve got different kinds of books, right? You’ve got hardcover, you’ve got paperback, you’ve got mass paperback, which is even cheaper, so you can buy a Harry Potter book as an example, in hardcover, $24.95, and paperback at $16.95, and mass market paperback at $7.95. But for the most part, that’s for the really big books, what we’re looking at today is hardcovers in the $24.95 range.

29:39
We’re looking at paperbacks around $12.35 to $16.95. The mass market’s still about what it’s been. But the objective on when you’re selling a book, whether it’s your first time book or a new title that’s being published, it’s likely to come out in hardcover. And the reason for that is that, again, going back to the idea of selling rights, if you have even moderate success with a hardcover book,

30:06
The publisher then has two choices. They can print the paperback, which doesn’t cost them, other than the printing costs, it doesn’t cost them a lot of additional funds to do, or they can sell the paperback rights and be able to recoup their investment. All right, give me some numbers. What’s considered a reasonable selling book at Hardback? Well, let me tell you the average. Because things have changed over the years. When I started, I would say that I would tell folks that on average in five years that a business title

30:34
or non-fiction title would sell 5,000 books. That’s not the case at all anymore. Like we’re talking 24 years later. Last year, if we look at the New York publishers alone, they published roughly 20,000 titles. And those 20,000 titles averaged selling 500 copies. That’s it? It’s dropped over the years? It’s dropped over the years. Yep. Well, again, when I started, were 70-some-odd thousand books being published. were 1,076,000 books published last year.

31:02
There’s a lot more media opportunities today than there was 24 years ago, right? I see. If you look at the, if you remove the 20,000 books that then your publishers published, you’re looking at, so you got a million 56,000 left. Yeah. You’re looking at an average of about a hundred sales. Man. Per title, per title. And so here’s what’s important with that.

31:30
you’ve got the front list of the backlist title. So if you want real success in publishing, you have to get your book modeled. You want your book to be a backlist title. Well, the time frame to do that, this is why I say throw everything in the kitchen sink that you can at the book in the first 90 days is because your book will live or die in 60 to 90 days, depending on the retailer. You’ll either create the sell through at the retail level or you won’t. And if you don’t, the book gets returned and the retailers don’t carry your book anymore. And if you do,

32:00
then you’re able to get modeled. And if you can keep that level of sales for a year, then you’ll be backlisted in the following year and keep that level, that model level for the following year. I see. It just seems like based on the numbers you told me, the publishers are hemorrhaging money. They do make money, but it’s… Look, you’ll have a book by a politician, say…

32:28
say Donald Trump or Biden or whomever else, that’ll sell 10 million copies, right? So they’ll have books that make a lot of money. And the smaller books don’t make, they lose money, but they don’t lose huge amounts of money per title. they still end up being profitable. And like I said, in terms of that foreign rights and subsidiary rights standpoint, they’re back in tactic of being able to sell those rights.

32:55
is really how they mitigate losses for all of the other books. So they end up doing just fine. But their objective is to be able to get a book beyond the first year so that it’s modeled at the store level so they don’t have to pay for that shelf space anymore. Because once they get to that point, then hopefully at that point you got people going into bookstores and buying the book at no additional cost other than the printing cost of the book. I see. Okay. How much do they make on a paperback? Are the economics better? They’re the same.

33:25
It’s about the same. It’s about the same. Well, they might make less per unit if they’re pricing it lower per unit. They’ll use cheaper paper to reduce costs. look, if you to use a symbol number, if you use 10 bucks as your starting point, maybe you’re printing costs of 75 cents versus three bucks. But your your call price doesn’t change hardcover paperback. You’re still spending one to five dollars per unit. Right. And the author royalty.

33:53
might go down from $2 for the author to $1 for the author, but you’re still, mean, the numbers were got to be about the same. All right, so let me just see if I understand. So the co-op cost is only for the beginning during launch, and if you can get your book onto the backlist, the publisher no longer has to pay that co-op fee. Correct, I mean, there are exceptions to that. So as an example, I did a book by a very well-known sales trainer.

34:20
and put it in the number one New York Times, the next year, the next May, Barnes and Noble came back and said, hey, we’re doing a business special for Father’s Day. We want to put 100,000 copies of the book on the shelf, and we had to pay the co-op for that. So there’s some exceptions to that. the objective is for a publisher to get past that first year, have the book modeled and backlisted so that other than special opportunities, they don’t have to worry about paying that shelf space. OK. All right.

34:48
Let’s switch gears a little bit. What does it take to hit these bestseller lists? First of all, what are the bestseller lists that are the most prestigious, and how do you hit them? And it’s a good question. And they have changed in some regards over the years. And I focus primarily on nonfiction. So I’m looking at that. But you’ve got The New York Times, which from a book standpoint is considered the crumb to the crumb. Now, for me, New York Times, from an impact on sales standpoint,

35:19
doesn’t have a huge impact on actual sales of the book or on my clients’ platforms. Really, New York Times, the readers of that section of the New York Times are people that are literary snobs, in my opinion, people who really look at the literary quality. And that’s not a problem, but if you’re writing a business book or a diet book or a health book or a workout book or a cookbook, those folks, those readers…

35:44
aren’t going to be as interested in that content as they might be in a work of fiction. So if you’re writing a book of fiction, New York Times is fantastic. It’s in the industry. It’s considered the top list. Retailers care about that. From an actual engagement of sales, I don’t see a huge movement on that when making the New York Times list. The Wall Street Journal would be the next, and that’s especially true on nonfiction and especially on business.

36:12
Right, so if you’ve written a business book, a money book, a wealth book, even to a certain degree a personal development book that is focused on wealth or money or business, like Secrets of the Millionaire Mind by T.R. Wecker, then Wall Street Journal is amazing. Wall Street Journal, you get on that list. Business people who could hire you are reading that book. Business people who…

36:39
could buy your book and give it to their employees are reading that list, right? And so it’s an amazing list for that category of author. And the way that I look at the ranking of list, number one, New York Times would be top. Number one, for a business title or a personal development title, number one, Wall Street Journal is actually above making the New York Times bestsellers list. If you’re a guy or health, yeah, because…

37:09
if you’re writing number one, because you get to put that status number one to the audience that is most interested in your material. So that’s really amazing. Whereas if you hit number one USA Today and you’re a diet or a health book because of the broad nature of that list, then USA Today for that kind of author is better than just making the New York Times. So number one New York Times, number one Wall Street Journal or number one USA Today, depending on the subject matter, is better than just making New York Times. And then you’ve got New York Times and then below that you’ve got Wall Street Journal.

37:38
and USA Today as lists that have importance. There are LA Times does a list, Publishers Weekly does a list, Chicago Tribune does a list. So there are some regional and local publications that do bestseller lists as well, but they’re localized, right? So they have benefit. And if you’re heavily in the LA market, the Chicago market or wherever, then Fantastic Does a List will have an impact on what you’re doing.

38:07
But in terms of the national list, it’s New York Times, Wall Street Journal, and USA Today. Okay. And I guess let’s just start with the New York Times. What are the five criteria? I think that’s what you mentioned in the beginning. So going back to the need for distribution, number one for New York Times is retail distribution. And this is why we really look at the effort before the campaign comes out because

38:37
We can hit the other four standards, but if we don’t have that retail distribution to begin with, they won’t, we move from qualifying from a technical standpoint to having to have an editorial conversation, which is never a conversation that you want to have because they could choose to include or exclude you based on their own biases and beliefs. Right. And so what we’re looking for is to put at least 10,000 units on the shelf. Now, again, to be clear, the New York Times is not a real best sellers list. What they’re looking for

39:06
within their rule system is validation for why they’re seeing sales being reported to them because they don’t really understand why. And so they’ve come up with a standard to be able to validate that. So number one is retail distribution. if you don’t, their argument, which is fair to a point, if you don’t have enough retail distribution, how are they seeing these sales coming in? Right. That’s number one. Number two is actual sales. So when we, when we look at running a campaign,

39:36
we look at pre-selling 20,000 units. Now, let me give you an analogy of what we’re doing compared to the normal industry and unfairness that exists. In the traditional space, there’s something called embargoing. Embargoing is a legal agreement between the publisher and the retailer. And what that legal agreement states is that the retailer is not allowed to put any copies of that title on the shelf

40:04
until the exact release date. Now, we don’t see that a lot, but a really clear example of this that we all heard about in the news was Harry Potter. When each Harry Potter book was released, there was an embargo on it, on the sale of the book, and you could go to Barnes & or Books of Million or Hudson’s or Amazon and pre-purchase the book, but the retailer was not allowed to ship the book or give the book to the consumer until the publishing date. If they did, the agreed upon fine was $250,000

40:34
per unit that they put on the shelf. So it was a really big expense and cost if you made the mistake. And there were occasionally books are here or there that put a book out early and they got fined for doing so. And so what would happen is that all of these retailers would accumulate all of these orders for a year or two or three, depending on the duration of the release of the book from one title to the next.

40:59
and they would hold all of the orders on the funds. And then the day of the release of the book, they would take all of those funds into the coffers and deliver the book to the consumer. And so by doing that, of course, a book like Harry Potter that’s being embargoed is going to hit number one on the list because you’ve got two or three years of pent-up sales and the millions of copies that are now all being processed at the same time.

41:28
When I work with a client to run an Evertimes campaign, we don’t rely on a legal embargo because for most of my clients, actually I’d say all of them, none of them are at the Harry Potter level. Retailers don’t like doing embargoes because it means that they can’t put their customers’ money into their coffers. And so they want to put money into their coffers as soon as they can. And so for most titles, let’s say the book was coming out in May and if Amazon got the book or Barnes & or whoever got the book in April,

41:56
and there are people who’ve pre-ordered from the retailer, they’re going to ship. Amazon’s going to ship the book to the customer the moment the book comes in. Why? Because as soon as they ship the book, they can take that customer’s money and put it into their coffers. They can’t do that under an embargo. And so they don’t like doing that unless they’re forced to, like on a big book like Harry Potter. And so what I do with my clients is the same thing. I have my clients embargo the sales directly.

42:23
So, and not give the sales to the retailers until the pump did. So they hold the orders and the money. And then we do a controlled release based on the algorithm at the New York Times, the breakdown of how the different retailers are weighted. And so we give X number to Amazon and Y number to Barnes & and Z number to Books-A-Million and beyond. Like we split that up and have those retailers fulfill the orders all within the same week in an author embargoed versus a publisher embargoed process, if that makes sense.

42:52
And so we look at, we want to have those sales all happening at the same time to ensure compliance by the retailers who are reporting and to have the highest percentage of those sales being counted. The next standard is ebook sales. Now it used to be that the New York Times had an ebook bestsellers list. In February of 2017, the New York Times made some major changes to their lists of which the standards that I’m giving you, most of them didn’t exist previous other than sales and retail distribution.

43:20
And so what the New York Times did is they got rid of the five spots on all of their lists and they got rid of half of their existing lists and they did that with the objective of being a more exclusive bestsellers list than they had previously been and so one of the lists they got rid of was the ebook list and So what they did is they made ebooks a standard to qualify, right? So so while they’re well, they want to see the print sale of the book. They also want to see the

43:49
e-book standard or the e-book sales happening at the same time. This is something that they have determined if you have print sales, you’re have e-book sales at a certain level. So our objective during the launch of a book is to be able to put 10,000 or more e-book sales through promotions through Kindle, Kobo and Nook, which are the three main e-book reading devices, right? So that’s the third standard. The fourth standard is what’s called online social proof. So again, I wanna be clear.

44:18
The New York Times as a sophisticated poll is looking to validate why they’re seeing sales come through. And so the first thing they’re looking at is what’s going on in online media. About five years ago, what you started hearing media and publicist change of their language was that traditional media was no longer print magazines and newspapers and radio shows and TV shows, but traditional media was now blogs and…

44:46
blogs and blogs and podcasts and all of those things. And so in February of 2017, the New York Times launched an online technology that it’s a spidering technology similar to what Google uses for ranking the quality of a website and ranking a website before their search results. the New York Times launched this validating spidering technology to be able to go out and see that there was sufficient interest in your book.

45:15
to be able to know that, the reason we’re seeing sales is because we’re seeing all of this online conversation around the book going on. And so while The New York Times doesn’t release the exact standards, what we have determined in the last six years through the many campaigns that we’ve run is that, well, I don’t know the bottom number. We always aim to have 350 blogs in the month of the release, 90 vlogs in the month of the release, 90 podcasts during the month of the release.

45:44
We aim to have to run some kind of of online social media campaign to get 50,000 consumers engaged with likes or comments or shit not probably shares and comments on on Facebook Twitter and LinkedIn each right and those those are the things that the New York Times are looking at to validate that Why they’re seeing sales, right? The final standard is is what I would call old media or traditional media

46:14
which is radio, TV, and print, which are still valid forms of media. But what they’re looking for is for the author to have themselves or their book featured in 100 markets in TV, 100 markets in radio, and 100 markets in print. Now, if you have a good PR firm, TV and radio is still syndicated, right? And so that syndication allows you to get one national hit to hit

46:43
TV or radio prints a little bit more difficult. And so oftentimes we have to look at things like matte releases and other things to be able to hit the print center because it’s not it doesn’t have the same syndication that it used to have, right? That those syndication teams all broke up. But those are the standards that that New York Times are looking for from a technical standpoint for you to qualify. If you hit those standards, then they’ll they’ll let your book on the list. If you don’t, let’s you only have the sale, the sales part of it, maybe part of the distribution.

47:12
then it’s an editorial decision that the New York Times will make. they’re going to look at, they like your publisher? Do they like your subject matter? Do they like you? Like they’re look at really subjective things. Right. Wow, that sounds pretty comprehensive. Yeah. To hit that list. Yeah. Okay. Well, I don’t want to take up too much of your time because I know you got a workshop to run here, but…

47:40
Thanks for giving some insight into the book industry, why publishers don’t spend money on marketing, and what it actually takes to hit the cream of the crop, which is the New York Times bestseller list. In case your audience might be a little discouraged about publishing, me give them this encouragement. The information that I’m sharing should be empowering. It should give you an objective to aim for.

48:08
to be able to work in and succeed in the publishing industry, right? And that it doesn’t have to happen overnight. In fact, what I would tell you is that on average, my New York Times bestselling clients don’t run New York Times campaign until their third, fourth or fifth book. Because what we’re doing is building their platform and their business in the interim and still using books as ways to build credibility.

48:35
with their audience and their customer base and being able to add to their list and audience. But it’s usually the third, fourth or fifth book over, could be anywhere from a three to 10 year timer. I have clients that it took 10 years and five books launched before we ever ran a New York Times campaign. Now, every other subsequent book that they run before that added and built their platform so that when we ran the New York Times bestsellers list, we were

49:03
able to hit those standards that I shared fairly organically because we’d built the business to that point. so I would say, yes, you may not be able to go from nothing to New York Times on your first book, but that doesn’t mean that there isn’t a way for you to have success. You simply have to take the information that I’ve shared and use it to create a plan and to aim to hit those numbers at some point in the future.

49:32
and to then worry about running a New York Times campaign at that point. Right. Michael, where can people find more about you and your services? So my basic website is promoteabook.com, because I like to make it complex. P-R-O-M-O-T-E-A-B-O-OK.COM, promoteabook.com. The writer’s retreat that we run here in Guatemala. By the way, it includes a publishing deal. So at the end of the month, the promise is your book will be written, and we got a publishing deal lined up for you. That’s cool. Yeah, I like that.

50:02
We do this for a lot of those folks that can’t run New York Times bestsellers, but are using their book to grow their business and are looking out into the future. It’s a month long retreat. It’s really hard to be here. We’re at 6,000 feet. I’ve got five volcanoes behind me. It’s 72 degrees out with no humidity for a month. It’s really terrible. got to ride every day. So there is that. But if you want to more about the retreat, it’s bookretreat.com. Because again, I like to make it complex.

50:29
Bookwithreed.com. B-O-O-K-R-E-T-R-E-A-T.com. Nice. Well, Michael, thanks a lot for coming on the show. I learned a lot. I learned even more than the first time I chatted with you. So thank you. You’re welcome. It’s my pleasure.

50:57
Once again, I want to remind you that my annual ecommerce conference will be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida on May 23rd to May 25th. I really want to hang out with you in person, so let’s meet up. Go to SellersSummit.com. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com. I also want to thank Spocket, which is the dropshipping supplier that I like for ecommerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily add products to your store and have pre-vetted suppliers ship your products to the end customer, no storage or fulfillment required.

51:25
And the best part is that most suppliers are in the US and Europe for super fast shipping. For more information, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash spocket. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash sp-o-c-k-e-t. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

455: If I Only Knew: 5 Life-Changing Insights About Business I’d Tell My Younger Self – Family First Friday

455: If I Only Knew: 5 Life-Changing Insights About Business I'd Tell My Younger Self

Welcome to the first “Family First Friday” episode on the podcast. On these Friday segments, I’ll be producing solo episodes about my philosophies on business, family and life.

Today, I’m going to discuss 5 life changing insights about business and life that I’d tell me younger self!

Enjoy!

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast, where I teach you how to start a business or side hustle from the perspective of a father with two kids. Welcome to a new segment to the show, which I’m calling Family First Fridays. And in these solo episodes, I will be presenting to you my personal thoughts about family, entrepreneurship, business, and life. And today we’re going to talk about some life-changing insights about business that I would tell my younger self if I started all over again. But before we begin,

00:28
I just wanted to thank Spockit for sponsoring this episode. Now most of you who’ve followed me for a long time know that I’m not a huge fan of dropshipping, especially from AliExpress or China. But I do know that many of you listening don’t have a large budget to start an e-commerce business. Now if you want to dropship from US or European suppliers, I like Spockit, and here’s why. Spockit integrates with all the top e-commerce platforms, which makes adding products and order fulfillment seamless.

00:54
They also offer branded invoices, which allows you to add your logo and store name to the invoice, so it appears as though it’s being shipped from your own warehouse. But the main value add is that 70 % of their suppliers are from the US and Europe. And as a result, your shipping times are fast at between two and five days, and the quality is superior. You can try Spocket for free over at mywifequitterjob.com slash Spocket. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash Spocket. Now onto the show.

01:29
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast and the very first Family First Friday. Now what if I told you that you could make a few million dollars per year while working only 20 hours a week and spend most of your time with your loved ones? What if I told you that starting a business on the side and achieving financial freedom was not only doable, but that it doesn’t require a lot of money upfront and very little risk?

01:51
Well, I can assure you that it can be done because I’ve personally achieved all the above with my businesses over at bumblebeelinens.com and mywifequitterjob.com. And if you are skeptical, let’s just say that a lot of things in life can seem impossible unless you see someone else do it first. Kind of like how no one believed that a human could run a mile in under four minutes until Roger Bannister did it in 1954. So in this episode, I’m going to share with you five life-changing insights that I would tell my younger self

02:21
and anyone who wants to start a business, achieve financial freedom, and free up their time to do what they want. Insight number one, 99 % of the business and entrepreneurship advice out there is wrong. Now this is a very strong statement, but it is true and here is a fact. Most entrepreneurship advice is given by single men who have no responsibilities outside of taking care of themselves. They have no family, no mouths to feed, and no expenses to worry about, but that’s not really representative of most people.

02:51
Now there’s a popular saying within the entrepreneurship community that entrepreneurs prefer to work 80 hours a week to avoid working 40 hours per week at a regular job. But if you follow the path of most entrepreneurs, working 80 hours a week and hustling nonstop, you will end up sacrificing your time and your freedom for the promise of riches. Work yourself to the bone and lose what precious time you had to spend with your loved ones. Now I’ve interviewed over 450 successful entrepreneurs on my podcast.

03:19
who are absolutely killing it with their multi-million dollar businesses. But what you never hear about publicly is that they don’t see their family much or that they are totally burned out or stressed out. You don’t hear about the huge sacrifices that they had to make in order to get there. I once interviewed a billionaire whose business ended up destroying their marriage because he was working too much. And to this day, this remains his biggest regret in life. And he would trade all of his wealth to be back together with his family again. Now the truth

03:49
is that you can in fact be financially free without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it, and you don’t have to work 80 hours a week just to make it all work. There is in fact a sustainable way to achieve financial freedom without making huge sacrifices. You just have to follow a certain set of principles in order to stay on track. Insight number two, you got to start before you’re ready. Most people wait too long before doing what they know they need to do in life.

04:18
I wanted to start my blog for years before I did, and what took so long to get started were two concerns. One, I was intimidated to build my own website on WordPress. Yes, even engineers can be intimidated by tech. And two, I thought I hated writing, so I kept stalling until finally the pain of not starting was greater than the discomfort of just doing it. And then after that, I installed WordPress, and it was surprisingly easy. Two years of waiting, the whole thing took a couple of hours.

04:48
The next day, I typed out my first blog post and it turned out to be much easier than I anticipated and I could even make it fun. My blog post didn’t have to be long and eloquent, they just had to be helpful and direct and I’ve blogged regularly ever since then with minimal resistance. When my wife and I started our e-commerce store selling handkerchiefs, we knew nothing about websites, nothing about selling online and nothing about advertising. But we gave it a shot anyway and made over $100,000 in profit in our first year of business.

05:18
with zero experience. Once we ditched our doubts, progress followed. And lots of things are like that. Most people hesitate to start a business because they doubt they have any marketable skills to offer, or they think they need to conduct years of research to create a viable business plan. None of this is true. Launching a business is actually easy. The hard part is getting it to run on autopilot with minimal effort or interference needed from you. Many aspiring entrepreneurs delay the first few steps

05:47
which are ironically the least risky ones in the entire process. And nobody’s ever ready to begin, ever. You always have to start earlier than you think. After all, you can’t really learn how to run a business until you’ve had experience running a business. So if you wait until you’re ready, then you will never start at all. In other words, you will feel ready to start your business six months after you started. And even if your business fails, you learn something. And that is not failing in my book.

06:17
It’s education. By the way, if you’re enjoying these insights, make sure you preorder my book, The Family First Entrepreneur in the links below. And as soon as you preorder, you’ll receive instant access to my three day workshop on print on demand and my two day workshop on how to make money with content. Just go to thefamilyfirstentrepreneur.com. Insight number three, do not build a business around what you love.

06:42
Now when it comes to business, most people want to sell something they love or provide a service that they are passionate about. But what most people don’t understand is that whether you start a business around an area of passion or not, most of what you end up doing is not necessarily related to the thing that you sell. Now granted there are exceptions to this rule, but very few. In our case, we sell linens, but most of the daily operations have to do with sales and marketing, tracking inventory and customer service. We could be selling computers,

07:10
and it would basically be the same list of daily tasks. So do not start a business because you’re trying to monetize your passion. Why? Because you won’t be very happy and it probably won’t work. In most businesses, what you end up doing, especially in the startup phase, is all the stuff required to run just about any business and usually this isn’t what you’re passionate about. You may in fact begin to associate these mundane activities with your passion itself and therefore grow to resent it. For example,

07:39
My wife was passionate about embroidery and she loved to embroider blankets and pillowcases, you name it. But as soon as we started doing it for other people, for money, she started hating it. It’s just a recipe for unhappiness. If you do find something that you love and turn it into a business and you’re ready to do the work, great. But do not believe the myth that this is something you have to be in love with or that it won’t work. Simply not true. You can start a business around a lot of different areas of interest.

08:07
and make many of them succeed if you know what to do. You don’t have to be passionate about running a business necessarily. Just know that this is how you end up spending the majority of your time, doing mundane, boring things every business owner has to do. So instead of the passion, focus on the purpose of your business. For me, our business was always about whether we could make enough money to replace my wife’s income so she could stay at home with the kids. That was the real goal.

08:34
and every decision we made was oriented around that single objective. We passed up a lot of other opportunities that excited me more than hankies, believe me, but that wasn’t the point of what we were doing. The point was which business would allow us to have the most freedom to do what we wanted, and everything had to pass through that filter. It didn’t matter what we sold so long as we fulfilled our primary goal, and that was what we were passionate about, the purpose behind the business, not just the business itself.

09:04
Insight number four, everything is a commodity. Now when starting a business, most people struggle with what to sell, not because they can’t find a profitable product, but because they want to sell something completely novel or unique. And the truth of the matter is that very few products are unique and almost every product is a commodity. Think of how many successful apparel companies or jewelry companies are out there in the world and you’ll soon realize that nothing is really new.

09:31
Almost everyone sells the same types of products and services, so instead of killing yourself, trying to come up with the next big invention to present to the world, you should focus on what Drew Whitman calls the Life Force 8. The Life Force 8 are the core human desires that are responsible for almost all product sales. And here’s what the Life Force 8 is. Survival, enjoyment of life and life extension, enjoyment of food and beverages, freedom from fear and anger, sex,

10:00
Comfortable living conditions, being superior to others, care and protection of your loved ones, and social approval. If you can appeal to a person’s life force, you can sell anything. And the truth is that people rarely make purchase decisions rationally. It’s all about how you feel. So if you can position your product to address sexual urges, to elevate your status, or to keep your friends and family safe, you better believe that people are going to have strong feelings about it.

10:28
Take Dr. Squatch for example. They sell soap for men, but if you look at their commercials, what they are really selling is sex. Remember those old herbal essences commercials where they implied the women washing their hair were having an orgasmic experience? Or the Old Spice commercial where the guy getting out of the shower is daring the men watching to be stronger and manlier. These are all appeals to the Life Force 8, and they work very, very well. Everyone gets hung up on finding a niche, whether it’s a physical or a digital product.

10:59
But the truth is, is that you can make anything sell as long as you appeal to a person’s emotions. The product is less important than the emotions you evoke in a customer. So focus on the feelings and the sales will come. Insight number five, starting a side hustle is not risky. Now the biggest misconception about entrepreneurs is that they are all inveterate gamblers. Now at this point, as I mentioned before, I’ve interviewed over 450 successful small business owners on my podcast.

11:28
And I can tell you that not one of them has ever struck me as a big time risk taker. Quite the opposite in fact, I don’t know if the media is to blame or just some modern misunderstanding about what it takes to succeed, but there seems to be a myth in our culture that successful entrepreneurs enjoy taking wild chances, that they’re all high rollers who go big or go home. In my experience, nothing could be further from the truth. And almost every entrepreneur I’ve interviewed or met in the past 10 years,

11:55
has taken a methodical and conservative approach to starting their businesses. And as a result, most of them have succeeded. Now to put it concisely, what successful entrepreneurs do more often than not is take small calculated risks. They don’t bet the farm, which gives them room for little mistakes. And then they iterate. When my wife and I started our business, we both worked full-time jobs while building an e-commerce store on the side. And we only invested $630 to start a business.

12:24
We made small bets as we went, making little tweaks with each step and learning along the way. And our success is not a result of any brilliance in our part, just a willingness to keep experimenting and not going all in too soon. Well, how did things end up? It took a while, but our store makes over a million dollars a year. My wife and I no longer work regular jobs and we spend most of our time with family, not on the beach sipping margaritas, but with our kids creating meaningful experiences.

12:53
Starting a side hustle doesn’t have to be risky. Entrepreneurship doesn’t have to be all or nothing. It really can be a slow and steady process of taking risks, yes, but not the ones that will financially devastate you if something goes sideways. Now, if you decide to take the plunge into business ownership, I applaud you. It’s not for everyone, but the rewards can far outweigh the risks if you do it right. Just make sure you have a backup plan. Stay or day job until your side hustle can support you.

13:21
and then build upon your existing successes until you have a portfolio of income streams. Now this episode is just a small sampling of the insights in my book, The Family First Entrepreneur. And my book is relevant to anyone who’s tired of working four hours a week at a job that they don’t like. It’s relevant to anyone who runs a small business and is finding that their business has turned into another job. It’s relevant to anyone who wants to achieve financial freedom to spend more time with their loved ones.

13:48
or to spend more time on what they actually want to be doing in life. I specifically wrote The Family First Entrepreneur to walk you through a better way of building a business. One where you don’t have to strive unceasingly to succeed. One where your business actually frees up your time instead of draining it. And this is the book I wish I had when I first became an entrepreneur. And I hope it inspires you to find your own path to success and happiness. Pre-order it at thefamilyfirstentrepreneur.com.

14:18
and you’ll receive instant access to my three day workshop on print on demand and my two day workshop on how to make money with content. Once again, all of this can be found over at thefamilyfirstentrepreneur.com. Hope you enjoyed the first Family First Friday episode and this means I’ll now be putting out two episodes per week. An interview at the beginning of the week and a solo episode on Friday. And once again, I want to thank Spockit, which is a drop shipping supplier that I like for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button,

14:47
You can easily add products to your store and have pre-vetted suppliers ship your products to the end customer, no storage or fulfillment required. And the best part is that most suppliers are in the US and Europe for super fast shipping. For more information, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash spocket. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash S-P-O-C-K-E-T. And don’t forget to pre-order the Family First Entrepreneur over at mywifequitterjob.com slash book.

15:13
and you’ll get instant access to a couple of amazing bonuses that are worth 690 bucks. You’ll get a three day workshop on print on demand, a two day workshop on how to make passive income with content, and I’m also giving away a six week family first challenge where I will personally help you find your next side hustle. Now I talk about how I these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifecourtajob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

454: From 0 To Millions: His Inc 500 Business Turned A Simple Idea Into A Multi-Million Dollar Empire W/ Mike Barnhill

454: From Zero To Millions: This Inc 500 ID Badge Business Turned A Simple Idea Into A Multi-million Dollar Empire With Mike Barnhill

Today, I have my good friend Mike Barnhill on the show. Aside from having a sexy voice and being the lead singer in a rock band called Hydrafighter, Mike and his brother Patrick started an e-commerce store selling ID badges over at Specialist ID.

This business has been featured in the Inc 500 for the past seven or eight years and they make millions selling what seem like mundane and saturated products.

Today we’re going to learn how and why they are so successful.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Mike started SpecialistId
  • How to grow a multimillion-dollar business selling highly competitive products
  • How to take advantage of B2B sales

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today I my good friend Mike Barnhill on the show. And aside from being the lead singer in a kick-ass rock band called Hydrofighter and one of my favorite people, Mike and his brother Patrick started an e-commerce store selling ID badges over at Specialist ID, which has been in the Inc 500 for the past seven or eight years. They make millions selling what seem like mundane and saturated products

00:29
And today we’re going to learn how and why they are so successful. But before we begin, I want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are almost sold out over at sellersummit.com. We are literally down to like the last three or four tickets. It is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And you all know me well enough by now to know that my event has zero fluff. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business.

00:56
and not high level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Every year we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people and we all eat together and everyone parties together every single night. I personally love smaller events and tickets always sell out. If you are an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250k or $1 million per year, we also offer a special mastermind experience where we break up into small groups, lock ourselves in a room and help each other with our businesses.

01:22
The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com. I also want to thank Spockit for sponsoring this episode. Now, most of you who have followed me for a long time know that I’m not a big fan of dropshipping, especially from AliExpress or China. But I do know that many of you listening don’t have a large budget to start an e-commerce business and dropshipping is a great way to get started. If you want to dropship,

01:49
from US or European suppliers, I like Spocket, and here’s why. Spocket integrates with all the top e-commerce platforms, which makes adding products and order fulfillment seamless. They also offer branded invoices, which allow you to add your logo and store name to the invoice so it appears as though it is being shipped from your own warehouse. But the main value add is that 70 % of their suppliers are from the US and Europe. As a result, your shipping times are super fast, at between two and five days,

02:17
and the quality of the product is superior. You can try Spockit for free over at mywifequitterjob.com slash Spockit. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash S-P-O-C-K-E-T. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I run with my partner Tony. And unlike this one, where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way.

02:47
So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcasts on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:59
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast. Today I’m really happy to have my friend Mike Barnhill on the show. Now, first off, I’m just gonna say that Mike is one of my favorite people in the world. He’s such a passionate guy and he’s provided me with a ton of support over the years from my event, The Seller Summit, and I appreciate him very much. Now, Mike and his brother, Patrick, started Specialist ID back in 2001, and this company has been in the Inc 500 for the past seven or eight years. I kinda lost count.

03:27
They make millions of dollars every year selling ID badges and holders. And what I really love about Mike is that he’s a family man. He runs his business with his brother and he’s got a great relationship with his kids. And in fact, he and his son jammed together on video where his son plays the drums. And let me just tell you, watching these videos makes me happy every time I watch them. Mike also belongs in a band called Hydrofighter. In any case, in this episode, we are going to talk about how Mike started Specialist ID.

03:56
and grew it into a multi-million dollar business. How’s it going, Mike? Good, Steve, man. Thank you for that intro. You’ve been one of my heroes over the years watching you with your kids and your family and giving your wife the opportunity to quit her day-to-day thing and come do something more important and be there for your family. It’s been a big inspiration to watch you. And I can’t wait for your book to come out at the Seller Summit, man. Yeah, man, I’m excited about that.

04:22
Awesome, I will write a little nice something for you in the book for sure. Please do. Mike, it’s been a long time coming and just welcome to the podcast. I just wanna say this upfront. Now, I know I kinda call you out as the lead singer of Hydrofighter all the time and I’m just gonna be straight up with you. When I first heard about Hydrofighter, I was like, oh, that’s cool, Mike’s got a band. And then I listened to you sing and I instantly became a fan. Oh, dude, thank you.

04:49
I it was the Cyndi Lauper cover. I that’s what did it. Anyway. I’m honored to hear that, man. Thank you. We’re not here to talk about Hydrofighter for all you guys listening. We’re here to talk about e-commerce. How did you and your brother decide to sell ID badges of all the things that you could possibly sell? It was an act of desperation. then it was some learning. was, you know, my dad had been homeless for years. He got off the streets in Nashville where he’d been playing music.

05:18
He came into some money because he had some back owed social security, disability, pension, things like that he’d never bothered to get. He ended up befriending an attorney. The attorney got him some money and my dad came into our lives after years being gone and said, hey guys, sorry I wasn’t there. Sorry I didn’t pay child support, but I want to give you this like kind of lump sum of about 20 grand. I called it the dream fund. My brother being a lot smarter than I decided that we should invest it in ourselves.

05:47
And we built a recording studio. Recording studios, we thought everyone’s going to come record in our studio. We’re going to make a ton of money. It didn’t work out that way. So we had this beautiful studio my dad had helped us build, and we had to keep the lights on. And so it basically started as selling pro audio gear and things we knew on eBay. my brother found a distributor. We could sell things on eBay, list their catalog, go pick up, bring things over, ship them out.

06:17
kind of worked, kept the lights on. So we started trying more and more things and ID badge holders. brother had had a previous relationship with, you know, an employer and the guy would sell us badge holders in bulk. And for some reason, these little retractable badge reels for 99 cents on eBay, 299 shipping, we’re selling like, we couldn’t have even forecast like how well they would sell. And they were just selling on, you know, on and on and on on repeat.

06:44
we were reading this book called Good to Great by Jim Collins. one of the things it suggests is that, know, do something that you can be the best in the world at. And we realized right then and there, we can’t be the best in the world at any of other stuff, but we could be the best in the world of badge holders. So we went all in on badge holders, went hardcore and tried to become the best badge holder company in the world. And I think we’re about there. Yeah, I mean.

07:09
I was actually doing, I was just doing some Google searches actually for badge holders just in preparation for this interview. There is a lot of competition out there. It’s actually quite saturated. And maybe things weren’t like that back in the day, but certainly now it’s a lot more saturated. How do you guys stand out? Yes, you’re absolutely right. There was nobody doing it online when we started doing it. And now it’s, you know, can go, you can own a factory overseas and you can.

07:37
you know, use some tools and you can sell them on Amazon and everywhere else. No problem. And so our, you know, really what it comes down to is what we’re good at is we, you know, we’ve known our customers for the last decade. That’s been a huge advantage. So we do, you know, we don’t just sell on Amazon, but we also have, you know, fortune 500 companies. work with, you know, with county government, federal government, everything in between. And we can sell from, from one on Amazon to 500,000 pieces, you know,

08:06
to a big company. And that’s been really good. And the other thing was actually at one of your conferences, this guy Jake gave me the book Blue Ocean Strategy. And just kind of realizing that the ocean’s always going to get saturated with competition. So we always need to be innovating. And one of the great things is we have customers that tell us what they need that doesn’t exist yet. And we’re able to find that, source that, and bring it into the market. And it’s kind of an advantage.

08:34
Is it fair to say that Amazon’s just a smaller fraction of your business? You know what’s crazy is Amazon has consistently remained about 70 % of our business. Really? We didn’t intend for it to grow into that much, but it’s about 65, 70 % of our business consistently. It just keeps growing. Interesting. Okay, I wouldn’t have thought that actually. Actually, I didn’t do a search on Amazon for ID badges, but are you guys ranking for those really hard terms?

09:02
Yeah, we’re still ranking pretty well, but I know there’s a lot of work to do. know, our catalog is so enormous, you know, and we have the kind of 80-20 thing where most of our sales do come from a small proportion of products. And we do need to, I guess, kind of what we’re kind of doing that this focus this year is to revisit all of the tools for keyword tracking and, you know, re-optimizing listings and things like that. yeah. Just curious, how many SKUs do you guys have? SKUs? It’s in the thousands.

09:31
It’s in thousands. Yeah. Okay. Yeah, that’s a lot of skews. Well, take me back to the beginning, because that’s where a lot of listeners find it most interesting. So you sold these on eBay, you’re selling like hotcakes. And what was the next step? Starting your own website? Or? The next step was, it was, yeah, it was pretty much going deeper into the product lines at first. So you know, we had some badge reels, and then we realized people wanted red badge reels, people wanted blue ones, pink ones, everything. So we started kind of adding products to eBay mostly.

10:01
And most of our sales were eBay for the first several years. We did end up adding a website, you know, to start trying to get bigger customers and the phone started ringing. And, uh, you know, we started answering phone calls and actually trying to, uh, you know, put out quotes and proposals and things like that. So we started getting some bigger customers that way. And then we started putting products on Amazon. We basically tried to become ubiquitous. We wanted to be everywhere, anywhere that there were people that needed badge holders. We wanted to be there with the best offerings.

10:29
We wanted to be the Nike of batch holders. So what’s funny about this is you started in the early 2000s and because you even started before I did and back in the day there weren’t that many options for websites. So you did eBay for a couple years that takes us to maybe what 2004, 2003, 2004. There’s nothing available for websites back then. So yeah, no, the original. So the business incorporated in 2002 in my brother’s dorm room and it was more of a consultant group at that time. It was not a consultant group.

10:59
He would go do installs for other companies. He was working in photo ID business, but he incorporated the name specialist ID and he got it. We really started our e-commerce journey late 2000, 2007, 2008, think 2009. So we could start around the same time. yeah. And we did our first Amazon around 2011 was when we started putting products on Amazon. Yeah. Okay. So you were on Amazon pretty early. 2011 I consider pretty early. Yeah, yeah.

11:28
Yeah, that was a hard slog to we were putting products on Amazon from some of our suppliers and then Amazon would actually kind of take the attribution they would own the listing and then all these new sellers would come on and we were like, wait a sec, we put this listing here. It’s like eBay, how come everyone’s jumping on these listings? Yeah, I didn’t understand what’s happening that is a yeah. So so you after did the website come first or did Amazon come first? The website came first and that was that came first. Yeah, yeah. And how did you promote?

11:58
How are you getting these phone calls? How are you getting like the early business on your website? A lot of it all honestly came through eBay, man. It came through ones and twos. What we did was back in the day, we’d put little coupon codes, you know, on our on every shipment that went out, you know, and every every shipment that went out was kind of a lead magnet. We might have to we wanted to get our foot in the door. And what usually happens in the big businesses, you know, the HR department is going to care about the badging. But but somebody’s badge real broke.

12:25
and they have to wait for somebody to approve something, to approve something, to approve something, to get their freaking badge reel that they need for work. And so what we really were was through eBay and things like that, a foot in the door, and everything came back to our website early on, and we were offering promo codes and come see our website and check out all the products, and that was from the beginning. What platform were you guys on back in the day? I think it was Volusion. Okay, yeah, I was about to say, because back in the day, Shopify, I don’t think, was popular.

12:55
Did you guys move over or are you still on? We did, yeah. We’re Shopify now. For a while we were transitioning from one to the other and it was a very expensive transition, but glad we’re there. It’s a good place to be in Shopify. Okay. And then you, okay, so you got a lot of sales from your own website driven from eBay through coupons and whatnot in the packaging that you were getting business from. Actually, what’s interesting about your business is most of the people who buy from you are probably businesses. Is that accurate?

13:26
It’s, you know, everybody that buys from us works for a business. So sometimes it’s the person that’s providing for the whole business. And sometimes it’s the person that just wants one that’s a little heavier duty or blocks RFID signal or is more hardcore. So we want to be there for everybody, man, from the guy that needs one thing to the purchasing manager who needs hundreds of thousands. then, So is it fair to say that when you get a customer, chances are they’re going to buy from you again, like if they enjoyed the experience?

13:54
Yeah, our reorder rates very high, even like on Amazon and stuff like that. do have like, think double, I was talking to one of the people over there, is about double the average reorder rate for a company in our industry. And yeah, we have a sales guy now, this guy Lars, he’s brilliant. And he’s like, man, you guys gave me the best leads ever. I just go through our phone list and I call the people that have ordered from us before and I see how they’re doing and they buy again. you know, customer service has been, we read Tony Shay’s book, Delivering Happiness at the beginning.

14:23
And that became like our culture. You we had to make every customer super happy, even if it meant losing money, if it meant, you know, overnighting products, like let’s make everybody so incredibly happy that even if they hated us yesterday, they love us today. That’s like our policy too. In fact, there was one time when a bride ordered too late and we freaking hand drove the handkerchiefs over to their wedding that day.

14:50
And I’m pretty sure she told all of her friends, you can never discount the word of mouth in any industry, I don’t think so. It’s true. you know, the beautiful byproduct of that is it gives you it allows you to get a good night’s sleep too. Because you know, when you’re going back and forth, are they screwing me? What should I have done? If you just do the best thing for the customer, you just realize, hey, I just did that. You don’t have to fight it anymore in your head that you’re getting screwed. You just go to sleep and you’re like, I don’t think about it anymore. I made somebody happy. Cost me some money. Big deal.

15:20
That’s awesome. So what I find interesting is that your business is very Amazon heavy and, and Amazon obviously owns a lot of ecommerce, but do get a lot of repeat business on Amazon as well? Yeah, yeah, that’s so Amazon is where we kind of have like, like I was talking to somebody, somebody over there about a month ago, and he was giving me a lot of data that I needed. And one of the pieces of data that was so interesting was in our industry, we have

15:49
I think it was a 16%. I’m horrible with numbers, but our reorder rate was about double the industry standard for office supplies. So even through Amazon, we get a lot of reorders. We’re trying to build out the brand leveraging Amazon’s eyeballs. And do you think it’s because people are aware of your website and aware of who you are and they’re like, okay, we trust these guys, but I prefer to shop on Amazon and that’s where I’m gonna get my IDs. I think it’s a bit of both.

16:17
There are people that are always gonna try to price shop or say, well, know, I these things on Amazon, but I want a million of them. You know, I can’t buy a million on Amazon. It’s too expensive. Like, can you get, cut us a deal? So we just, you we put our logo on everything. We have a beautiful logo. Now I’m so proud of it. We try to put it everywhere, have it always be seen. Just, we wanna have that imprint in everybody’s brain all the time. Doesn’t matter to me where they buy from. You we want them to buy wherever they wanna buy, but we wanna be there. Is the pricing on Amazon similar to your website? Is it the same or?

16:47
cheaper or? It’s honestly it’s just different. It’s different. If you’re buying things in bulk, it’s going to be cheaper on our website. lot of things we try to keep it about in line or would you know, they a lot of times they’ll have different skews because you know this this one comes in packaged packaged form with the sort of colors or it’s a bundle. Whereas on our website you can just pick five of this color 20 that color 10 of 10 that color so on. Okay. So does that imply then that you are packaging your

17:17
your IDs and kind of bulk specifically for Amazon? Absolutely. we do we have a lot of, you know, auto baggers. I’m not sure if you’ve heard of them. Probably have we have a ton of auto baggers in house. And we have a whole assembly team product. We call it packaging and branding. And they package all our products, put a barcode on it. It’s got a logo and ship it to FBA or whatever. Okay. And how do you kind of decide like what bundles to sell on Amazon?

17:44
Running your store is probably easier, right? But for Amazon, you actually have to decide what makes sense. Well, the beautiful thing is my brother’s great at e-commerce, he’s great at marketing, he’s great at leading teams. He takes care of all things website. And I’m just this goober dork who loves looking at patterns on Amazon. And I feel like Amazon is the place where I can leverage things like keyword optimization and product market fit and all that cool stuff.

18:10
auto completing keywords, like all these things where I’m able to, you know, product products that have demand but have no relevant, you know, listing. So I love to play in the Amazon space. And just, I think it’s actually really easy to find things on Amazon people looking for just by knowing the industry and knowing Amazon, it’s kind of like Scott Adams, who founder of Dilbert, says, don’t have to be the best in the world at things, just be really good at two different things, you know, and you can have some success there.

18:40
So do you, what do you guys source your products? Is it still from that same guy or you have your own? Oh no, no, we outgrew him. He sold his company and we didn’t, you know, we moved on to bigger, bigger pasture. So we, we source from all sorts of places. just, we’ve looked through all that. We’ve looked for all the best badge holder manufacturers that we could find across the globe. And if they’re to our standard, like a Nike, you know, or like a Nike kind of factory, we’ll work with them. If they’re not, we don’t, pass.

19:10
And so we have, we work in Taiwan, we work in China, we’re working with products now in Vietnam, we work with US manufacturers. you know, yeah, we’ll work with anybody who has a great badge holder. And then what do you guys do in-house? Because I know you have your own facility that’s pretty large in Florida. What are you doing in-house? Do do printing? Do you do any manufacturing there? So we do a lot of the printing like you’re talking about.

19:38
We specialize in these products called badge buddies, which in hospitals are a little tag that hangs behind a badge that just quickly identifies what the person’s role is. So they walk in and you see, oh, it’s an LPN, it’s a nurse, it’s a doctor, what have you. We also do lot of, you know, just assembling of two different products. One of the first things we ever did when we were developing new products for Amazon was, you know, like sticking badge, sticking key rings on badge reels. Cause at the time nobody had to ever put a key ring on a badge.

20:07
which to me was crazy. So I used to drive back and forth to the warehouse an hour a day and I would bring buckets of badge reels and key rings and in traffic I would sit there and I would assemble them, stick them in a different bucket. know, and so a lot of that we do, when we’re trying a new product and we don’t want to go all out, we do a lot of in-house manufacturing as well. we’ll bundle things, assemble things, put two pieces together, you know, and then if it is great, then we’ll have somebody else make it for us, but keeps our costs low for trying things out.

20:39
My first book, The Family First Entrepreneur, is available for pre-order at your favorite retailer. And leading up to the launch in May, I’m doing something crazy. I’m giving away a new bonus for people who pre-order every single week until the book launches on May 16th. And here’s the kicker. If you buy a book before the bonus expires, you get access to it forever. But if you buy the book after the bonus expiration date, you won’t get access to that week’s bonus. And here’s what I’ve given away already.

21:07
a workshop on search engine optimization for e-commerce store owners, a workshop on how to self-publish your first book, and a workshop on how to structure your blog post to rank in search. In addition to the weekly bonuses, you also get access to my six-week family-first business challenge, access to my three-day print-on-demand workshop, and access to my two-day passive income workshop, and free access to any future live workshops. Now, aside from all these bonuses, the book itself

21:35
will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. Because you can in fact achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it and you don’t have to work 80 hours a week and be a slave to your business just to make it all work. I will teach you how to start a business from the perspective of a parent who makes both business and family work. Go to mywifecoupterjob.com slash book and I’ll send you the bonuses

22:05
invitations to book parties that I’ll be throwing all over the country, and other special offers. That’s mywifecluderjob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

22:16
So walk me through the progression here. So you started out with this smaller outfit who was selling you. You started selling on eBay, you saw success, so you started selling in an online store. When did you start deciding to, you know, source from overseas? Like when did the operation get a little bit bigger? When you decided to move into a facility? Like the early stuff is what’s interesting to a lot of people. Yeah, yeah. The early stuff was, especially talking about like, like our first facility was the studio. It was that studio. We had this little, little, little garage there.

22:47
And that’s where we did everything. Um, and my son, when he was about three months old, we didn’t have any place to stick them. So he’d just come with me to work every day. So pretty much, I know I’d be in the back doing purchasing while he was doing tummy time. I’d have him in a stroll. Literally I’d have him in, I’d have him in the stroller talking about the early days. I have him in the stroller in a county lanyards and I’d go one, two, three, four, you know, teaching him counting while counting products to put in packages.

23:14
And then, you know, I’d be taking sales calls while he was, you know, on my shoulder. And sometimes he’d start crying or, whatever. And, you know, I’d say to the person trying to buy, buddy, I’ll be right back. I got to go change my son’s diaper or whatever it was. And, uh, got a lot of sales that way. But yeah, so I kind of went off on a tangent there, but you know, we started with this little garage by our studio. Next thing you know, the building behind us comes available. We move into that place to knock down some walls. Another place comes available, knock down some walls.

23:43
Eventually we ended up tearing down the studio and we just became we just were growing and growing and growing adding team members and things like that. What were your traffic sources back in the early days? Like were you running ads was I don’t even think social media was around back then. So what was it? It couldn’t have been just all eBay, right? No, no. So by that by that point, that was when I was all going down, that was all Amazon private label. So we started Amazon private label in 2014 by watching guys like Scott Volcker.

24:12
Yep. And, these other, these other people that were giving away a lot of information on the internet. And I’d be watching these videos going to this is like what I need because I’m selling other people’s products. Everybody else is beating me on price. I don’t want to play this game forever. I’m stressed. I’m losing my mind. I can’t sleep. Like I’m going to start private labeling this stuff. You know, it was basically taking products that already existed that we knew there was demand for giving them keyword optimization, giving them beautiful photography.

24:40
You know, maybe making them special, making them into a five pack or a 10 pack or something that had never been offered before. Uh, looking up the, you know, the long tail searches on Amazon and saying, well, why is there no product? There’s so many searches for this, you know, this product that doesn’t exist and just going hard in all those opportunities. And so we just, you know, we went hard into private label and that was what grew us into having 70 % of our revenue from Amazon. wasn’t intentional. It was just because that was where the opportunity was. And, um,

25:09
We just had to keep adding people as we grew. So given that it’s so competitive now, today, like if I were going to look for ID badges and let’s say I didn’t know you at all and I go on Google or Amazon, how do you stand out from someone who does not know you at all? Or is your business primarily, since you have such a strong customer base, you have this really nice base of repeat orders now that you can just build upon.

25:39
It’s honestly, it’s both, you know, I’ll always go back to the idea of the ubiquitous brand, you know, being everywhere that people are looking, looking, we do have a marketing team now that we work with, it’s really good for helping us with like Google search and things, or Google ads and things like that. We’ve not done much in a way of any of that stuff until the last year or two. even like email follow ups and stuff, we’ve never done funnels, we’ve never done follow ups, we had never done any of that stuff. We had not, we had,

26:09
minimal Google ads just because you had to. about a year, maybe a little bit longer ago, we did start outsourcing that stuff to a great company called Zen Media. And they’ve been fantastic. And so now we do have Klaviyo, you know, things, email follow ups, but we had done none of that. There’s so much opportunity stuff for our business because we hadn’t done any of that stuff. Yeah, crazy, right? Yeah, that is crazy. I think the beauty of your business is that once you have a business customer,

26:37
And I can speak from this because for our business, like we focus on our business customers because they buy in bulk and they buy often. It seems like most of your customers that we talked about earlier, they are a business or they work for a business. And once you find someone who’s reliable, like they’re not gonna switch. And I think that’s the beauty. That’s why I was asking you, I wonder if you really even need to advertise.

27:00
So Google works, do you guys do any Facebook advertising or social media or anything like that? We do a little bit now, yeah, we review that every month and we do a little bit. It’s, you know, our ROAS is not fantastic, but it does keep more eyeballs coming in. And like you said, like we try to treat every customer, especially business customers with, you know, with kid gloves, or not kid gloves, but know, with like white glove treatment. And we hope that they’ll keep coming back. And historically we’ve had just great repeat business from customers we’ve tried to make happy.

27:26
And then you mentioned that you were taking calls. that a party? Like, do you want people to call you? Is that part of your strategy? Because I know people I’ve interviewed on this podcast where they just turn off the phone so they don’t want to deal with it. Yeah, no, no, we do. We have two full time customer service reps here in the US and they’re fantastic, you know, and they really care. And that was, you know, very important to us from beginning. And they’ll pass off our, you know, people that might be potential bigger players to our sales, our sales guy. And he’s brilliant, too.

27:54
And these are all things that we’ve built kind of in the last couple of years, but we’ve had customer service forever, ever since my son was born and I couldn’t do customer service, we brought people that started hiring in the US. Actually, that was my next question. Are most of your employees in the US or are you outsourcing any to other countries? Yeah, most of our employees are in the US. Most of those US employees are in the office in the warehouse in Miami, Florida. A couple of us work remote.

28:23
two new hires, they’re both fantastic that are in the Philippines. But you know, our business is so old, it was kind of built before this whole. All these opportunities presented themselves. So we built ourselves as a business to business kind of thing that happened to sell online real well. But we didn’t build it with the intention of scaling the way that people do these days. very, very different mentality. I have to ask you this. I noticed that you guys hit the Inc 500 in 2021, which is pandemic time.

28:51
Yes. And during pandemic, I can’t imagine like people weren’t going in, people weren’t throwing events and that sort of thing. How did you guys manage to grow during that period? Let’s talk about that. I am happy to because we got lucky. And we had been in the business for so long. And we had had great relationships with suppliers that we were able to move on things that other people didn’t see very quickly. So we have these double ended land. So the first thing we did was we made we make these badge buddies I was talking about.

29:22
out of desperation, we started looking on Indeed and Monster for who was hiring. Hospitals are hiring. These travel nurses need all these badge things, these badge buddies. They’re having to buy them themselves to show up at a new hospital, right? They have these favorite colors. So we basically put out every single job title that was hiring. We started building custom badge buddies for those, putting them in the top colors.

29:51
putting them on all sites and then boom, boom, boom, boom, boom, started getting just tons of these badge buddy sales, making everything mostly in hot pink. was awesome. The next thing we do is outreach or were they, did they find you? weren’t doing okay. I putting it on Etsy, putting it on Amazon products that had not existed before, you know, just saying, what do we have? What can we make? What do people need? What can we make immediately? The next thing that happened was we have these double ended lanyards, right? They’re for events, they’re for things. They hold a mask for a mask lanyard.

30:21
unbelievably. So we had just designed like a napkin holder, like a double ended napkin holder to start programs on. And so we had photos and all this crap already. And the next thing you know, we’re like, wait a second, people are using these to hold masks. And we were the first to market with mask lanyards. we went boom, we bought up every double ended lanyard we could find that was currently in the US. And we, we marketed it and we sold it, we put it on Amazon.

30:46
The first day that we started selling them, think we sold like 20 sets of mask lanyards. Next thing you know, we had our biggest two months in history. And then we were making them for schools in different school colors. We were making them with a breakaway so that kids wouldn’t choke on them. We made them MRI and metal detector friendly so you could walk into your office. Like we just kept innovating, innovating, innovating, getting copied, getting copied, getting copied, innovating, innovating, innovating. And if you know anybody that wants to buy some mask lanyards right now, I’ll give you a good deal because…

31:15
We got way too many of them now. What’s hilarious is your story is similar to ours. No one was getting married. Our customers are airlines and hotels. No one was using any of those. And so we started turning our handkerchiefs into masks. And back in the day, the cloth masks were popular. And no one was selling the decorative ones. They were all like the surgical masks. And we had like a really good year because of those masks. We just said, hey, stop making hankies. Turn those into masks. Dude, brilliant.

31:45
Man, okay, so that’s how you guys managed to go. That was ingenious. That was ingenious. It wasn’t even genius. was a good idea that had already been thought of and we happened to have enough product knowledge and relationships with vendors. We were able to just move and then ask the next question, what do they need next? They need a breakaway for their kids. They need a shorter one for their kids. So I think what you guys did was genius because that was a bold move, very quick and…

32:13
I mean, didn’t cost us any money. In fact, my wife was even hand sewing them for a little bit just to test the market. And we started giving away hankies for masks and gave away the instructions. Oh, nice. That caused people to come in too. So these lanyards, so what was, you went on indeed.com and you were looking for who was hiring? That was the first thing. That was to build the badge buddies for the hospitals. we needed to know which hospitals were hiring, what jobs were they hiring for.

32:42
Cause we knew that these nurses were going to have to go to new places. Every, every hospital is either color coded and they’re kind of badge buddy thing, or nurses just pick their own favorite colors. And so we just started, we’ll say, well, let’s build all the important colors that we know are color coded and the blues and the reds and the greens. And then let’s build a hot pink because that’s the top seller on for most of our, our badge buddies and build that for every title. And so, you know, looking at all these jobs that were very specific to the hiring of the time. Um, right.

33:11
putting those out everywhere. And were those marketed as such, like badge buddies for like nurses or medical? Oh yeah, yeah. So we would find out like on Indeed or Monster like, okay, an LPN is also called a licensed practical nurse or a license. And you start looking up all the things on the, pretty much the form where they’re supposed to submit their resume. You’re looking for all the different words that we don’t know. What are the other things associated with this job? Okay.

33:41
I can’t even think of them right now, but we’re looking for all those words that were significant to them that we didn’t understand, we didn’t know, and then building that onto the listings and the marketing and everything. Yeah. totally makes sense. Totally makes sense. For your own website, I’m just kind of curious, like off Amazon stuff, do you guys create content for SEO or what are the things that you do specifically to drive traffic to your website? Man, I wish I knew more about that side of the business. You’re the Amazon side.

34:10
I don’t, yeah, yeah. Pretty much all third party channels are where I can have some expertise and I’d be making it up if I gave you an answer. hi. Well, let me ask you this. Are you guys still selling on eBay and Etsy? Yep. You are? Okay, so can we, can you just tell me what percentage of that is to your business? I imagine it’s pretty small, right? It’s definitely small. A lot of Etsy customers end up becoming great website customers because they’re crafters and makers and they’re buying supplies, they’re trying us out. They love it.

34:40
Some of our biggest customers today are the ones that we met on Etsy six years ago. know, we consider it, we don’t, I say as a percentage of sales, we’re looking at what’s Walmart, eBay and Etsy, maybe about 1 % each. Wow. Maybe up to 3%, but small. How can you, so how can you justify, cause I know we used to be on eBay, we actually stopped because eBay customers are kind of more of a pain, like they require more customer service. They always try to low-ball you for something also.

35:10
For such a small percentage for your revenue, I imagine you still have like a person dedicated to working on eBay at least, right? Or someone taking care of it. How do you justify those costs? Yeah, so for us, it doesn’t seem like there’s any sort of added costs that we’ve noticed. We have a customer service team. They’re handling as many things as they can handle every day anyway. To us, it’s all kind of a profitable lead magnet. And so when we created Amazon, our process is typically when we create an Amazon listing, we just create a, we just move it to eBay, we move it to-

35:39
to Etsy and we move it to Walmart and we strategize, know, it’s a couple of tweaks in the keywords in the title and that’s pretty much all that we’re changing. And then it’s all just, you know, sales coming in and some things that do crap on Amazon do really well for us on Walmart. So we never really know. So we just put it there, let it do its thing and then our customer service team handles the customers. What’s interesting about all this is Etsy I wouldn’t think would be a

36:08
a good place to sell your stuff. But you just mentioned that some of your best customers are from Etsy. So do you recommend that people sell on Etsy also if they already have like a really well established e-commerce store? I’ve loved Etsy because we’ve built our best customers, the most loyal customers, the most community oriented customers have all been on Etsy. And for us, it makes sense because what we do, what we sell is kind of craft supplies. What we realized…

36:36
But we learned from our Etsy customers as well. We learned that a lot of nurses have side hustles where they’re buying a badge reel and they’re decorating it with some bling and they’re selling it to their friends. And then they’re selling on Etsy too. And then when they get really good and really big, they’re go, you know, some of them, don’t even work in the hospital anymore as a nurse. They become a small business owner who is just an amazing crafter. So I would, in my personal opinion, I tell everybody, sell on Etsy because the percentages are pretty low.

37:06
They’re changing all the time. you meet good friends and you learn a lot. Some of our best product suggestions have come from Etsy customers who were like, hey, I know the vendor who makes this. I don’t wanna buy 10,000. Will you buy 10,000 and put them on your website and I’ll buy the first 500 from you? Let me say sure. And so a lot of our best ideas come from our best customers. So on Etsy, presumably you’re selling just like the blank holders, right?

37:36
Do they enforce the fact that it needs to be hand made? I guess you are the manufacturer. is that legal technically to sell? Yeah, yeah. So they don’t even require that you have it handmade anymore. And when we started going there, our loophole, and it wasn’t even really loophole, is if you supply the handmade industry, then you are welcome to sell as they had a whole supplies like catalog or not catalog. And so we just went in as a supplier for Etsy resellers.

38:06
Let’s switch gears a little bit and talk about Walmart. Do you think it’s been worth your time? Are you using WFM? We’re trying it. We’re always just kind of dabbling with Walmart. Okay, so right now you’re fulfilling yourself? Yeah, yeah, we have about five products I think that we’re trying Walmart Fulfill. But we’re not making any moves on it. We’re not making any aggressive moves. We’re just trying to be there. I see. Where do you see the future going in terms of

38:36
your sales, is it still all on Amazon, even though it’s getting more more competitive? We’re really doubling down on our website now. I think that’s what we’re trying to bring everything to the website, know, hiring these new things, you know, the marketing team that we were working with joined EOS. So we’re really trying to fix our website, learn everything we needed to do to have that be like just dominant. And then

39:03
You know, and having our sales guy and everything like that. We’re really trying to optimize for our website going forward. Okay. And if you guys seem to be selling everywhere, can you prioritize for me what your marketplaces are? Like if you just tell me right now? Yeah. Yeah. So Amazon. Okay. Website, definitely. Okay. Uh huh. And then it would probably go Etsy, to be honest. Really? Etsy. And then eBay and Walmart. I don’t know.

39:32
That’s a disparage either of those but we know I was just curious what your priorities are because everyone’s priorities are a little bit different like I I actually just had some Walmart guys on in the last episode and they were like yeah you can expect between five and twelve percent you know of a revenue lift by going to Walmart assuming you you put like what was funny about what they said is a lot of times what sells

39:56
poorly on Amazon will sell well on Walmart because it’s not nearly as competitive. Especially if it’s a more competitive product that’s kind of more mainstream is actually what they said. Seems like you’re saying the same thing. Yeah, I would agree with that, especially kind of the inexpensive things or bundle things that are so super saturated on Amazon. That’s where we sell more on Walmart than we do on Amazon even. One thing I’ve always been curious about also, you and your brother are tight.

40:25
What’s it like running a business with your brother or having it being a family-owned business? think it’s great. I love how smart he is. I love what a great leader he is. I think part of the success is that neither of us wants to the other down. We’ve always considered ourselves two ninjas with our backs facing each other. He sees that. He sees the enemies. He sees that. And I see the enemies over here. And what’s great for me is I love him. I’ve loved him since…

40:53
since he was born, you we shared a bedroom growing up, you know, we had parents that fought a lot. And so we were always kind of tight and we kind of had our thing. He’s so good at so many things that I’ll never be good at. And that’s great because I’m pretty damn good at some things that he’s not the best at. And we just have never had that competition. I remember the first time I saw him jump onto a soccer field and score a goal. was like, well, there you go. He’s the soccer player, not me.

41:19
And when he got a guitar for Christmas, I stole his guitar and I played it all the time. And he’s great at guitar too, but it’s cool. We let each other shine and I love watching him shine. Yeah. The reason why I ask is, you know, I work with my wife and whenever people ask me whether you should work with your spouse, I’m always a little hesitant. Maybe it’s different working with your brother, but with the spouse, it’s already stressful. Kids, everything.

41:47
and running a business together just adds another layer of stress where we were fighting all the time in the beginning. Now we have it down, but it can be tough. Yeah. It seems like you guys are really coming into something special. When I see the two of you together and I see what you’re doing through the business and with your kids, to me, as an observer, it just looks really special, man. It’s been cool to watch that. Cool. Last thing I want to talk to you about is

42:15
know, specialist ID is not your only thing. Talk to me about Hydra Fighter. So you’re in a band. How do you manage to balance all these things that are going on in your life? And tell me about the band. I’ve always been curious. Yeah, sure. So the my band is called Hydra Fighter. And it actually is based off of a book by what’s his name, Josh Kaufman. He’s a business writer, but he wrote this parable about the guy who fights Hydra and

42:41
I just love that story. The guy who fights Hydra is a guy who’s a blacksmith, who’s got a very comfortable life and everyone tells him to be a blacksmith, work hard, love your life. And he says, I get that I love that, but I really, there’s this Hydra out there that’s attacking our city. It’s always beckoning me to become the ultimate Hydra fighter. So he goes off and, you know, it’s just a parable about pursuing what means the most to you. And, you know, so seemed relevant.

43:08
for the music stuff. the music that I write is very, we call it sad bastard music. It’s the kind of music where if you’re watching a movie and somebody breaks up and drives away in the car, the songs that we write are the songs that are in that scene. And so I I love folk music, I love acoustic music, and I got a buddy here, we play together, and my brother produces our songs. so, yeah, it’s something I always love doing.

43:35
we’re finally in place in the business where I can actually resume that pursuit of just playing because I love to play. And this is my home studio and you know, I’ve always been a songwriter. It’s in me. And so just I’m doing it. And it’s what your original business was in a way, right? With the studio. Yeah, the whole plan originally was that we were going to build the studio. And the funny thing is we worked so hard for all these years and now my brother and I both have home studios. I record here. I sent it to him in Miami. He’s brilliant at mixing and engineering and he does that.

44:05
And then we come up with these songs that are just so cool. So it took us not being in the same state, not being in the same studio for us to actually find the time and the workflow to make music together again. So it’s been so cool. It’s funny how that happens. It’s like most of the friends that I see most often are ones that don’t live in the area. Cause when they come into town, we make sure we see them. Yeah, right. When they’re in the area, we’re just like, ah, we’ll see them whenever we can, but we never end up doing it. So love it. Mike.

44:35
It was a pleasure talking to you. If people have any questions about your business or need any IDs, where can they find you? Yeah, thanks, Steve. Well, they want to check out specialist ID calm that singular specialist ID ID card calm. And from right here, if you need any mass holders, they’re on they’re on clearance. They’re on clearance. Yeah, come pick them up. Bring the truck. Cool. My thanks for coming on, man. Appreciate it.

45:03
My pleasure, man. It’s good to see you. Thank you so much. We’ll see you at Seller Summit, bro. Summit and ECF. And ECF.

45:13
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now Mike is a very successful entrepreneur and there’s lots to learn from him and be sure to check out Hydrofighter on YouTube as well. For more information, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 454. And once again, I want to remind you that my annual e-commerce conference will be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida on May 23rd to May 25th of this year. I really want to hang out with you in person, so let’s meet up. Go to sellersummit.com. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com.

45:43
I also want to thank Spocket, which is the drop shipping supplier that I like for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily add products to your store and have pre-vetted suppliers ship your products to the end customer without worrying about storage or fulfillment. And the best part is that most suppliers are in the US and Europe for super fast shipping. For more information, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash Spocket. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash S-P-O-C-K-E-T.

46:11
Now I talk about how to use these tools on my blog and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifecoderjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

453: How To Uncover Your Competitors’ Secrets And Find Good Suppliers With David Applegate Of ImportYeti

453: How To Uncover Your Competitors' Secrets And Find Their Suppliers With David Applegate

I’m really excited to have David Applegate on the show. David is the founder of ImportYeti, a free service that allows you to search through the US import records to find the suppliers that your competitors are using.

He is also a long-standing e-commerce seller himself on both Amazon, his own online store and a retail store too.

David is a wealth of knowledge and today we’re going to talk about how to be successful in e-commerce today.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to find the suppliers your competition is using on Amazon and Shopify
  • How to succeed in e-commerce today
  • The right way to approach and find your suppliers

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now, what if I told you that you could find out exactly which suppliers your competition were using on Amazon or Shopify? And what if I told you that you could do all this for free? Well, today I have an amazing guest on the show, David Applegate. And David is the founder of Import Yeti, which is a service that allows you to research your competitors’

00:25
And in this episode, we’re going to talk about how to succeed in e-commerce as things get more and more competitive. But before we begin, I want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are on sale over at SellersSummit.com. And it is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. Now, you all know me well enough by now to know that my event has zero fluff. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business and not high level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet.

00:55
Every year we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people and it’s a very intimate event. Everyone eats together and everyone parties together every single night. I personally love smaller events and tickets always sell out far in advance. Now if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250k or $1 million per year, we also offer a special mastermind experience where we break up into small groups, lock ourselves in a room and help each other with our businesses. The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th.

01:24
go to SellersSummit.com. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you’re on an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I focus a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS, or text message marketing, is already a top five revenue source for my e-commerce store, and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce, and e-commerce is their primary focus.

01:54
Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S C R I P T dot I O slash Steve. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I run with my partner, Tony. And unlike this one,

02:21
where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience Podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience Podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:46
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast. Today I’m really excited to have David Applegate on the show. Now, David is someone who I met recently on an Alibaba panel with Keon Ghazari and MetaWorld Peace of all people. He’s the founder of ImportYeti, a free service that allows you to search through the US import records to find the suppliers that your competitors are using. He is also a longstanding e-commerce seller himself on both Amazon and his own online store and a retail store.

03:12
which I believe is what led him to create Import Yeti in the first place, but we’ll find that out in the interview. But David is a wealth of knowledge. And today we’re gonna talk about, you know, how to be successful in e-commerce, which is an industry that’s getting more and more competitive every single year. So welcome to show, David. How are you doing today, I’m doing great, great, doing great, happy to be here. You know, I enjoyed that Alibaba panel as well. It was fun. know, I’m from Southern California and like Lakers are like gone down here. So to on the panel of Ron Ritesh was just, it was cool.

03:42
Yeah, yeah. And I’m a diehard warriors fan. So yeah, yeah. I always knew there was something off about you. Just kidding. Well, a tough loss the other night. Yeah, I know. You know, this is getting a little tangential, but I clay Thompson was one of our neighbors growing up. Yeah. So you’re friends with clay? Yeah, my little brother more so because they were the same class. But dude, that’s awesome. That’s awesome. So David, how’d you get started selling online and

04:12
Tell me about the brand that you run in the retail shop that I think you’re filming out of right now, right? Yeah, yeah. So I got started when I was in my early teens. Much to my mother’s kind of dismay, I was selling tobacco paraphernalia on eBay. Cigar cutters, hookahs, and things like that. And did that for a long time and just kind of kept with it. A lot of failures along the way.

04:41
And then I kind of haphazardly stepped into wrestling work. And that’s been just a blessing, a real, real kind of learning opportunity. then Pandemic Kit, sporting goods is, least high school sporting goods is not the space you want to be in. It’s gotten a lot better now, the pandemic’s kind of eased up. this, Import Yeti is my pandemic project, just kind of meant to fill some of my time and keep my learning and growth going.

05:10
It’s done, you know, just picked up a huge following, which is really cool. I didn’t realize that you started that during the pandemic, like in 2020. Yeah. Yeah. Like literally it was like they shut things down or like March something. It was like that Friday. was like, hmm. And, you know, we we have been using this stuff kind of ourselves, you know, to solve problems. You want to find somebody that makes, you know, a coffee mug. There’s a lot of manufacturers for that because you start to get into harder products.

05:39
and you’re trying to find higher quality suppliers, there’s a lot of challenges using existing tools out there. And this was our just solution of these problems. We built some of our most successful products and found our most successful suppliers using the Bill 8087. Interesting. So for your wrestling store, what were you using before Import Yeti was available? Like how did you find your products? Or were you just primarily carrying like popular brands?

06:08
Yeah, so we do a lot of, you know, reselling, but we would, you know, we go to trade shows a lot. Trade shows are really, really good, like Canton Fair, you know, the Magic Show in Vegas is great. You know, and then a lot of industry knowledge, like when you, if you take any product that you’re trying to develop and you really spend time in that industry, you really start to dedicate yourself to it. A lot of times the supply chains begin to emerge. You just start to understand who’s actually making the products.

06:36
You know, it happens serendipitously. People start reaching out to you. They start being like, hey, we see that you’re selling a lot of these things. We also, we make these things. You know, you get, you know, you get, you know, mail or, you know, you’ll, you know, be at a trade show. Someone will know that you are a company like this that already you see to their buddy, you know, who they know moves the products. And so we were doing a lot of kind of more manual sourcing.

07:02
and then using platforms like Alibaba and stuff as well depending on what the product is. You know what’s funny is we actually get emails like that every single day from mainly Asian manufacturers who wanna sell us stuff. I don’t think I’ve ever responded to any of them. So are you saying that you actually responded to some of those people that approached you? Yeah, we’ve found some killer manufacturers doing that, just killer. Wow, okay. Now that being said, 90 % of them are horrible. Okay.

07:30
So it’s not like they’re all good. when we try to look for a manufacturer, we really evaluate what type of company they are, what capabilities they have. And we do that stuff through Google. if we are, let’s say we’re trying to make widget A, and someone’s constantly emailing us saying, hey, we make widget A, we’re going to start looking for the ones that we think are good.

07:55
Let me ask you this, since you’re kind of unique, you’re a reseller of very popular brands and you have your own private label brands, what is the revenue distribution of each and which is what you focus on more, the reseller aspect or your private label stuff? Yeah, like I understand the question you’re asking, but we think about it a little bit differently. I think it’s better to say what’s the profit distribution of each is the first thing. And almost across the board, private labels can have higher profit.

08:25
ban when you’re reselling somebody else’s goods. And then we also look at things from saying, how can we develop customers that are able to spend more money with us and are really round out product ones? So we don’t look at it as a competitive thing, as much as it’s like, how can we take person A and really service them as much as we can? And there are certain holes that we choose to develop, which is kind of where Private Label falls into.

08:56
All right, so it’s not like you find out what’s selling well from a reseller and then private labeling a version of the same thing. Like Walmart, they know like Robitussin sells well, so they come out with Wal-tussin. That’s not your strategy, right? No, no. With almost everything we try to do, we innovate. I’m put things differently. If you’re in a marketplace where there’s not big people playing, that might be different. But we’re going up against Nike. I’m not gonna beat Nike.

09:24
You know, they’re a great company that creates great products. It’s stupid for me, strategy wise, to try to, you know, compete in that space. You know, so we try to choose things that we can win at and really stay close to that customer list. Give me an example of something that you’re selling in your wrestling store of something you’ve innovated on. Yeah, yeah. So like we need it very heavily as an example on design. That would be like a really strong innovation point for us because we’re closer to the customer and we have different kind of guidelines we’re able to create.

09:53
If it’s a, know, a singlet as an example, singlet designs that are going to very strongly resonate with our consumer. Whereas, you know, ASICS, Adidas and Nike tend to create more of a blank strategy, you know, where it’ll be like, hey, here’s a red singlet, you know, we’ll be able say like, here’s the Mexico singlet. Because the users want that Mexico singlet. And that’s not competing directly with, you know, with those big dogs, you know, we’re not going to win in that game. Interesting. So just for people listening, a singlet is essentially the wrestling uniform, right? Yeah.

10:24
So I imagine there’s standards on what the singlet can be made, right? Or no, I don’t know anything about wrestling, sorry. Yeah, there are some technical specifications with that, they’re easy for us to solve because we’re a wrestling company. We eat, and sleep to sport. Where I think people make mistakes is they’re like, oh, I’m going to try to develop specs for a product that I don’t actually use.

10:49
I don’t actually know in and out. We know the products like crazy. So it makes it real easy to kind of find the right manufacturer, which plays a huge role in your manufacturer as a whole. You’re not gonna find good manufacturers if you don’t know the product. When you’re asking these questions and things like that, they don’t take you seriously. They’re like, this person obviously doesn’t move this product because they don’t know anything about it. You mentioned not being able to go up against guys like Nike. And I can understand in shoes, that’s probably the case.

11:19
But in other things that, you know, where Nike, think, just puts their brand on something, I feel like you could definitely compete on those, especially wrestling specific items, right? Yeah, yeah. Yeah, I’m gonna be very careful with some of the stuff, as I’m sure you can all worry pussy putting around in a little bit. But we, you know, like what makes wrestling our crush is keeping those vendors just super happy. So it is a statement we know against those guys head to head in some areas, we don’t want to really touch on that. Yeah, that’s like, you know, we don’t move any of that volley, quote unquote.

11:49
Yeah, so they’re an important part of your business having those resellers, you because they give you legitimacy, right, which allows you to then move private label products. Okay. Yeah. All right. I can tell you don’t want to talk about that too much. So let’s switch gears a little bit. Yeah, I think that like we talked about, like the product development strategies, that’s like really stellar and like how to find sourcing agents, how to figure out what products to develop that stuff is. Yeah, it’s great. Let’s do that. Let’s do that. Let’s talk about Alibaba. You mentioned Alibaba in the beginning, but

12:15
Something must have made you start import Yeti. Were you not having great results on Alibaba or? I think that Alibaba starts to struggle when you get into very specialized products, which we had problems with. know, like if you’re searching coffee mugs, there’s a thousand coffee mug manufacturers. But if you’re searching, you know, die cast vintage cars and you want to find the company that has the molds for those. There’s a high chance that that’s not on Alibaba to figure out who’s actually making these products.

12:43
And in its core, that’s where we were kind of struggling. Combined with, know, Alibaba is great for, you know, helping you find a large amount of manufacturers, but it doesn’t do as good of a job of saying who is a better manufacturer than this other person, or at least doesn’t paint the full picture. And, you know, the bill laying data sets can really help you understand that, because you can look at things like how much volume do they move? Who are this? Who are like their customers? Do we trust their customers? What’s the product quality of their customers?

13:11
If they’re able to meet the product standards of a big brand that you know and trust and love, they’re likely to be able to make your standards. If they’ve got the green and ESG certifications for a particular brand, they’re likely going to be capable of doing that in-house themselves for you. Yep. Let me ask you a question that I’ve always wondered. So there’s other competing services to import Yeti out there, which I will not name. Yes. But why start your own as opposed to just paying like the couple hundred bucks to use another person’s tool? Yeah. So

13:41
We struggled with some of the way that data was being represented when we used other free tools out there. That was the first kind of data point. For me, when I spoke with other e-commerce sellers, they found that this data was hard to utilize from an action standpoint. You wouldn’t actually be able to get what you needed out of it. You had to really, really understand data science. So we wanted to create something that would be user-friendly so that somebody who wasn’t

14:09
you know, a supply chain, you know, expert who didn’t have a strong understanding of the way big data worked, can go into something like this and be able to make those supply chain decisions as if they did. Give me an example of that. I mean, I’ve actually used all the tools at some point. Yeah. How’s yours different? Like, let’s say you’re searching, we’ll take a big company like IKEA. Now, IKEA, of course, you’re not going to be importing from IKEA’s manufacturers of fat, but

14:36
You know, on the bill laying data set, there are probably 500 IKEA entities, maybe a thousand IKEA entities. So you’re going to search that and it’s going to be like, IKEA, IKEA, IKEA, IKEA, IKEA, IKEA, IKEA. And you have to wait through all of those. You have to figure out which one is the right IKEA that adds your particular product. Right. We do a bunch of fancy footwork that when you search IKEA, there’s just IKEA. You know, and all of their, you know, things, all their vendor table is visualized.

15:04
The fact that when you look at their vendor table, you can understand the volume those vendors are moving. If you’re using the data set in its raw form, you would have to search IKEA, see that, and then search the vendor, tabulate how much that vendor is moving, try to visualize the consistency, compare that consistency across a bunch of other vendors. And that becomes very hard if you’re trying to make decisions around who is the right vendor based off their consistency.

15:31
You basically just want the data process in a different way in an easier to digest manner. Let me ask you this. I’ve had varying success with tools that browse the import database. Yes. Mainly because, you know, if you look for a big guy like IKEA, you’re right. They’re probably not going to work with you, right? So how do you approach like, how do you, let’s talk about how to use your tool actually. So you find a company and there’s a list of manufacturers. What is your strategy for actually getting one of them to even want to work with you?

16:00
So I think that you’re like, the way I like to think about it is that, you know, just like how you look at some customers is bad versus good. You can flip the roles and start to say, if you’re in that manufacturer issues, right? How do, how are they thinking about you? Why would they want to give you a good price? Why would they want to pick you up as a company? You know, why would they want to ensure that your product is super consistent and has no issues, right?

16:29
And when you start to ask those questions, you can then begin to kind of, you know, say, how do I present myself to alleviate those concerns? Like a really common problem I see is people will send out an email saying something like this. My name’s Billy. I’m an Amazon seller. I want to import your coffee mugs. Tell me your MOQ and price. What that email tells a vendor is, hi, I’m an unproven seller. And they think that

16:58
because of the fact that they got 800 other emails that month saying they’re an Amazon seller. Two, you’re gonna be extremely cost conscious because you’re asking about the price in the very beginning and you’re gonna be ordering the smallest amount of stuff possible. Now when you think about that, you would never give that person a good price ever. You just be like, you wouldn’t. You know what you wouldn’t even mention that I’m an Amazon seller. That’s probably a red flag too. I don’t. Yeah, I don’t.

17:26
Now, you put that script in you, if we take the wrestling mart analogy, imagine you make a wrestling product and somebody messages you and they say, Hi, my name is David Applegate. I’m the purchasing director at Wrestling Mart. Right. We’re the world’s largest specialty wrestling store. You know, I’m trying to import product ABCD from you. And, you know, we’re very aware of this product. You know, we’re looking for these specifications. You guys become highly recommended. I’d love to set up a call with, know.

17:55
you know, and your CEO or sales manager, so we can better understand what your company’s capabilities are and see if we might be the right strategic alliance or something like that. And then you’d have a call with the person and you’d start to build that relationship and they would become invested in your success. We want our partners to be like, you know, Wrestling Mart is the best company ever because when that happens, that’s when, you know, you get the best products, the highest quality and best price and all that good stuff. What if you can’t make that claim?

18:25
Like pretend that you were starting from scratch. What would you say? So I think the first thing I would say is that make sure that you’re the things that are inside your control. You understand like the product you’re trying to import. Do not ask questions about like, what is this material made out of? How is what about this feature and this feature? Because that just says that even if you’re a beginner, you don’t understand what you’re doing, you know. And if you don’t understand what you’re doing, learn.

18:51
I’ll even message like this, if I’m trying to import a product, I don’t know everything I’m importing, I’ll message some vendors from a different email address and just ask all those questions and learn all that stuff so that when I message the people I actually want to message, I already have all of that knowledge framework in my mind. So one, first thing, we don’t make any rookie errors around the things that you should be knowing, doing that. And then I think honesty is always the best kind of approach.

19:18
But there’s a difference between being honest and positioning yourself poorly and being honest and still positioning yourself well. So it’s okay to say, I’m a newer e-commerce brand and we’re investigating bringing this and this and this out. I’m looking through these products. In I’d still like to build a relationship. That’s a better thing than saying, tell me your MOQ and price in the first few steps. And I have a lot of friends that have started,

19:48
Amazon brands that have done very well, that have stellar relationships with their vendors from day one. And it makes a big difference. have been none of them are sending out those emails saying, me your MOQ and price in the first 10 seconds.

20:04
My first book, The Family First Entrepreneur, is available for pre-order at your favorite retailer. And for the month of April, I’m doing something crazy. I’m giving away a new bonus for people who pre-order every single week until the book launches on May 16th. And here’s the kicker. If you buy the book before a bonus expires, you get access to it forever. If you buy the book after the bonus expiration date, you won’t get access to that week’s bonus. Here’s just a preview of the bonuses coming up in April.

20:34
There’s going to be a workshop on search engine optimization for e-commerce store owners, which expires on April 6th. There’s going to be a workshop on Chat GPT and how to use artificial intelligence to automate your business, which expires on April 13th. And I’m also giving out a workshop on how to structure your blog post to rank in search, which expires on April 20th. In addition to this, you also get access to my six-week family-first business challenge, access to my three-day print-on-demand workshop,

21:03
and access to my two-day passive income workshop and tickets to any book party that I’m re-throwing after May. Now aside from these bonuses, the book itself will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. Because you can in fact achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it and you don’t have to work 80 hours a week and be a slave to your business just to make it all work.

21:31
I will teach you how to start a business from the perspective of a parent who makes both business and family work. Go to mywifequitterjob.com slash book and I’ll send you all the bonuses, invitations to book parties that I’ll be throwing all over the country and other special offers. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

21:55
So if you were new, would you start out with like an Alibaba or would you consider just starting with, know, import yeti and finding out, you know, who your competitors are using and starting with Atlas first? I’m not a huge Alibaba fan. Alibaba gets a bad rep with some things, you know. I don’t think that it’s as binary as that. It’s a little bit of either or. You know, I would probably be searching the suppliers on

22:23
that find on Alibaba into import yeti and seeing the problem that the volume they actually move. One of the biggest problems that will happen on platforms, and this isn’t Alibaba’s spin-fix, just out there, is like, let’s say, you if you take Wrestling Mars as an analogy, we sell lots of wrestling shoes. We also sell wrestling laces. Now, our wrestling shoe competency is a lot better than our wrestling lace competency, but if we were to list our product in Alibaba, we’d say we sell both.

22:50
So you’re gonna end up messaging Wrestling Mart saying, I buy shoelaces? When we’re the worst shoelace supplier in the world. And by using data sets like Import, you can see what is the company actually move volume up. And when you understand what that supplier specializes in, hey, 70 % of their business is whatever the product you’re looking for is, or a particular manufacturing technology, then you’re gonna have a much higher quality, you’re gonna have a much…

23:19
you know, typically better cost structure because they get the efficiencies of sale of scale tied to that. Yeah. They’re going to have a more trained workforce in that space. They’re going to have, you know, they buy more raw materials. They got lower cost of goods for that type of stuff. See, I don’t think it’s an either or with Alibaba or Import Yeti. I almost always use it. Alibaba at least some stage of my sourcing journey. I think the more important thing is, you know, making sure you have a good product. It’s very rare.

23:47
that I see people that mess the sourcing stage up so bad that that’s the failure of their business. Every single time I’ve had somebody say like, this didn’t work, was because you chose the wrong product. Right. I mean, quality control is a problem. Actually, since we were just talking about that, what are your guidelines for deciding on a manufacturer?

24:11
Yeah, it’s, I mean, for me, it’s a lot of feel. It’s not as hardcore as that. And since I’m building the relationship, it’s the one I feel like is going to partner the most with, you know, our organization. You know, I those people that want our business, because those are the people that are going to make sure that there’s not issues, you know, that are going to make sure that they’re treating us right. You know, you know, we’ve had manufacturers where there are quality issues.

24:36
And if they’re a strong partner of ours who say, listen, there’s a quality issue here and they refund our money or they give us this context or they do right by us. Now, the reason that’s the case is they look at it they go, we want to keep you guys as a client. So it’s not in our best interest to screw this relationship up. Just like it’s not in our best interest to screw their relationship up. And we treat them fairly because there’s been times where it’s like we make an error or something like that. know, yeah. So it’s more about your gut feel on

25:06
how they’ll work with you as opposed to something that you’ll find in like the assessed supplier report on Alibaba or are there things you look for first? Yeah, I think that like maybe I put those as qual the problem where is I use as qualifiers. So I say like, what is my manufacturer need to have like what will be the right potential fit? You know, and if they’re checking those boxes off, then it becomes relationship. So it’s like, okay, I want to find somebody that

25:35
specializes in manufacturing product A, that we’re gonna be a big fish in their pond, that is located in this region or whatever the six things are, that has a stable customer relationships. And then from there, it would be at those two or three, which I don’t message 30 vendors, I pick one or two, sometimes three. I then say, hey, let’s build a relationship. So some of the common questions that I get asked are mostly solved by relationship.

26:04
So I’ll get asked like what’s stopping them from just copying my product and selling to other people? Yeah. And my answer to that is always, you know, once you’ve talked to them face to face, it usually doesn’t happen. What is your answer to that question? Like you have a good relationship. think that one, the copying problem isn’t as big of a deal as I think most people make it out to be. You know, it’s very I have heard of use cases where someone’s like, I was making this product with this manufacturer and then they started selling on Amazon and that has happened.

26:33
But it’s very, very rare. It’s not like I talk to 100 people and 20 of them have that experience. like one. So I think that’s the first endpoint. But the second thing is goes back to that relationship as you’re saying. There’s no way any of our vendors would want to do that because they’re like, okay, we can A, ruin this relationship that is very profitable for us and is win-win. Or B, we can try to make some, know, little bit cash on the side and, you know, it just doesn’t, the math doesn’t pencil out.

27:02
Plus, there’s an organizational competency thing. Most good manufacturers are not Amazon sellers because they’re focusing on manufacturing. You know, that’s a different skill set. Yeah, totally. So we talked about Amazon a couple of times, and it’s getting harder every single year. Yeah. How do you stand out among the crowd looking forward in 2023 for Amazon or DTC? Yeah. So, I mean, I think the first thing is, is I never like to think of

27:32
creating an Amazon business. I feel like that’s trying to say you’re trying to create an app on the app store. That’s not a business, it’s a sales technique, a distribution channel. The correct thing is can you create core business fundamentals that make sense and add value to customers? And if you can answer yes to those questions and you’re creating things people actually want to buy, Amazon’s a great accelerant for that sales.

28:00
You know, I have warehouses, do warehouses are hard. You have to scale. have to have ERP systems like it’s hard. Amazon completely abstracts all of that, which is a huge, huge, huge deal. That doesn’t, you know, make it so that you then magically can wash your hands of the actual business problems, which is how you create value, how you market your product. You know, like I can’t tell you how many Amazon’s I speak to, or I say, what’s your marketing strategy? And they say Amazon PPC. And that’s not

28:29
an entire marketing strategy. That’s one tool you can use out of many. And it’s a hyper competitive one that is getting much, much thinner in terms of value these days. But there’s thousands of other ones that are great, that work stellar. And you can use Amazon’s amazing warehousing and infrastructure to scale the way you never could in the past, which is just amazing. But you have to focus on this core business fundamentals if you want to create something that lasts.

28:56
you know, stands the test, you know, generates money over the like the time. Walk me through your process of finding that product that you know is going to sell well. Regardless of the first thing. Yeah. Yeah. The first thing I do is I try to be a consumer. You know, I really slight like spend time in areas that I enjoy. So like we look right here. Here is a fountain pen. Right. I love writing and I’ve got 10 fountain pens over here.

29:22
And I could tell you about the inks, the different strategies behind inks, different colors with inks, the different oils that go into inks. I know this stuff, but I don’t sell any fountain pen products, but I have considered it because I know what I want. For me, the things that value, that I really like is I like certain color reds. They’re drawn to me and I don’t see them in the marketplace a lot. I also like certain fountain pen holders and things like that. Fountain pen space in terms of the actual pens I’m very happy with.

29:51
I love a lot of pins on the market. I don’t go, ooh, I wish I could create this. But because I’m in this space, and it’s important, there’s a lot of spaces that I try to spend time in, whether it’s fitness or fountain pins or whatever, I begin to see opportunities, things that I would want, that my peers that I’m hanging out with want, that other people online want, because I’m in those communities.

30:21
You know, from there, I began to take what would be a potential product idea. And then I tested out with people. I’d say, Hey, I’m thinking of doing this. What are your guys’ thoughts on it? You know, because I’m in the community, people will give me feedback. You know, it’s kind of a slightly tangential story. A long time ago when was in college, we had a great senior project and everybody in the room had presented an idea.

30:45
And so we’re sitting in like, there’s like 40 of us or something like that. We’re in a circle. And the first person’s business idea is like, I’m going to create a cleaning service for college fraternity parties. And the next person’s like, I’m going to create hangover breakfast. The third person’s like, I’m going to create a book lending service. And the fourth person’s like, I’m going to create a college cleaning process for house parties. know, it’s like everybody had the same business ideas.

31:12
Like literally there was no diversion thinking. And you realize because we were all students and all we were doing was partying and studying. Right. know, and so that was the ideas we had. No one had any money. Nobody was playing around with fountain pens. Nobody was thinking of, you know, the next, you know, boring, you know, Shopify conversion app or something like that. Because they weren’t on Shopify. They weren’t, you know, playing with makeup or whatever kind of passion is.

31:38
So spend time in areas where you think you can actually add value and you’ll see serendipitously where those values can be created by being in that space. Once you have that idea mentioned, I like to test it, really say, hey, I’m thinking of creating an ink. And then I would say, okay, what are the biggest risk areas? Risk area one is are people gonna want to buy it? Risk area two is how am I gonna get in front of those customers? And risk area three is can I even make ink?

32:05
You know, maybe it’s different, but those are my first three that I would think of if I’m trying to make ink. And I would say, which is the riskiest or most, you know, kind of, um, you know, has the highest chance of failure. I have pretty high faith. I could probably figure out how to make the ink, you know, uh, like people I could pay to do that. Like, so I go, okay, that’s low distribution too. I actually don’t have a lot of risk in that area. I, know, I’m very competent at my ability to market on forums. I’ve seen a lot of people do things like this. I understand the way it’s worked in the past.

32:35
But I have no idea whether people actually want to read it. You know, I do. But am I the only one in the room? So I would probably, you know, message 30 people and I’d say, hey, listen, can I buy you a cup of coffee for a 10 minute Skype call or Google meets call and just ask a few questions about your ink purchasing habits. And I would say, hey, here’s my name’s Dave. Here’s what I’m thinking of doing. You know, do you feel that you want to read it too?

33:00
And people are like, they’re like, oh yes, I feel the same way as you. Yes, yes, yes, I’ve been dying for this. And I go, hey, you if you, I did the pre-order today for 20 bucks, would you pay for this? And the person’s like, yes. That’s a huge indicator of interest. And that’s, you know, the way we build everything. It’s the way Import Yeti was built. We didn’t build Import Yeti all in one day. We released a really, really shitty version of it. And people tore it to smithereens. But a lot of people tore it to smithereens, which indicated that people were interested.

33:31
You know, it’s funny, before we hit the record button, you were telling me that, you you run Wrestling Mart, you’re not really a wrestler. And we were just talking about like some of the merits of having a retail location. How do you get feedback from people regarding the next product that you’re gonna launch? I mean, I know you have this retail store. you, would you say that the retail part of your business is a very important component of your product research process? Insanely.

33:59
You know, especially for a sport where like you’re trying things on and stuff. So you get it like, you know, it’s if you’re dealing with like a coffee mug, it’s easier to get feedback from that over the phone. But with certain garments, like you have to be able to look at it person because people can’t describe the way a garment doesn’t fit correctly or whatever the particular thing is. And I actively try to develop, you know, ways to stay in touch with customers, whether it’s answering the phone a lot. Like most people would never answer a customer’s support call. I answer customers’ calls regularly. You know,

34:29
you know, looking at emails, surveys, you know, all that stuff makes a big difference. So what I’m getting at is, if you were to do this all over again, yeah, would you actually start the retail component? Also? That’s a tricky one.

34:48
I’m bullish on certain aspects of specialty retail, but it depends a lot on situations. It varies a lot depending on the kind of individual space. That being said, I think that there’s a lot of magic in retail that’s not being utilized correctly.

35:10
If you were online only, how would you get your feedback? I mean, lots of phone calls, you know, really trying to make sure that you’re plastering your ability to get in touch with customers, you know, just like everywhere’s phone numbers, you know, you’re available all the time. There’s surveys after purchase, like, you know, email addresses are everywhere. You know, you have those monitoring systems and you have all hands on deck meetings with team members so that, you know, people have

35:40
clear ways of bringing problems forward and you can have discussions around things. That kind of stuff makes a big difference. If you’re just starting something out, trying to participate in communities like forums or subreddits, things like that, just really, really being in there makes a big difference. Interesting, are you still doing all that stuff today or is your retail channel good enough?

36:10
Um, you know, I still answer the phone a lot. You know, I’d like to take 10 to 15 phone calls a day is my guess. Any more than that. Okay. You know, and then we, you know, we have like a lot of all hands on deck types of meetings, where it’s like, you know, people are able to disseminate information so that, you know, if someone takes a phone call, and they’re like, Hey, this person, you know, is complaining about this product. And then six other people have the opportunity to go, Oh, I got a phone call about that too.

36:39
or I got two emails and one phone call about that. And that provides a lot of opportunity to kind of make sure that those things are being dialed in and you’re getting everyone sharing information. So what’s funny about this is I’m trying to get information about you, like if you were to start all over. When you’re on Amazon, you don’t get any of that. So what would be the sequence that you would start things if you were to start wrestling all over again? I I would never start on Amazon. Like I know that’s probably a controversial opinion, but like,

37:10
I feel like if you’re starting on Amazon, you’re effectively doing, you’re doing manufacturer arbitrage now, you never spend the time, which is you’re trying to say like, as opposed to drop shipping, you’re just saying, I’m going to buy more units with a longer lead time and then sell the same widget as everybody else at 1 % lower the cost or 10 % more efficient, the PC campaign or whatever the, you know, the, the letter is. And that’s a, that’s a bad business strategy, like really bad business strategy. Because all you’re saying is, is I’m waiting for the next person who’s

37:39
X percent smarter than me or stupider than you will lose money, which is a likely thing that happens to and you know, you’re going to end up, you know, this just doesn’t work out well. That’s a short answer. You know, and in doing things like traditional retail, traditional Ecom are important. You can’t sell somebody on a Shopify store. You’re not going to build a good Amazon store out. The truth, not in the long term, at least not in the long term.

38:10
You could find that manufacturer arbitrage, but you’re not building a sustainable brand if you can’t do whatever. And I’m all for Amazon, I love it. It’s a beautiful platform that completely can accelerate your growth. But people think it’s a business and it’s not, so distribution show. Yeah, I always refer to it as like an ATM machine where you insert products and money comes out, like if someone, everything is a commodity on Amazon, right? People will just copy that exact same thing.

38:37
Yeah. So that’s interesting. I would say a lot of the people who are trying to get rich quick are selling commodities on Amazon. I buy a lot of things like ink that are not commodities. You know, like if I buy, you know, this beautiful Eldenstein, I think it’s how you pronounce it, Topaz Blue ink, which is one of my favorite colors. I got this on Amazon. This is not a commodity. This is a well-branded, well-developed product. Correct. Correct. But it has brand equity, right?

39:07
I’m just talking about when you’re first starting out. You probably don’t have brand equity. So it’s interesting. You wouldn’t start out on Amazon and you would launch your store first and get sales there and get the feedback there and then launch on Amazon later or? Yeah, I honestly probably wouldn’t even start on Shopify first. would buy, with most things I would just say, can I get community sales? So can I go into a subreddit or a forum or whatever and convince people to buy my product?

39:37
you know, you know, or even if it is you give it away, you know, he said no one’s willing to take it or whatever, then you’ve got other warning signs. And I would just from there, really hedge my bets. You know, and take baby steps forward. what are you talking about, like a PayPal button? Okay, that’s a perfect example of it. You know, like a PayPal link. Yeah. Like, hey, you know, like I see a lot of this like Kickstarter, like functions. Yeah, it’ll be like, hey, I’m bringing in this product.

40:07
you know, like I’m trying to sell 10 units of it. And if I do our 100 units, you know, we’ll do this. You know, and those things prove is stellar ways to prove out of market. You’ve mentioned several different ways kind of in passing, like, would just look on Reddit, what are the communities like, where do people hang out in communities? Typically, I know Facebook and Reddit are, are two, are those the two main platforms you use? Or? mean, it varies a lot depending on what the space is. So like,

40:37
And if you’re part of it, you generally get a very quick understanding of where those communities lie. some things, like you take guitars as an example, which is another thing I love, forums are very key with guitars. Probably slightly older demographic, not using younger social Like standard forms, like the old school, like BB press type of forms? Yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah. Wow, okay. And really tight-knit communities, just stellar places.

41:05
if you’re trying to move a new guitar tune or maybe you can innovate on or whatever the space is. And then Facebook groups work really well for some things, really bad for others. Reddit works great for some things. Some things, it’s physical meetups. I spent a lot of time going to e-commerce meetups. There’s lots of conventions. You just have to say, where are my people hanging out? And if you find where that place is, online, offline,

41:33
Discord, know, wherever it is. Yeah. Walk me through, like if you’re new to a community, walk me through your steps to kind of ingratiate yourself before you start dropping these questions like, hey, would you buy this? Yeah. So I, I almost like nobody ever responds to posts that are like, would you buy this? Like, that’s just like, I’m sure, you know, I focus on, you know, at first, just adding value and being a part of it, you know, and then I generally do reach outs.

42:01
to people after I’ve already built up a reputation, you know, of like a valued member of the community. You know, then people are going to want, because they know me, they’ve seen my screen name, they’re going to want to, you know, participate in that stuff. And there are sometimes some exceptions that were like, you truly have a product that like, is going to be viral, and you already have samples of it, and you’ve got a great post, you can eventually do the post and it’ll probably do well. But at first, I’m starting out just with messaging people and just trying to…

42:30
you know, get inside their heads and understand their worldview. Okay, and then if you can get people to buy it, we already kind of talked about interfacing with the factory. One thing that I forgot to ask you was, in terms of pricing, like, how do you gauge the profitability of the thing that you actually want to sell? So, one people, I think they’re afforded walk into this conversation that changed my views on pricing a lot, is time scum. I used to much more low cost kind of

43:00
You know, thinking so much is my part of resting Mars done a really good job and like saying, since higher prices are good and we’ve seen really good results with that. Um, you know, I think that because Amazon is so price conscious, people have the mindset they need to be the lowest cost. That is how a sale happens. You know, uh, but if you’re focusing more on value, you know, price becomes a secondary thing. Like for me, if we take, back to that ink example.

43:28
I genuinely don’t know what I paid for that ink, but I can tell you there is a 0 % chance I’m not buying it. It’s $9, $15, $19, $29. It’s the same ink. like for me, it’s 20 bucks. You know, like I want the ink, you know, I want the color. I want that color, you know, so I’m willing to pay more money for that. Just like how everybody buys the fancy new iPhone, it three times the price of the Android phone that does the exact same thing. And anyone who’s like my iPhone’s better than an Android phone.

43:57
myself because I have an iPhone and love iPhones is lying to you. You’re buying that because you want to have an iPhone. And that’s the way your products I think need to be if you want to charge those kind of premium prices. And if you are going to say we’re going to be a low cost provider, that’s okay. But you have to have a competitive advantage with that type, that low cost strategy. What doesn’t work is you’re going to say, I’m going to use the same manufacturers as everybody else, get the same pricing as everybody else.

44:26
and sell it for a lower cost than everybody else. That’s a flawed business strategy. If you’re like, I’m able to manufacture these things 20 % lower because I’ve got ADCD technology, or I’m innovating in this space, or I understand this thing. And that allows me to sell at a significantly lower price than anybody else, and still be profitable, that might work. But most people aren’t thinking like, or actually, they’re not thinking like that. They don’t have the opportunity for that. I think going low cost is one of the hardest things that you can do.

44:56
I always tell everyone to just go high end because then it’s not a question. That puts money out of the equation altogether. And having competitors, it kind of makes you more resistant to the competition. If you can put out something that’s really good, you’re right. I pay for stuff where I don’t even look at the price. it makes advertising easier. It makes customer service easier. Because you can just, you don’t care. You just give it away for free or whatever, like if they complain. And that adds to your bottom line. So yeah.

45:26
I actually don’t know that many people who stand the test of time going on the low end route and just, because it’s always a race to the bottom in terms of price. Yeah, my first product I ever sold was that tobacco paraphernalia. And I’m gonna, you know, he’s butchered the numbers a little bit, I would save some work, but I was selling these cigar cutters, and it was like, I was selling it for like 9.99, buying it for 50 cents, and I was charging like $3 shipping. And it was like 13 at times, I don’t sell like 20 of these things a day.

45:55
which when you’re that age with that, this is back in 1992. Like I was literally looking for my Ferrari online. like my first car is going to be a Ferrari type of thing, you know, thinking I was like, this is it. And I do this for like 30, 45 days or something like that. And then I woke up one day and there was zero sales. And I was like, that’s weird. I went 20 of the day before, you know, and then the next day comes around zero sale.

46:23
So I go on eBay search and now some dude selling cigar cutters at 9.50. I’m like, whatever. So I changed my ID to 8.99 and then 20 sales, right? Next day, 20 sales, 20 sales, 20 sales. And this goes on for nine more days. And then I wake up the day and there’s zero sales. And this time immediately go and check and the dude’s now selling them at 7.99. know, and fast forward four months, I’m now selling cigar cutters in a dollar 99 with free shipping and losing 50 cents on every cigar center I sell, with shipping included, you know.

46:53
And that’s the way eBay went back then. Amazon is going through the same thing, although it isn’t quite as extreme yet. If you search my favorite searching exercise rings on Amazon, you will see 195 exercise rings listings that are all from the exact same pair of exercise rings. It’s probably coming out of one of two factories. What do you expect this gonna have?

47:22
My last question for you actually is how do you feel about those people doing Amazon wholesale where they’re using these pricers to just make sure that they get the buy box and whatnot. To me that’s unsustainable but I’m just kind of curious what your thoughts are. Yeah, mean like I know a lot of people that made a lot of money doing a lot of different things online and you know I’ve got you know I’m not gonna use my name and I’ve got a friend that makes a fortune doing things like that. His mindset is I’m gonna be ahead of the curtain. That’s always what he thinks.

47:52
It’s how can I be the first one to figure this out? Push it as hard as I can and then recognize when it stops and take my foot off the gas and move on or next. You know, and I don’t agree with that business model at all. You know, he makes a lot of money doing it, you know, but he has done things like that before. Now, the reason I say that is that obviously people make money doing things like people make money doing retail arbitrage, manufacturer arbitrage and drop shipping.

48:22
whatever it is, but there’s good and bad business models. And, you know, if you, if you focus on what the good business models are and core business fundamentals, you stand the test of time, you actually make the world a better place. And you tend to, you know, have a much easier kind of, you know, time in the long run. The one other thing I’d say about my buddy is he is extremely intelligent, a lot smarter than I am. And

48:50
I think that intelligence serves him well. And if you’re looking at these sorts of opportunities and you’re going, haven’t spent 20 years doing various internet marketing trends and always spinning on the top of the curve, you’re an idiot if you think that this time you’re going to be, you know, because history has said you’re hot, you know, and I’ve tried to do some of those hustles before and sometimes I, you know, uh, wins and I lose, but what I’ve learned is that

49:17
ends up being kind of net velocity at them all together. And that I am investing a lot of time. And so now I, you know, try my best to avoid that temptation. And you know, focus on what’s valuable. For me, it’s about sleeping well at night, actually. Yeah, with those fads and whatever, like you could lose that stuff really quickly. Whereas if you have your own brand, it’s still my drop, but it’s a lot more gradual and you have time to react. Yeah. And it’s I think that’s that’s well said, like especially if your income is depending.

49:45
Like if you’re saying that like I am the wholesale, you know, button buyer guy, like you have to be able to, you know, be able to weather that storm because there will come a day where that would stop. It’s just gonna happen. Yeah. Dave, where can people find about your tool? Ask you questions. Where are you at online? ImportYeti.com. And there’s a little contact us button and the emails go straight to me. And I would love to hear from anyone and everyone about how they use the tool.

50:14
especially if they have ways they can make it better. And I care about especially the granular things like you’re like this, putting this button here makes me want to punch you every time I see it. It’s so annoying, it’s the wrong spot. I want to hear that feedback. You know, it’s the thousands and thousands of Import Yeti users that have made Import Yeti good so far and allowed us to spread and give me opportunities to be on podcasts and stuff like this, which I’m very grateful for. And I love the tool and I love the fact that it’s actually free, which we had

50:42
talked about this earlier, like that core component of the product is always gonna be free. there’s no reason not to check it out. Thanks for coming on Dave. I appreciate it.

50:54
Hope you enjoyed that episode, and if you haven’t already, go check out Import Yeti right now because it’s free. For more information about this episode, go to mywifecluderjob.com slash episode 453. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash div.

51:22
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to hang out with you in person in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. So grab a ticket to Seller Summit and let’s meet up. Go to SellerSummit.com. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T dot com. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog. And if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifecouterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

452: Meet The Man Who Makes 8 Figures Selling Baby Shoes With Cole South

452:  Meet The Man Who Makes 8 Figures Selling Baby Shoes With Cole South

Today I’m thrilled to have my friend Cole South on the show. Cole runs an 8 figure business selling moccasins for kids over at Bird Rock Baby and BJJ uniforms over at Gold BJJ.

He is a former poker player turned entrepreneur and in this episode, we’re going to talk about what it takes to grow a footwear business to 8 figures.

What You’ll Learn

  • How much does it cost to start a footwear business
  • How Cole grew this business from the ground up
  • Cole’s philosophies on business grow, 3PLs and selling on Amazon

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today I have an old friend, Cole South on the show, and Cole sells moccasins for kids over at Bird Rock Baby and BJJ uniforms over at Gold BJJ. And what’s cool about Cole is that we have similar philosophies on business. And in this episode, we’re going to talk about what it takes to grow a footwear business. But before we begin,

00:28
I want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are almost sold out over at sellersummit.com. It is a conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And you all know me well enough by now to know that my event has zero fluff. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business and not high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Every year, we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people.

00:54
and everyone eats together and everyone parties together every single night. I personally love smaller events and tickets always sell out. If you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over $250k or $1 million per year, we also offer a special mastermind experience where we break up into small groups, lock ourselves in a room and help each other with our businesses. The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T dot com.

01:22
I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-comm and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash Steve.

01:52
That’s P-O-S-T-S-C-R-I-P-T.I-O slash Steve. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcasts that I run with my partner, Tony. And unlike this one, where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:27
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast. Today I’m really happy to have Cole South on the show. Cole is someone who I met at Ecommerce Fuel and the Seller Summit in past years. He is a former poker player turned entrepreneur, which is something that I’m actually finding increasingly common over the years. There are a lot of poker players who actually go into business. Cole is an eight figure seller who runs two brands, Gold BJJ and Bird Rock Baby. He is also working on a software tool for Ecom as well.

02:54
Now, since I’ve always known Cole for his baby moccasin store over at Bird Rock Baby, this is a business we’re gonna focus on today. And I just have to say that selling any kind of shoes, especially kids shoes, I would say is tough. It’s capital intensive, you have to carry a bunch of styles and a bunch of different sizes. So in this interview, we’re gonna learn how Cole grew this business from the ground up. And with that, welcome to show, Cole. How you doing today, man? Thanks for having me on, Steve. Yeah. Hey, so I…

03:21
out of all the products that you could sell, why did you choose Baby Moccasins? It seems like shoes are competitive, saturated, there’s lots of brands that sell these. Yeah, totally. Well, when we started this e-commerce business, we didn’t really have any clue what we were doing, there wasn’t a ton of thought into it. Aside from that, we wanted to start the business around products my business partner and I were personally using. And at the time, he had two young kids, and his wife just wasn’t crazy about the shoe options. They were either 65 bucks and like,

03:48
you’d lose one with kid throwing out the window or losing at the playground, just kind of impractical to spend that much money on a pair of shoes that your kid’s gonna outgrow really fast. Or like six bucks from AliExpress, drop shipped in a plastic bag where you feel like, this even safe to put on my child? So that was the initial idea. Maybe we can do like a mid-market baby shoe, backed by an American company, safety tested to beyond all standards. That’s how we landed on baby shoes. Interesting. So you mentioned AliExpress and Wanna. Are these made in the US then?

04:18
Our shoes are all made in China. They’re all made in China, okay, okay, right. And so you just have tighter quality control and whatnot. Exactly. So did you do any testing on this? Because like I said, it’s competitive. Or maybe it wasn’t as competitive when you got started. But how did you know that these shoes were gonna move? Well, we could tell from all the typical Amazon and SEO tools that there was a lot of demand for this type of product, leather baby shoes, baby moccasins. And again, it was kind of just seeing that gap in the market.

04:48
a lot of these very cheap items were selling a ton of units. And then there were some brands with some expensive baby shoes selling a ton of units. And kind of just use a little bit of logic thinking that, there’s probably a space for a mid-market baby shoe in this category. So as a poker player, you probably calculated the expected value of launching this product. Yeah, mean, certainly a lot of skills translate well from poker to e-commerce. I think the biggest one is just like being okay with.

05:14
risk and comfortable losing. If it didn’t work out, it’s not like we had mortgage or houses for this business. How much did you invest actually to start it? Man, I want to say we opened the LLC. My business partner and I, and I putting in five or 10 grand. Of course, as the business grew, e-commerce is a super capital intensive business. And so I loaned the business some more money to finance inventory. And then eventually as we became more established, we started getting other.

05:41
financing options through Amazon or Chase. I am curious, when you first launch, like, do you have to launch with multiple styles, multiple sizes, or did you just launch with one style? I believe we launched with four colors in four sizes, something like 16 skews. Okay. And then how do you actually, this is something I’ve always wondered about anything related to sizing. Like, how do you know what to order or how much to order in what? Yeah, that’s tricky. And I feel like, especially on your first order, it’s so hard to tell. And there’ll be some

06:10
some specific colors where the baby size just crushes in that color. But a different color, people are only buying that for two year olds. So it’s hard to kind of translate that from style to style. So our approach has been just order a ton on the first order so you don’t run out of stock because the second you’re out of stock, all your forecasting goes haywire. And then try to use that cushion from that first order to place more accurate orders going forward. What do you consider a ton? How much was your initial order? Oh man, the initial order was probably

06:40
two brand of shoes. Of each style and size? No, total. Yeah. Oh, total. We started off really small. Yeah. I mean, we started our e-commerce business as a side project where my business partner and I both played poker for a living. We were pretty burnt out on it looking for something new. We like, let’s just start something to get some experience doing any sort of business outside of poker. And that’s how we land on e-commerce launching brands around products we personally use. Okay. And so you ordered 2000 pairs, I assume evenly split because you had no idea.

07:10
what was gonna sell. And then what was your first market, was your Shopify store your first or were you on Amazon at first? No, strictly Amazon. I’d say that first year sales was 99 % Amazon. Okay. And then I imagine you did all the keyword research and whatnot and did you do anything special to rank those? Yeah, so, you know, when we started the e-commerce business, was kind of like learning poker all over again. We just devoured every Amazon e-commerce podcast and blog we could find.

07:39
to try to learn how to market for e-commerce. And we definitely were lucky to kind of catch the wave of Amazon and e-commerce at the right time, where in 2016 we put this product up on Amazon. And I think on the first day we sold two or three units, you know, without ads or anything, turning on ads or anything. Yeah. Okay. And then over the course of that first year,

08:01
customers really liked the product and we just had enough organic traction that we’re like, okay, I think we’re onto something here. And then we quit poker and went into this full-time. Oh, I didn’t realize you were still doing poker at the time. Did you have your website up then or was it just strictly Amazon? I think we had a website up, like a very simple commerce website or something. But if we did more than five sales on the website the first year, I’d be surprised. Oh, okay. So it was literally all Amazon. And I am curious, are you guys in retail at all or?

08:31
Yeah, so we just broke like 500 wholesale stores. My wife runs the wholesale program. It’s all small independent mom and pop boutiques around the country. But yeah, it’s a cool part of the business. Very different from online marketing. To get those, did you literally just walk, go door to door to these mom and pop shops? We’ve tried a few different things. Some of it has been outbound where my wife just has stores she likes that she thinks would be a good fit and reaching out to them with a very personalized pitch.

09:00
and then trying to use those to find similar stores in other cities, something like that. We’ve also used wholesale platforms like Fair, which has been great for customer acquisition. And we’re starting to do a little bit more on the outbound side of things. But I also think there’s a lot of aspect of just getting your product out there. And people who own boutiques that sell baby products, they need products that parents like on the shelves that sell through. So they find our product and just inbound reach out to us and stock in their store. I’ve always been curious. what is your minimum order from one of these small mom pop shops?

09:31
I believe 250 bucks and they get a 50 % discount. Okay, so it’s not very much money at all. And then it’s a different beast, right? You have to keep track of them and then maybe remind them to reorder or do they keep track of all that stuff? We have not done an amazing job at the customer relationship management side of wholesale. Okay. But you know, we do at least have like a customer database for wholesale customers that we’re sending email campaigns to and trying to send out reminders when they haven’t ordered in a while.

09:58
I was just chatting with my buddy about this because sometimes you got to argue for where your stuff is displayed to. But I guess it doesn’t happen in boutiques. Maybe that’s more for the big box stores. Yeah, for us, it’s all, you know, they’re paying upfront for all the inventory or for all their orders. So it’s not like we’re financing an order in a big box store where we have some risk or if it doesn’t sell through, we’re taking the product back. We had a fitness brand as well that we sold to one of the large Amazon aggregators. And for that brand, we had our products in Best Buy.

10:28
And so we learned a little bit about big box retail. Best Buy was launching like a connected fitness section where they had to like pelotons and treadmills and they had one of our fitness products in there. you know, totally different model where we’re being paid on net 90. Yeah, 90. Crazy, right? Yeah. Just wild. Yeah. Can you walk me through just like the sourcing process? I know a couple of my buddies, they source shoes from like Mexico. Did you look in different geographies?

10:58
Yes, we have looked at Mexico as well. There is a big shoe industry in Mexico and it’s specifically something we’ve been thinking of as tensions between the US and China have kind of ramped up for the past couple of years. We want to make sure we’re not, you know, totally locked into manufacturing there. Although we do, have great relationship with our partner there. I think we first found our, all of our manufacturing partners on the baby side through Alibaba. Nice. Okay. Just got a ton of different samples and

11:27
worked out who we felt comfortable working with. And were you designing your own designs at that point? Or were you just kind of taking what they had? We always want to do something like a little bit different from what everybody else was doing. So we would try to take an existing design and add at least like three customizations to it. Give me an example of a customization. Oh, sizing is huge for baby shoes. So a lot of the existing brands I just had like totally off the wall size charts, whether it was like Chinese

11:55
sizing or just something totally custom. So something where like we, you know, use a traditional sizing chart and made the fit of the product like a way more standardized and better customer experience, lower return rate, that sort of thing. you give me an idea of like what the return rate is for shoes? Is it like apparel? Yeah, say probably like in the 15 to 20 % ish range. Okay, so less than apparel, but still pretty high. Basically.

12:24
Also, our products are being worn by people who can’t talk yet. So to some extent, they can’t complain too much about the Well, the parents are the loud ones, right? Yeah, I guess so. And minimum order quantities for shoes, I you can just get by getting like a couple thousand units, huh? Yeah, when we first started with our manufacturer, yeah, I think our initial order was, yeah, just, it might’ve even only been a few hundred units, might’ve been 500 units, something like that. Have you switched factories over the years?

12:53
No, we’ve worked with the same one the entire time for our main products and grown our business a ton with them and it’s been just an awesome relationship. Wow. Okay. So we’ve never been there either. As you’re selling these shoes, I’m just kind of curious what the margins or shoes are like. Are baby moccasins similar margins to just like people selling shoes? Or I’m just kind of curious what the margins are like. Yeah, you know, I don’t really think of it too much, like within the shoe category. I just think of it as like running a healthy e-commerce business in general. And specifically like, you know, we’re talking about wholesale. We’re like,

13:23
If you need to make your wholesale business make money, if you retail a pair of shoes for 30 bucks, the wholesale customer is paying 15. You really need a 50 % markup on that wholesale to be running a healthy business. in general, think to run a healthy e-commerce business, you need to have like a 4X markup on your cost of goods, kind of bare minimum.

13:44
you know, to make it work. I would say bare minimum. So I’m just kind of curious because you have a let’s say you have a return rate of 15%. You kind of have to factor that in as well. Presumably you can’t resell the returns, right? You know, it’s hit or miss. I’d say probably half of returns we can resell. Okay. And then prior to starting the recording, like you’re recording from your warehouse right now, right? And, and I had mentioned I just bought a warehouse.

14:12
And then I told you like, hey man, if I could go with the three pill, I definitely would. It seems like your products are pretty ideal. They’re small because they’re baby shoes, pretty light. I would imagine a three pill makes sense. Why are you, why did you invest in your own warehouse in California of all places? Uh, just like me, right? I mean, I could share my story, but I’m curious what, your reasons were for sure. mean, so the main one is just the sheer number of skews. think most three PLs do really well with a small and light product that is like,

14:40
supplement where you maybe you have a line with 10 SKUs, but for our baby moccasins, we have, you know, 50 different styles each offered in six sizes. The, you know, number of SKUs compared to the actual inventory of each SKU is kind of crazy. And we have tried to use several 3PLs. I just don’t think we were a great customer based on how many SKUs we had. And so it never really worked out well. I really just like running our own warehouse too. It gives me like a sense of control over the business. And for something like wholesale, it allows us to, you know,

15:09
get a wholesale order boxed up personally by our team, sent out to the customer quickly. I feel like that was a real big pain point using a 3PL, trying to do something like wholesale. See, for me, I like the control too, because I’ve just heard so many nightmare stories of 3PLs losing inventory. Our mutual friend, Mike Jackness, he actually had to fly to his 3PL and dig through all the stuff and find his inventory. Presumably stories like that are few and far between.

15:37
But I’ve never heard anyone like running a warehouse actually. And I know you’re in California. Do you have problems finding workers who are willing to do that sort of work at a reasonable cost? You know, I think part of it is just finding employees that do a really good job and then overpaying them so they stay and running a relatively lean team. I feel like one thing we’ve learned in our warehouse is the difference between an A player

16:06
and a C player is not like 2X, it’s that the A player is like working 10 times more efficiently and the B player or the C player is like literally pulling your business backwards. So try to like get a small squad of those A players, do everything you can to make sure that they’re super happy in their job and keep things running relatively leanly. How big is your warehouse? curious. 5,500 square feet. 5,500 square feet and how many people are in there? It’s like five of us.

16:34
on daily basis. Wow, and so you’re picking and packing, running an eight figure business with five people. That’s nuts. Okay. Yeah, you know, mean, Amazon is roughly 60 % of our sales. those orders are all fulfilled by FBA. So that’s just going out the door, direct to Amazon in bulk. And the other stuff, I feel like we’ve got good enough processes with the way things are laid out that if anything, we’re running a little bit below like our

17:02
bandwidth capacity just because we’ve learned that like, if everybody’s running nonstop and you feel like you’re always playing catch up in the warehouse, that’s when projects start piling up, people start getting grumpy. So we always try to like leave ourselves a little bit of a buffer on our bandwidth. I completely agree actually, because the holiday season comes around. You need a little bit of buffer like I go in to the warehouse and I’m like packing orders and answering phones over the holiday season. Because in the past, we used to try to hire like temporary people over those periods but

17:31
Training them and getting them up to speed was actually problematic. we kind of just suck it up now. Do you guys do anything special over the holidays? Nope, it’s just all hands on deck. Yeah, just like you’re saying. We’re all in here trying to get everything out the door and also accepting that like, look, over the week of Black Friday, orders might go out in three business days instead of one and like we’re selling apparel here. It’s not like life or death supplies that need to be get to the customer the next day.

17:58
Let’s talk about the D to C side of your business. And it’s interesting that you sell kids shoes and I was looking on your site and it’s still pretty much baby, right? So do you get a lot of repeat business? Yeah, we do. think we do. We try really hard to catch people at the beginning of their customer lifecycle with us, whether that’s marketing towards people who are expecting or have a newborn so we can get several purchases out of them in our sweet spot of ages zero to two. And then people who have one kid, you

18:27
relatively frequently have another. As a new parent myself, I’m always talking to other parents about baby products they like. I think there’s a big word of mouth aspect to the business. On the DDC side, what is your primary acquisition channel? So we were spending pretty aggressively on Facebook up until roughly six months ago. And then I feel like the iOS privacy changes just wrecked the profitability of everything. And we just had a phase in the business where we had

18:56
spent enough to kind of get the initial snowball rolling of customers to where we could really dial back marketing spend and try to run things a little bit more profitably with an eye on the bottom line as opposed to top line. Yeah, I mean, over the years, we’ve started focusing a lot more on our existing customers and our own marketing list.

19:16
My first book, The Family First Entrepreneur, is available for pre-order at your favorite retailer. And for the month of April, I’m doing something crazy. I’m giving away a new bonus for people who pre-order every single week until the book launches on May 16th. And here’s the kicker. If you buy the book before a bonus expires, you get access to it forever. If you buy the book after the bonus expiration date, you won’t get access to that week’s bonus. Here’s just a preview of the bonuses coming up in April.

19:46
There’s going to be a workshop on search engine optimization for e-commerce store owners, which expires on April 6th. There’s going to be a workshop on chat GPT and how to use artificial intelligence to automate your business, which expires on April 13th. And I’m also giving out a workshop on how to structure your blog post to rank and search, which expires on April 20th. In addition to this, you also get access to my six week family first business challenge, access to my three day print on demand workshop,

20:15
and access to my two-day passive income workshop and tickets to any book party that I’m re-throwing after May. Now aside from these bonuses, the book itself will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. Because you can in fact achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it and you don’t have to work 80 hours a week and be a slave to your business just to make it all work.

20:43
I will teach you how to start a business from the perspective of a parent who makes both business and family work. Go to mywifequitterjob.com slash book and I’ll send you all the bonuses, invitations to book parties that I’ll be throwing all over the country and other special offers. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

21:06
I’m curious though, so now that Facebook isn’t as working as well, and it’s not an uncommon thing, like I’ve talked to many e-commerce business owners where when the iOS updates happen, like Facebook ads kind of went to crap, what are your new things that you’re trying to acquire new customers? Yeah, I’d say kind of our approach is do the 80-20 of a lot of different areas. You we do focus on SEO, Google ads, but we’re not like all in on like, okay, we got to figure out TikTok this quarter.

21:34
and we’re gonna spend all of our ad budget there. I really feel like at this point, the business is somewhat organically growing just through word of mouth, existing customer base spreading it. it feels like for a long time there, we were pushing the rock uphill and now it’s starting to roll downhill a little bit and this is kind of growing on its own a little bit. Plus the retail probably helps with that, right? I would imagine. Absolutely. Being in a lot of boutiques. Can you walk me through the retail side?

22:03
So are you allowed to run discounts on your website? Can you like undercut your retailers and price? how does all that work? So we try to focus on purely retail retailers with a physical brick and mortar store. Okay. Where, you know, want to sell the product on their website. We’re not going to tell them they can’t do that, but like we’re not working with e-commerce only businesses. Okay. So that’s been our approach where we don’t feel like we’re competing with them really, cause they’re, you know, focused on walk-in traffic to their store, buying the product. So do you have the freedom to sell things cheaper than

22:32
Like the brick and mortar price? Yeah, I mean, we run sales and we allow our brick and mortar customers to run sales too. We’re not super strict on, you know, map pricing for our products as long as they’re not going and like selling them on their website cheaper than us and bidding a bunch on like branded Google ad terms. Actually, that was my next question. So they have to obey a map price. Yeah, but you know, we’re not super strict about it again, most of the partners we’re working with are physical brick and mortar stores that don’t do a lot of online sales anyway.

23:02
So, A, how are we gonna enforce this? we gonna go around running? Yeah, you can’t really. That’s I was asking. Yeah. Yeah. And if they wanna sell the shoes for $20 instead of $30 in their own brick and mortar store and they’re still paying us $15 for them, go for it. Yeah, so presumably the wholesale price is 50 % of what you sell on your site, like retail. Exactly. 50 % of retail. probably these people aren’t internet savvy. They’re probably not running campaigns that are competing against you.

23:31
I would imagine Okay. On the so on the deed, and we do our best to screen for that too. And like, we make sure that like our, we can both get our ideal customers and we set those policies very upfront. Like the number one thing is just you cannot sell on Amazon. Right? was actually my next question. Yeah. Okay, because you they could like piggyback on your listings. Okay. Got it. But again, they’re not particularly, you know, Amazon savvy. Business owners, we are if somebody tries to piggyback on our Amazon listing, we notice it real fast. You know, we have a

24:01
you know, one very frank discussion with the person. And then if it’s an ongoing issue, you know, we’re brand registered, trademark sellers, we know ways to protect ourselves. Well, you just cut off their supply. mean, totally. That’d be the end of it. What about social? Is that a big part of your strategy? It is, but it’s something my business partner’s wife works on. She runs Instagram and email marketing. And it’s not something that I personally have my hands in too much. Well, I’m just trying to.

24:29
gather like what your primary, like what’s like the main driver of new business now? Just on the DTC side. Yeah, on the DTC side, I really think it’s just the business kind of growing based on word of mouth. Like we have all these individual channels like SEO and email marketing that are getting that existing base customers and some new customers going, but I wouldn’t say we have like one specific channel that’s driving a bunch of new customers. Can we talk about SEO real quick? are you going for

24:59
Content that attracts like moms and dads or you doing like product focus content or a mixture of both? Okay So we have like an article on how to size baby shoes Which is a problem that every you know new parent has and you know We rank number one in Google I think for how to size baby shoes and we also try to rate rank our collection pages So if you search baby moccasins in Google, we’re I believe we’re number one in that right now as well that’s been through combination of on-site optimization stuff as well as

25:28
PR has kind of been the biggest thing for us. hired a PR agency that got us a bunch of exposure, high authority backlinks. That’s interesting. Walk me through the PR because I’ve known a number of people, like I’ve never used a PR agency before, but I just get mixed reviews on that. is the main benefit for the backlinks or has some of the PR exposure directly led to a lot of sales? Yeah, great question. So I think it’s really

25:56
matters on what your approach to it is. If you are approaching PR as like, this is a performance marketing channel and I need to pay my PR agency three grand a month and they have to drive 5,500 a month in sales to make this work. Like it’s not going to be a good fit for you. But if you approach it as like brand and awareness marketing and like asset building of, Hey, you know, I’m going to run a six month PR campaign. I’m going get all these cool features that I can use as amazing social proof that, Hey, our product has been featured on motherly and all these popular outlets for new moms, pregnancy magazine. And I’m getting valuable backlinks from all the sites that are just

26:26
building our SEO authority, then I think it really makes sense. I do think there’s an aspect of it where any PR agency has their kind of core group of connections that are super valuable. And they kind of turn through those for the first like six, 12 months of a campaign. So don’t know if it makes sense to have permanently for small business, but I think like a three or six month PR blast is pretty underrated for an e-commerce business. I can imagine all it takes a couple of backlinks actually to really boost your domain authority.

26:56
You know that post you mentioned that you’re ranking number one for? How to size a shoes. Does that actually lead to sales? At least in my store I can tell you this like the articles that I have that target the customer I just try to get them on the email list and maybe they’ll convert the ones that convert directly to sales are like buying guides or reviews or comparison posts. I’m just curious how your content converts and what your strategy is. It does it doesn’t convert to sales like a

27:25
collection page ranked in search does. But we’ve been trying to do content that’s like pretty tightly wrapped up in the buying experience. Like how to size baby shoes is the next step in that is where am gonna buy the baby shoes? It’s not like seven tips for putting your newborn down for the night or something like that, you know? Where that’s a little more disconnected from like the shoe buying process. We’re not focused on stuff like that. And that article that you’re talking about, it like an advertorial? Like is there a like a link to your?

27:54
your shoes at the bottom or? Oh, of course. Yeah. But I mean, we try to make it like a valuable piece of content to like we have a printable size chart that obviously has our logo on it. And like, you know, our products are interspersed throughout the article. But even if you weren’t going to buy our, our product, it is a good guide on how to up issues. Let’s switch gears to Amazon. I know it’s gotten a lot more competitive over the years. And I’m presumably you have a lot of competitors now on Amazon. Right? Absolutely. Yeah.

28:22
How are you adjusting to the increased competition, the increased costs of FBA knockoffs, evil sellers and that sort of thing? Yeah, it’s certainly been a lot of that. We did a price increase this year. I think that was probably long overdue and that helped subsidize some of increased FBA costs, just increased costs that we’ve experienced across the board in our business. Advertising has gotten more expensive on Amazon. I’d say, you know, three years ago we were probably spending

28:52
six or 7 % of our total Amazon revenue on advertising, and that’s maybe doubled. Really? To 15, 10, 12%. 10, 10, 10, 12%. Something like that. Okay. Are you guys doing DSP or? No. No, just straight sponsored product ads and brand ads? Sponsored products, video and search, headline display, but no DSP. Okay. And then these days, presumably, can you walk me through your launch process when you have a new style? For sure.

29:22
So we really have not focused on launching many new products. We’ve been trying to continue to drive demand for our core product of Baby Mocsins where we have really strong product market fit. We have tried to launch other products like a diaper backpack, other types of baby shoes, and we just really haven’t had as much success with that. And I feel like the kind of standard way to grow an Amazon business is to launch a bunch of products once you have this formula figured out. I feel like for us, our penetration in the actual market of baby shoes is so small.

29:52
And we have this one product that just has really clear product market fit. People just love these baby shoes that I don’t think it makes a bunch, makes much sense for us to keep branching off instead of just to push this ball further and further, faster and faster. I love that policy actually. Cause a lot of people are, I mean, I think launching new products is actually the hardest way to grow the business. It’s much easier to focus on maybe increasing.

30:18
the average order value or increasing the number of times that someone buys. What are your goals with this business actually? Are you trying to grow it or are you kind of, I don’t want to say taking your foot off the pedal so to speak, but it sounds like it’s not like a VC backed company where you’re trying to grow at all costs. Totally, yeah. mean, so the first five years it was like, we need to double this business each year to get it to the point where, you know, it’s just like,

30:47
a relatively self-sustaining operation. But now that we are kind of at that point, yeah, we’re trying to do a modest 15 % a year growth sort of thing, actually be making money from this business rather than reinvesting it all into taxes and more inventory. So yeah, would say taking our foot off the pedal is a reasonable way to describe it. I also have two young kids and other hobbies and like, I want to make sure I’m living a lifestyle where I’m not totally burned out on this business and I actually enjoy running it.

31:14
And in terms of like your focus on Amazon versus DTC versus retail, how do you treat each of those? for me, I focus all my efforts on DTC. Amazon is just like a bonus. It seems like you’re split a little higher on Amazon. How do you view all those different marketplaces and traffic sources? Sure. So from year one, you know, when we were 100 % Amazon to now we’re at 60 % Amazon, like even just breaking off that 40 % of the business was a ton of work.

31:44
Um, but I feel like now that we’ve kind of gotten to that point, we run each part of the business relatively siloed where, know, have my Amazon Asana board where I, you know, pop in her ad campaigns, make sure Amazon inventories replenish that sort of stuff. Then I have like the DTC silo of things. And then my wife runs the wholesale side of things. So really try to run the three, uh, sales channels of the business somewhat independently. Um, so we have a little diversification. Nobody feels like they’re.

32:13
having to work on every aspect of the business, that sort of thing. So the reason why I’m asking that is like, do you ever use your email list to launch a new product in Amazon or drive people to Amazon or is it always to like your own online store? Nope, always to our own online store. Again, if it was one thing where like our strategy to grow the business was to launch a new product every week on Amazon, for sure we would be doing something like that. But that’s just not how we’re operating the business. Okay, cool. I like that. I like that.

32:39
You’re different from some of the other people that I talked to where they’re always just constantly trying to scale, scale, scale. It seems like you guys got a pretty good balance with the way you guys are running things. Let’s switch gears again. And with the fact that Amazon is a lot more competitive, I understand you guys have developed some in-house tools to help you with that. What are these tools and why does it give you an advantage? For sure. So yeah, I’m working on an e-commerce software tool called Synchronize.

33:08
And it allows e-commerce sellers to use their data from Amazon Seller Central, Shopify, Facebook ads, directly in Google Sheets. And the way this started off is from inventory management. We manage our inventory in a big Google Sheet. And every six months or so, we would try using some sort of hosted inventory management tool. And they just never were a great fit for our business. There’s so many different quirks of how each individual e-commerce businesses ran that I felt like they all box us in. And we would just end up right back in the Google Sheet.

33:36
So can you actually before you go on, I’m curious about this too. What are some of the problems you’ve had with standard off the shelf inventory software? Handling multiple sales channels and multiple warehouses. So, you know, we have FBA and our San Diego warehouse and we have Amazon, Shopify and wholesale sales channels. And there are some really good Amazon only inventory management tools and the other inventory management tools that try to take everything into account. It almost feels like

34:05
for the first two years, they got 10,000 support tickets with a bunch of different requests. And now the tool is just 800 check boxes on every page is impossible to like untangle to like actually get what you need for your business out of it. Okay. And so you’re, you’re managing all that stuff on a Google sheet, which seems a little bit on, I don’t know, I’ll let you go on. Okay. So you’re doing this on the sheet. I’m curious what this sheet looks like. Cause I know what our inventory looks like and we actually, my wife is an Excel.

34:34
Like she’s an expert in Excel. So she actually manages it in Excel. But to me like looking over her shoulder It looks like a disaster. So I’m curious how you guys do it. Yeah No, that’s the beautiful thing about a spreadsheet though because you can perfectly customize it for how you run your business Yeah, so I mean, I’m happy to send over a screenshot of her sheet An example if you want to put in the show notes But basically the way ours is set up is we have like one tab That’s the master inventory dashboard that you know has a list of all our products and tells us

35:02
when we need to reorder it, how much runway we have. And then a bunch of other tabs that are like our manage FBA inventory report and our Shopify sales from the past 30 days. All that sort of thing. We have an employee that every day goes into Amazon, exports the inventory reports, the sales reports, same thing from Shopify, uploads it into those data tabs that the main dashboard pulls from. Because if you’re forecasting inventory, it’s critical you’re working with up-to-date information.

35:31
But it’s such a manual process that no matter how careful you are, it’s only a matter of time until you’ve filtered for the wrong date range when you exported the report or uploaded it the wrong tab. And in our experience, these mistakes, they weren’t always immediately obvious. It’s not like it would totally break the spreadsheet. You would just be working on a reorder of something. You’re like, that number just doesn’t quite look right. And then you realize that, it’s ignored one sales channel for the past three weeks, and now you’ve drastically underordered.

35:59
And those mistakes are super expensive for an e-commerce business. So we started by hiring a developer to build an internal tool for our business to allow us to connect our Amazon and Shopify accounts. So instead of, you know, importing that Amazon manage FBA inventory report, we just have a custom function that’s equals Amazon inventory MySkew. And that’s a continuously refreshing value of the units available at FBA or equals Shopify sold units MySkew T30. And that’s like an always up to date.

36:29
value of the number of units sold over the past 30 days of that SKU. And this was super helpful for us to eliminate a lot of that manual work and make sure our inventory dashboard was always working with up-to-date data. like that. I actually had a similar problem in our company too where we do personalization and every morning someone had to cut and paste the personalization into another tool so it could be digitized and sent to the machine. And you’re right, inevitably someone cut and paste something wrong.

36:58
and then you have an unhappy customer. So I wrote something that automated that entire process. It sounds like it’s something similar to you on the inventory side, right? Totally. Yeah. So we’re scraping all these reports from Amazon and Shopify, putting them in a central database that we host and then allowing you to query them in very useful ways in your Google Sheets for something like inventory management, know, all sorts of other stuff to it. Cause we have like return reports or marketing reports to kind of keep an eye on all that sort of stuff. So any sort of dashboard that you’re already doing in a spreadsheet.

37:26
This is kind of supercharging it and removing the manual work of getting that data into it. So this spreadsheet is something that is shared among your team and it’s considered like the golden document of all the accurate inventory measurements in your company. Exactly. And I just feel like I’ve talked to so many other e-commerce store owners who are in the same boat where they tried these inventory management tools and they just end up back in Google Sheets. So we figured, you know, if this tool is useful for our business,

37:53
how hard it could it be to turn into something that other people can connect their Amazon and Shopify accounts to. Turns out that was way harder than I expected, but that’s what I’ve been working really hard on. conceptually, it sounds simple, right? But when you get into nitty gritty. Man. Let me ask you some more questions. So this sheet, how do you do inventory projections on, like, does this sheet have a bunch of formulas that help you project? Exactly. So, you know, the important numbers are the number of units I have available at our San Diego warehouse, the number of units I have available at FBA.

38:23
and the number of units I have in production. That’s on the inventory side, right? Then on the sales side, I need like my average daily sales from Amazon, Shopify, and wholesale for that SKU. I’m kind of using that in combination with the lead time for that product to make sure that I always have a bit of a cushion, you know, that I have an order in progress before I’m running out of stock. Does it take into account seasonality, like holiday season? Yes. Okay. We basically have an adjustment column where you can

38:52
in our sheet, adjust any one SKU sales velocity by a percentage of your choice. We go through and kind of look at previous year’s sales. We also look at like, has this SKU been out of stock? Because if it’s been out of stock, any sales projections I have based on like its trailing sales aren’t gonna make sense because it’s sold zero units since it’s been out of stock. So that’s something that we’ve got like some custom formulas for in our tool where we can say, hey, this SKU has been out of stock.

39:21
for 60 % of the last 30 days, you don’t wanna trust a sales velocity number based on trailing 30 day sales. Yeah, I guess the next level to this is to issue alerts, right, when all this stuff’s happening. Exactly, so that’s kind of the next step of this to have some actions where, if sell D2 drops below 100, create an Asana task saying reorder product and sell B2, that sort of thing. that’s kind the next step Yeah, cool, I like it. For anyone who’s listening who actually wants to sell

39:50
shoes or moccasins, like what were the hardest part of your business? Oh man, that’s a tough one. Cause I feel like running an e-commerce business, you’re, you’re juggling so many different balls in the air. for us, it hasn’t been like one specific area of the business that has been constant headaches. It’s more like we’re just playing whack-a-mole on a bunch of different things. Um, I think the hardest part of any business is just finding product market fit, like having something that people actually want and are really excited about. And if you can figure that out.

40:19
it makes marketing so much easier. makes inventory forecasting so much easier because you know, people are going to continue ordering it and that sort of thing. So if that’s the one thing I would stress on, it’s like focus less on the e-commerce hacks of, I can pump this product through some search, find, buy campaigns, number one on Amazon. And then I can use that to leverage an insert to pull people over at my website and then trick them to buy this. And it’s like, no, just like focus on the core aspect of a business, like having a product or service that people really love and want to pay for.

40:48
And that just makes everything so much easier. If you were to start all over again, would you do shoes with all the sizing requirements? I was going to ask you actually, what do you deal with? How do you deal with like all this excess inventory of sizes that you can’t sell and that sort of thing? Would you do it all over again? I well, I think part of like picking your business in general is like identifying where or how developed the market is. And it’s like when I played poker, I started poker at the start of the poker boom and like

41:16
rode that wave really well. And then that kind of started to die out. And when we started our e-commerce business in 2016, I think it was a really good time to start an e-commerce business. I don’t think I would necessarily try to start an e-commerce business selling shoes from scratch in 2022. So I think that’s kind of on the market cycle thing. the actual product, I do think there’s some aspect of complexity being a moat in your business. And if you’re selling garlic presses that anybody can find on AliExpress, you’re going to have a lot of

41:45
competitors right off the bat and something like baby shoes where the more complex the business is, the more value there is for the customer and that like, we have so many styles and sizes. It’s an amazing selection that like somebody else can’t just open up an Alibaba account, spend 10 grand and immediately be competing with us. I do think that’s a moat that’s becoming more more important as e-commerce gets more competitive.

42:07
I’m a firm believer in barriers to entry. You know what’s funny, I’ve been doing this for a long time and I teach a class, everyone always asks me, what’s the easiest way to get started? What’s the easiest way to do that? I mean, if it’s easy, then anyone can do it and you got tons of competition. Whereas if you just take a little bit of time and produce something that’s hard, like this is why we do embroidery. I can’t, I don’t know if you guys do custom embroidery on your stuff, but the machines break all the time. It’s a pain in butt to maintain the machines. And it’s actually my least favorite part of the business, but I do know that that’s actually

42:37
one of the main revenue drivers for our business too and our moats, so to speak. Totally, you have to have something that is your unique competitive advantage that’s hard to replicate. And on our jujitsu side of the business, we have a lot of jujitsu academies that buy our uniforms and stuff. And a lot of them want the uniforms to be embroidered with their academy pattern. So that’s a goal of ours to get done next year. Oh, you guys are going to do embroidery? I think so for the jujitsu side of things. Yeah, it’s just such a common request where

43:06
an academy wants to 150 uniforms, but they have to have the Academy logo on them. It makes sense. Cause you can charge a huge premium for those also, which is what we do. sure. And it’s just one more thing that is like, it’s very hard for an overseas seller without a presence in the U S to offer something like an embroidery turnaround, an embroidery program where they can turn around 150 yeas in a week to a Jitsu Academy. And then you’ve got your product in a ton of people’s hands right off the bat. Yeah, absolutely.

43:35
Well, hey, so Cole, you’ve got three main things going on, right? You got the BJJ store, you got Bird Rock Baby, and now you have this SaaS company. And I’m guilty of this too, like I got a lot of stuff going on too, but how do you split your time and your focus? And do you have this belief that if you work on too many things, you can’t focus on either one as well as you could? Totally, but at the same time, you gotta know who you are. like, I am.

44:03
someone that likes working on a lot of projects. And I feel like that kind of almost prevents me from getting burnt out on any specific one, where especially if I have a strong team working on that project, like our e-commerce business, we’ve got really solid people and processes in place. Or if I’m just getting burnt out on something, okay, maybe I’ll go spend a little more time on the SaaS tool for a little bit, or switch from brand to brand. So I get what you’re saying, but for me personally, I like working on multiple projects. So do I. It’s a curse though. I feel, I don’t know.

44:33
I go back and forth all the time like, hey, you know, if I had just focused on this one thing, could I have blown that up? But you’re right. Like I need constant stimulation and I do get bored of certain things and thank God I have other things to keep me occupied. So. Yeah, it’s kind of like think about what your goals are. Like if your number one goal in life is to like blow one thing up massively and build this massive business. Yeah, then for sure. Focus is probably the number one thing. I like kind of like the four burner theory that you talk about like.

45:01
you know, there’s some aspect of that in business too, where like, it’s not all about building the biggest business possible. Like that’s not my approach right now. Right. I want to work on things that I find interesting and feel like I’m not being totally burnt out in a pursuit of a goal that like isn’t really my ideal big picture. Cool. Cool. Where can people find you if they want to learn more about any of your brands or your new SaaS tool, inventory? Sure. You can find me on Twitter. My handle there is coal south.

45:30
And if you’re interested in trying out Synchronize, you can go to synchronize.com slash slash Steve and we’ll have a special offer for my wife, quit her job listeners. Sweet. Did you get the blue checkmark? Yeah. Yeah. It’d be interesting to see if that program is still still live by the time this podcast goes live. It sounds like it’s kind of haywire. I don’t see any value in it whatsoever. They don’t even verify you. Right. Anyone can get it. So.

45:58
Yeah, it seems like it’s been a rocky start for him. Cool. Hey, thanks for coming on, man. Appreciate it. Thanks, Steve.

46:08
Hope you enjoy that episode. Cole is a very successful entrepreneur and there’s lots to learn from his strategies and philosophies. For more information about this episode, go to mywifecoderjob.com slash episode 452. And once again, I want to remind you that my annual e-commerce conference will be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida on May 23rd to May 25th of 2023. I really want to hang out with you guys in person, so let’s meet up. Go to sellersummit.com. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com.

46:38
I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash dv. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash dv. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog and if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to mywifecoderjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course.

47:07
Just type in your email and it’s sending the chorus right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

451: $360K/Yr In Passive Income – Where To Invest Your Money Today With Sam Dogen

451: 360K In Passive Income - How To Invest Your Money In This Climate With Sam Dogen

Today, I have a very special guest back on the show, Sam Dogen. Sam is the owner of the popular personal finance blog Financial Samurai.

He’s also a published author and his last book, “Buy This, Not That” hit the Wall Street Journal Bestseller List.

In this episode, we talk about passive income investments and how to manage your money in the current economic climate.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to make stealth wealth.
  • Passive income investments you can make today
  • How to manage your money in the current economic climate

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today I have a very special guest back on the show, Sam Dogan. Now, Sam is the owner of the popular personal finance blog, Financial Samurai. And in this episode, we talk about passive income, investments, and how to manage your money in the current economic climate. But before we begin, I want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are now on sale over at SellersSummit.com.

00:29
It is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And you all know me well enough by now to know that my event has zero fluff. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business and not high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Every year we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people and it’s a very intimate event. Everyone eats together and everyone parties together every night. Personally, I love smaller events and tickets always sell out far in advance.

00:58
Now if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250k or $1 million per year, we also offer a special mastermind experience where we break up into small groups, lock ourselves in a room and help each other with our businesses. The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th. That’s sellerssummit.com. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why

01:27
I focus a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source to my e-commerce store and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce stores and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button.

01:55
Not only that, but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S U R I P T dot I O slash Steve. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcasts that I run with my partner, Tony. And unlike this one where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience.

02:21
No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now on to the show.

02:38
Welcome to the My Wife, Her Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have my old friend Sam Dogen on the show. Now, Sam and I, I wanna say we met in 2014 maybe at FinCon. I think we had Dim Sum at Yang Sing and SF a long time ago, this is way before COVID. He runs the very popular blog Financial Samurai. He’s also a published author. His last book, Buy This, Not That, hit the Wall Street Journal.

03:07
bestseller list and he is, he’s fantastically knowledgeable about just finance, the economy, how to make stealth wealth and that is what we’re gonna be talking about today. Great. Sam? Good, thanks for having me. It’s been a while. Yeah, it’s been a while. Quickly just catch me up. Since this is like the first time we’ve talked since you don’t even go to FinCon anymore, do you? I haven’t gone to FinCon, the financial bloggers conference.

03:36
in a long time since it was in New Orleans. And that was so fun. And I wanna go, they’re hosted at places I’ve never been to before. Or that are just super fun. So yeah, it’s been at least seven, eight years. And just, I’m pretty sure most of my listeners don’t know who you are since I typically interview e-commerce folks. How do you make your revenue and how have you retired? Also quick background, I worked in finance.

04:05
investment banking from 2000, let’s see, 1999 to 2012. I started financial samurai in 2009. And then we started the same year actually. Yeah. Okay. July. I was July, two more later in the year. Okay. Yeah. Yeah. So I started in July, 2009 because I was, I was afraid of losing everything, my job, all my money, everything. I was like, ah, the financial crisis really stung.

04:31
might as well have a backup plan. And so the backup plan was financial samurai to just kind of write out my thoughts. And it was kind of a cathartic way to deal with all the chaos, much like the chaos we’ve been experiencing since 2020. Yep. And I just kept on writing three posts a week and the site grew to the point where I was like, Oh, it could actually generate a livable income stream. And I was having a lot of fun doing it. So in 2011, two years after I started financial samurai, I devised a strategy to try to

05:00
negotiate a severance so I could get a severance check and keep all my deferred cash and stock compensation because it had accumulated to you three years worth of deferred cash and stock which equaled like a year salary, right? And so that’s the golden handcuffs in finance and I just didn’t want to quit because if I quit I would have lost all of that. So I was able to negotiate a severance in early 2012 and then just break free.

05:28
And so that’s how I early retired and I did, I was retired for about a year. And then after about a year in 2013, I was like, this is stupid. I’m too young. I’m 35 years old now. I want to do something. So decided to do some consulting for local startups in the Bay area and just work on financial samurai. I continue to travel a lot. So that’s what I’ve been doing ever since. Financial samurai is your main moneymaker. that accurate?

05:58
It’s grown to be a website that generates a livable income here in San Francisco for a family of four, Yeah, because I was about to say, you’re one of the bigger personal finance blogs of the people at FinCon, I would say. Certainly the most enjoyable to read because you write all your own stuff. And I feel like a lot of these personal finance blogs, people have writers now that…

06:25
maybe are using chat, GBT or whatnot, just to get all the facts out there, right? But what I like about your pieces are that they’re opinionated and it’s definitely not, no machine could ever generate your content, let’s just say. Yeah, well thank you. I just like to write. People ask me, how can you keep on writing? And I think that if you can speak forever, you can write forever. There’s something new going on every single day. And for me, as someone who,

06:54
no longer has a steady day job, money is too important to be left up to pontification. I have a portfolio that I need to manage to get right to take care of my family, to generate enough passive income so I never have to go back to work and have a day job again. So to me it’s very important that I get the finances right. I’ll talk about the errors, the wins, to try to make it as realistic as possible because I know if I have questions, other people in my scenario will have questions too.

07:23
The financial journey is a journey where your situation will change in your 20s, 30s, 40s, 50s and so forth. So now I’m 45 years old and I face different situations, different dilemmas, such as raising children, caring for older parents. And these are all important things. And so I guess my style is I just want to write what’s real to me. And I know I can go the freelance writer route to just generate mass amount of content and generate affiliate income.

07:51
And it’s been very successful in the personal finance space. And I’m actually surprised that Google really doesn’t care too much. You know, they talk about expertise, authority, trustworthiness, but I think what they really want is just good quality content, but that can be written by anybody. So I had a decision to make. Do I want to go that route or do I want to just tell my story? And I decided to just go that my route because it was what was true to me and it feels more authentic and

08:19
can last for a longer period of time. Yeah, just for those people listening, in order to write to rank now, telling stories is actually a disadvantage because Google just wants the answer. So I actually took the opposite route and I started writing to rank because if no one’s reading it anyway, then Mays will do it. And I use YouTube now and the podcast as my primary creative outlet.

08:48
So that’s interesting. So I guess the thing that I think about is I can always write to rank and write SEO optimized content and hire people to do. I just want to write what I want to read. so nobody can write what I’m writing because it’s just my own story or what I see the experiences, right? So I feel that I have like this free call option where I can hire people to write on financial samurai and leverage the platform for SEO content.

09:18
when I can no longer tell stories and when I no longer want to work in that manner. but on the flip side, so for some people, if they just write SEO optimized content, I don’t think they have that free call option to be able to share stories in a entertaining way, for example, as easily. Correct. Which is why I use that outlet for YouTube video and audio. Because I think

09:45
Especially with the latest generation people aren’t reading as much anymore Everyone wants just everything in like a short 30 second video or something. Yeah, you don’t say short form content, right? Right, right, So I I I understand that trend But I do believe that there’s enough audience out there for anybody and You just have to do what you feel is best because I can’t for example, I can’t put out tick-tock

10:13
15 to 30 second videos on some piece of financial advice because I would just feel it’s just not enough information to make the right decision. Now, I love what you’re doing, Sam. You should definitely continue on with it. Yours, like I said, is one of the few personal finance blogs that are still interesting to read. Let’s talk about the current landscape right now with what’s going on. Always curious, what are some of your predictions and how you’re changing your…

10:42
strategies right now given the current climate? Well, I think the climate is pretty dire. The Fed has raised rates very aggressively and very quickly, and they’re going to continue to raise rates through the mid middle of 2023. You’re seeing Silicon Valley Bank implode and they’re now in receivership with the FDIC because I think they lent out, no, they bought 10 year treasury bonds in 2021 with an average yield of about one point.

11:12
6, 9%. And as their deposit costs go up, right, they’re paying 4 % interest rates for the deposits. They have this mismatch in liability and duration. And so that was a bank run and an implosion. And that’s unfortunately going to happen to other regional banks. And so this is like deja vu 2008, Lehman Brothers, Bear Stearns, Washington Mutual. And so I think the carnage is not done, unfortunately. And so what I’m doing is

11:42
I’m buying treasury bonds with a three month to one year duration, yielding over 5 % now. You can get, you know, 5.125 % for like a one year treasury bill. Yeah. It’s risk free, no state income taxes. And I’m just chilling, right? And it’s like T-billing and chilling. I think that’s a great phrase to- Did you come up with that? I didn’t come up that. I read that somewhere. was like, that’s really smart, right? Instead of Netflix and chilling, but T-billing and chilling. So you can earn 5 % risk free.

12:11
as you wait for the carnage in the economy to unfold. And so maybe by the end of 2023, we’re gonna be in a recession, a couple million jobs, or maybe a million jobs will be lost. People will be suffering. But maybe then by end of 2023, the Fed will say, okay, enough of suffering to get your grocery bill down by $10 every visit. And we’ll start pivoting.

12:40
And so you just have to be patient because these downturns, a bear market on average takes like 15 months. And we’re now about 15 months in, but it could last another six months easy. So you just gotta be patient. And if you can earn risk-free 5%, I think you should because in the past you couldn’t. Did you liquidate all of your stock positions or are you still invested in &P? Okay. No, no, no. I did was,

13:08
At the end of 2022, I cut down my stock exposure. So I had about 35 % of my net worth in public investments. I cut it down to about 30%. And 30 % to me is like a comfortable range. It’s like, if it goes down 50%, sure, my net worth will take a 15 % hit, but I don’t think it’s going to go down 50%, but that’s kind of it. But what I have been doing is I have rebalanced some of my tax deferred or tax advantage accounts where

13:35
you can buy and sell stocks or bonds or whatever without any tax consequences. And I’ve shifted a lot of that into treasury bonds. Because for me it’s, you know, I feel like I’m just, have enough and I just don’t want to go through the stress and the volatility and stuff, you know, and I just want to spend time with my family. Yeah, we’re older now. And it’s just like, I mean, more money is not going to change our lifestyles because we’re free, right? So it’s like, whatever.

14:04
10 % return versus a 5 % that that spread is is marginal now Sam just for the people in the audience who don’t know how to do this. How does one buy a treasury bond? You can go to treasury direct gov But more efficiently you just go on any online brokerage account and they’ll have a fixed income tab And then you just buy treasury bonds on the secondary market is a huge secondary market for treasury bonds And you just you can look at it by duration

14:34
you know, three months, six months, nine months, one year, three year, five year, 10 year. And then you can choose and you just click a button that’s probably going to hyperlink to treasury bonds. You know, there’s going to be a whole list of bonds, municipal bonds, treasury bonds, corporate bonds, whatever. I just choose treasury bonds and I just choose the duration and you can buy straight from there. And it’s just like buying stocks. Right. And if you decide to liquidate before then it’s just whatever the value it is.

15:02
Yeah, if you decide to liquidate before maturity, you’ll probably take a slight discount. But if you’re buying short-term treasury bonds, which are called treasury bills, three months to one year, the discount is tiny. So essentially it’s very, very liquid because the secondary market for treasury bonds is massive. And you know, you can get money market rates at 4 % to 4.5 % now, but you can get treasury bond rates at

15:31
5 plus percent with no state income tax. So it’s worth spending the time clicking extra buttons to make that extra, extra yield. Well, I think the tax aspect of this is the most important part, right? Cause if it’s money market, you still have to pay taxes on that. Whereas with the treasury bond yield, you don’t, right? Oh, you’re, you’re muted. Yeah. With the money markets, yeah, you pay federal, state, local, and treasure bonds, just, you don’t, you just pay federal.

16:00
you don’t pay the state and local. you have to tax adjust, you should do your calculation. After taxes, what is your net yield? And so a good exercise to think about, so you have to buy at least $1,000 worth of treasury bonds, that’s the minimum. But good exercise to think about is, let’s say you had $10 million investable assets. What would you do with that right now? Wow, you can invest all 10 million yielding 5.2%, so you’d get 500,

16:30
$20,000 risk-free. If you had $20 million, you would make over $1 million a year risk-free. Would you do that in this environment now? For me, I would say absolutely. So you might only have 10,000, $5,000, $1,000 invest, which might not bring you a great amount of risk-free income, but you’ve got to think bigger picture on that. so everything…

16:55
All risk assets are based off the risk free rate of return and the risk free rate of return is the 10 year treasury bond. So you will not invest in any assets stocks real estate, whatever. If you don’t believe the return will be greater than the risk free rate, which is currently about 5.15%. I mean, the way I think about it is I will buy treasury bonds that just match what I need to live on. Like I’ll put the amount of money that’ll generate an income to live on and then

17:24
The rest is just kind of gravy and I played around with the rest. I think it’s just because we’re old, like we’re around the same age and I go for what’s safe now. Whereas in the past I might do like options or stocks. There’s no way I’m doing that right now. I think if you’re early, you’re still wrong is kind of like the investment thesis. So it’s like, yeah, you could have bought something early, but you could still lose money. And even if it rebounds two, three years from now, if you don’t hold on, you’re still wrong.

17:53
And I just don’t feel with the yields at these levels, it’s worth taking that excess risk. But it depends on where you are, right? How old you are, your income, current income stream, your future income growth, what you want, how greedy you are, how fearful you are. You know, as you get older and you have more money, I think for most people we get less greedy, more conservative, and are just happier with what we want, what we have.

18:22
My first book, The Family First Entrepreneur, is available for pre-order at your favorite retailer. And for the month of April, I’m doing something crazy. I’m giving away a new bonus for people who pre-order every single week until the book launches on May 16th. And here’s the kicker. If you buy a book before the bonus expires, you get access to it forever. If you buy the book after the bonus expiration date, you won’t get access to that week’s bonus.

18:49
Here’s just preview of the bonuses that I’m giving out for free in April. A workshop on search engine optimization for e-commerce donors, which expires on April 6th. A workshop on chat GPT and how to use artificial intelligence to automate your business, which expires on April 13th. And also a workshop on how to structure your blog posts to rank them in search, which expires on April 20th. In addition to these bonuses, you also get access to my six week family first business challenge.

19:18
You get access to a three-day workshop on print-on-demand, and you also get access to my two-day passive income workshop and tickets to any book party that I happen to be throwing. Now aside from all these bonuses, the book itself will teach you an alternative to the hustle culture nonsense we so often hear about in relation to achieving financial success. You can in fact achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it.

19:45
and you don’t have to work 80 hours a week and be a slave to your business just to make it all work. So if you are tired of hearing from a bunch of single guys or women or 20 something kids who drive fancy cars and brag about how hard they work or how much they make, I will give you a different perspective from a father who makes both business and family work. Go to mywifequitterjob.com slash book and I’ll send you the bonuses, invitations to book parties that I’ll be throwing all over the country and other special offers.

20:13
Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

20:20
Let me ask you this then. I’m sure a lot of the people listening to this podcast want to use this as an income, right? They want to make more. They’re not conservative like we are. How would you aggressively invest in this environment? Well, what I would do is I don’t think mortgage rates are going to stay in the average 30 or fixed mortgage rates, especially like 6.7, 5%. I don’t think it’s going to stay that way for another year because over the 40 year long-term trend,

20:49
Mortgage rates and interest rates have been coming down and why are they coming down? It’s because of technology Knowledge a smaller world efficiency so What I think people should do is aggressively look for real estate deals. So anybody who is listing now I Would say they’re probably more desperate than not

21:16
Because why would you list now when the economy is in such uncertainty we could go back to recession, mortgage rates are so high and demand has really tailed off. So you might be listing because you lost your job or you went through a divorce or something and if that’s the case, getting the best price might not be the most important but getting liquid is. And so because of the advent of DocuSign for example, you can write up offers, you can make offers in like three minutes.

21:46
Yeah, your agent set something up, put the terms and just click, click, click, click sign. So I would be aggressively spring and praying in terms of submitting offers to all these properties that I think could be great and could turn around because I think the real estate market will go through a retrenchment period through the end of 2023. But if you can get prices down 10, 15 % from 2020 peaks,

22:14
It’s probably just this is like on average around the country. This it’s probably as good as it’s going to get because eventually so the economy will start slowing down. The Fed will start having to cut rates. More people will buy 10 year treasury bonds, 10 year bond you will go down. Mortgage rates will go down. And then so by I would say 2024, you’re going to start seeing a floor and a rebound because the long term trend for real estate is going to be up because inflation is up, population growth and so forth.

22:43
I think that’s one of the best way the average person can make good money over the long term is through real estate. Okay. The title of your book is Buy This Not That. So what do you buy and what do you don’t buy? So Buy This Not That was written to help people think in terms of probabilities. I have this 70-30 probability framework where I say if you believe there’s a 70 % probability or greater, you’re going to make the right decision.

23:13
Go for it while having the humility and understanding knowing that maybe 30 % of the time you’re to get it wrong. But if you get it wrong, so long as it’s not some kind of catastrophic mistake or decision, you’re going to learn from your mistakes and get better. I think over the over the years, too many people feel like they need a 90 % probability or 100 % probability to ask out that girl or boy to apply for that job to join the startup to make that investment. And because of that,

23:42
desire for assuredness, people miss out on too many opportunities. And that is just a shame. And so I think, you when I look back on my life, we should take more risks, but we should also take more calculated risks. So the whole book on buy this, not that is to help you tackle some of life’s biggest decisions such as, you know, private school or public school, have children or not get married or not where to live or not join a startup or stay at a big corporation, start your business and so forth.

24:12
And so that, the book is really about tackling life’s decisions so that we can live better lives and not have so much regret when we look back. Okay, walk me through this then. Okay, most of these people that are listening want to start a business. So walk me through the decision making process on how to assess whether it is actually a 70 % probability. So let’s say I want to start an e-commerce store, which is what I do. How would you assess that opportunity?

24:41
So first you’d have to assess where you are in your current environment, your job, your income, your future income growth, the stability of your job, whether you could get laid off, whether you have the probability of negotiating a severance so you can have a financial buffer. So you gotta write that down. And then you have to talk to people who run businesses that you wanna run and understand what is the feasibility that that business will succeed or fail. Talk to as many people as possible, understand how long it took.

25:11
took for them to succeed or fail. And then you have to come up with this matrix to say, look, if I take that leap of faith, how many years will I need to spend before I determine whether I’m a failure or a success? And if I’m a failure, what is the probability of me going back and getting my old job? So in other words, there are so many variables and you can never really get to that exact 70 % probability, but you have to get to that

25:41
feeling where you will get to that 70, you feel like you have a 70 % chance or greater. And then once you feel and get to that, after you do your due diligence, talk to everybody and understand the various different scenarios, then you’ve got to take the leap of faith and do it. And if you fail, then you’ve got to go back and see where you got your assumptions wrong. I mean, it’s a constant cycle of testing and analysis.

26:08
And for this particular scenario, what I say is the fear in your head is generally greater than what will happen in reality because the worst case scenario is you try for one or two years and then you fail. But what is failure? Going back to your day job, who cares? No big deal. And you can increase your probability of success by just starting it on the side on the weekends and nights in the mornings while you’re grinding away. And I would say that probability of success is pretty high, especially the longer you work at it.

26:36
I think given a long enough runway, the probability is always gonna be high. You know what’s funny is I teach a class on e-commerce and whenever I have an engineer sign up, I’m like, oh man, okay, this guy is gonna overanalyze everything, take forever and he’s looking for the sure thing. And to be straight up, the engineers in my class tend to not do as well as people who don’t think as much. Like what you suggest, it required a lot of thinking.

27:06
The people who are successful in my class are the ones that say, just screw it. We’re just going to try this and see what happens. And some of them, like they asked me for help and I’m like, hey, I don’t think you should do this actually. The chances are low. They do it anyway and they make it work. And I’m like, okay, well I was a hundred percent wrong then. That’s interesting. Cause I’m definitely not an engineer by background, but I’ve decided that thinking is free and planning scenarios is free.

27:32
You wanna do pre-mortem planning as much as possible. So for example, if you get in a car accident, God forbid, you’ll probably be dazed and confused depending on the extent of the car accident. Even if it’s a small car accident, I think most people will be dazed and confused and people will maybe not understand that they need to call 911 or call 311 or find their license plate or pull over or whatever.

27:58
But if you did a pre-mortem planning and said, if I was to go into this car accident, here’s a checklist of three things I need to do, it makes things much clearer. So for me, it’s important to plan for various scenarios and unknown variables that could happen in your life. So I was just driving my son to school today, and what we do is we do a probability game where we say, okay, we left at 8, 18 a.m. We gotta get to school by 8, 45 a.m. What do you think is the probability we’ll get there on time?

28:29
And then we start off at like 90%. And so I’m driving and I’m like, today’s Friday, so not as much traffic. Maybe people are taking time off. Maybe the probability is higher. said, okay, maybe it’s higher. But then what about the unknown variables? So last night, there was huge rainstorm, torrential downpour, and this traffic started slowing on the way to school. And then I asked him, what’s going on? Do you still think it’s 95 % probability? We’ll get there on time. He said, not really.

28:56
And lo and behold, was an unknown variable that a massive tree in the panhandle fell over crunched cars and then they took out a lane. And so that probability of getting there on time obviously declined because there’s a lot of traffic. So my point is thinking is free, planning is free. You might as well plan as much as possible, but then still have the conviction to go for it. I actually a hundred percent agree. That’s the way I am too. So maybe you’re like a closet engineer. I assess all the probabilities and

29:26
At some point you have to take that leap of faith and whatever it takes to convince you to take that chance. Most of the time my wife is actually, ironically, less risk averse when it comes to trying stuff than I am. she’ll, she pushed us over the edge actually when it came time start our business. Whereas I was still calculating the probabilities and how much money we could make and you can never account for everything. And I certainly didn’t account for the success that we had for our stuff. So yeah.

29:54
Was that the case with your blog too or was your blog purely just a hobby when you started it? I didn’t plan for it to make lots of money. I knew there was at the time AdSense that could generate several dollars and I remember telling myself a year in I was like, well, if I can make a thousand dollars a month, that would be amazing. Would it be such great bonus money? Because I was working in banking, the salary was good and I thought I would be in the field until I was at least 40, if not 45.

30:22
I was shooting for 40, so 18 years post college, save and invest aggressively and then have options to do something else. So I really didn’t approach it as a business. And I understand the whole business aspect of it, I really do. But what I found for me is that the more I try to focus on the business aspect and try to make money, the less happy I was. And the sooner I felt I would achieve burnout and then just quit altogether.

30:51
And so that’s kind of half the battle is just surviving long enough to see the flowers bloom. And it is fascinating to me. I see people very business oriented, focused on the money and that’s fine. And then there’s people like me, probably terrible business operator, but I’m enjoying what I do and it generates income anyway. So you’ve got to find out your personality, but find out your objectives. Like what is it that you really want that money for and that business?

31:17
Because some people, they quit their terrible job, they start a business and they end up spending 20 hours a day on their business and they’re back to miserableness, right? Let’s say you make $2 million in your business. What is the extra incremental $3 million? If you make $3 million, what is that gonna do for your life? You have to ask yourself, everybody’s different and that’s part of the fun. What you described actually happened to me. We started seeing some early success.

31:46
and then I just kept wanting to grow it, grow it and grow it. My wife already stopped enjoying it. She, just to give you an example, she used to like embroidery, but I decided to monetize that and sell like embroidered stuff. And then she, it’s one thing to do it for fun, it’s another thing to just fulfill orders and do it for other people. So she dropped that and it got to the point where we were spending a lot more time on the business when all we wanted to do was replace my wife’s salary actually so we could both stay at home.

32:15
Yeah, so you’re right. You need to figure out what you need. Otherwise Everyone in business, especially it didn’t happen to you, which is amazing Is they start setting like the goalposts farther each time? For no arbitrary for no reason really. Yeah Well, I think part of the reason so a good trick everybody should do is Look at your boss. Maybe your immediate boss and your boss’s boss They make probably more money than you they might have a nicer car. Nice a house

32:45
whatever, and you gotta look at their lifestyle and see is this what you want and is this what will make you happier you think? And I encourage people to try to make the money that they think will make them happy and then reassess once they get there whether they’re happier or not. In my case, I saw my bosses, you because I worked at Goldman Sachs in 1999, that was the year the company went public. It was one of the best Wall Street firms and a lot of the partners made tens of millions of dollars.

33:16
Instantly and I saw them. I was like, okay, they’re happy they can have nice they can go to no boo or whatever But yeah, I’ll try for that. I’ll try to make as much money as possible for 15 years But I didn’t see them as much happier, you know, it was like and it’s the same thing with entrepreneurship It’s just like a never-ending a dollar amount to make but there’s never enough time. You’ll never make another second Yep, and the thing is I’ve also know very wealthy people here in San Francisco

33:45
who have half a billion dollars, a billion dollars. We play tennis together and they have the same problems as everybody else, as me, anybody. Same worries, same hopes, same worse problems actually in a lot of cases. Yeah. I mean, they might have 5,000 employees they have to stress about and a board and perception and criticism and privacy issues. And so I just, there’s a whole study about the maximum income amount aware.

34:14
happiness increases no further. I think that’s about 250,000 in the Bay Area. 200, 250,000 per person, maybe 400,000 now for family. Probably, yeah, that sounds about right. Yeah, 400, maybe 500,000. And then the new study actually, Daniel Kahneman, who came out in 2010 saying 75,000 was the limit, which I thought was total. That was BS. BS, right, it was like so low. And I figured out, I think why, was partly because the median private.

34:42
university salary back then was about 80,000. And so it’s like, just kind of like are incurred to what you know. But anyway, so now they came out in March, 2023 and said, actually, it’s not 75,000, it’s 500,000. And I’m like, wow, that’s a big job. But yes, thank you for recognizing that actually your happiness does increase more than the more you make above 75,000, because you have more options and freedom. So let me ask you this. Most of your income comes from financial samurai. Is that accurate?

35:11
Ah, I would say yes. Or is most of it passive from your investments? Significant chunk from financial samurai, right? Yeah, so passive is about, passive investments was about 380 grand last year. Dude, that’s awesome. So the target is to try to get to 400. And I think it’s actually ironically easier to do to generate more passive investment income because interest rates have gone up, right? So a couple of years ago, ironically, you can only get

35:41
0.1 % to half a percent in your CDs, treasury bonds, money market. But now you get 5 % plus. so my goal was to try to get to 300,000 because I thought 300,000 was the amount you could earn to live a comfortable middle-class lifestyle for up to a family of four in San Francisco. And obviously with inflation, I think that number is probably more like 350,000. Just like a middle-class comfortable lifestyle, right?

36:10
Extra bonus is that you don’t have to really work hard for that income, you know, unless all of that income is you managing, you know, private real estate properties where you got to deal with tenants and all that. Right. And so that’s been my, my whole goal. However, I do believe that active income is enjoyable income. And so that’s why I think everybody should have a mix. samurai. Would you say most of your income is from affiliate? Yes.

36:38
Most of the income comes from affiliate partners that I use and invest with. And so the idea is, so there’s two strategies again for personal finance blogging. You can try to sign up tons of affiliate partners, like hundreds, which I know people do, and then they highlight, they use freelance writers to write affiliate articles on those products. So that’s breadth, or you can go deep and invest with or use products.

37:08
and then just have a few. So I just decided to do the few because I just wanna write about the things that I know and use. Right, uh-huh, always a good policy. Let me ask you this. So with the event of Chad GPT, and I don’t know if you’ve gotten a chance to try the Bing search, where you just ask and it gives you the answer and there’s not a whole lot of hyperlinks going on there. Do you think this affiliate model has legs going forward? I think it does. I think you have to build a brand.

37:37
So once you build a brand, you have to stand for something. You know, the brand can be anything, your voice, your looks, your motto, what you stand for. I think it’s important to build a brand. If you do that, I think you become much more impervious to different types of technologies that could disrupt your business. Because if you think about like, let’s say, NBA basketball players.

38:05
Or tennis players. I like tennis. Let’s talk about tennis. So Roger Federer makes, he made millions, but he makes way more from his sponsors because of his brand. His ambassador as a tennis player, he’s elegant player, he’s a good looking player, he’s got nice style and he speaks well. And so he will always command way more in brand sponsorships and companies who want to be his affiliate partner than someone who has no personality and no brand. Of course. I was, I thought you were going to lead to Djokovic.

38:34
but because he’s better as a lot more likeable than Djokovic. Yeah, it does well. So in terms of like chat GBT, you know, I think, so I think content creators can say, well, wow, are they going to put me out of business? And I would say until, you know, AI can, this is goes back to telling, you know, personal insights, unique insights about finance. I don’t think it’s going to, I think what chat GBT can do is probably push out a lot of,

39:04
companies that have no brands or have very generic writing, right? Because it has to spit out generic facts. So if you are spitting out generic facts where you don’t tickle the reader with emotion or ideas or you inspire, then I think you might suffer. But I think those who are able to write original content, I think it actually helps. But maybe I’m biased and overly bullish. I was actually thinking more in terms of search, the entire search model going away.

39:33
Right now you type in something in Google and a whole bunch of articles come up and you said personal capital, right? You’re an affiliate for personal capital. Let’s say it just gives you the answer. Go to personal capital to invest and there’s no link to your site so you don’t actually get that link. Do you see that, the traditional affiliate model that we’re all used to through Google, do you see that getting disrupted? I think that will get disrupted for sure. And so what happens is what you want to,

40:02
Well, if you think about Bing, right? I think Bing has like a 2 % market share. Something single digits versus Google with like, I don’t know, 90 % something, right? Microsoft has been trying to build its search engine for like a decade now, right? To get to single digit market share. So I think there’s this over indexing of, Bing is gonna, and chat is gonna disrupt Google and.

40:31
put them out of business or something, right? But I think in capitalism, you know, yeah, they might be over employed, but at Google, I think they’re gonna find a way to figure something out and counteract. But yeah, I think the affiliate model, yeah, could get hurt. If you’re a marginal player with no brand, nothing unique. But the other thing that I think will rise up if you have a brand is something called, I would say, the ambassadorship model.

41:01
You know, you’re the brand ambassador. So let’s say, Empower Personal Capital says, we like you as a partner for the past 10 years. We’re not going to pay you per affiliate. We’re going to pay you as the brand ambassador. Here’s a million dollars. Right. I think that model is going to increase. And so for people to put themselves out there, I think that might be very beneficial. Let’s talk about you for a sec, though. So you…

41:30
strictly focus on writing, right? And I would imagine that do people find you mostly through search or is it through your email list or? I would say through search, but I do have a podcast. Right, yeah. Yeah, yeah, yeah. How’s that been going for you and how has that contributed? Because growing a podcast is tough. I’ve been running mine since 2014. Yeah. The growth is linear, but it’s not exponential for me at least. Well, it’s been fun.

41:58
I think I recorded my first episode in 2017, but then I stopped for like a year. So I think it’s only been over the past two or three years. It’s been fun because I just kind of record on my iPhone, 10 to 20 minute podcast. It takes 30 minutes and then I just upload it and that’s it. I just kind of get straight to the point. I don’t have any advertisers and I just kind of try to add some nuance to the articles that I write. It’s kind of supplemental.

42:22
because a lot of people will learn differently or, you know, I’m driving my kid to school every day now. So I like to listen to 10 to 20 minute podcasts. And I think it’s going well because it provides a different kind of color and personality. The main reason why I do my podcast, this is really his main reason is so that can have an archive of conversations with my wife. So just in case one of us doesn’t live long enough for my kids to be adults.

42:50
that they can always look back and listen to what mom and dad was talking about when they were young. That’s my number one driver and it’s just been so motivating and it’s been so enjoyable for us to record. And then the second driver is to just build that personality and that little nuance because a lot of times nuance is lost in writing. And so if you can hear the voice, that’s great. And then finally, it’s good practice to learn how to deliver eloquently and concisely.

43:21
Yeah, absolutely. That’s one of your strengths for sure. Any thoughts on video in your future? Video? I think one, it takes too long. Maybe it costs too much. Maybe I don’t, I have a face for radio. I don’t know. And then, and I like to, I like to just maintain my privacy. So probably not. just don’t have, I don’t, I don’t, I don’t have that desire. I don’t have the desire to,

43:51
be out there on video. But I like the efficiency of writing and I like the efficiency of recording and getting it out there. I wish I cared more about the quality of my sound and all that, but I just wanna just get it out there, because it’s like, just get it out there. Let me ask you this last question here. When you engineered your layoff, you had a huge severance package. How much did financial samurai impact your finances to where they are today?

44:19
Could you have just gotten by with that severance? Would you have gone back to work, you think, if you didn’t have financial samurai? In 2012, I left with about $80,000 a year in passive income. I was 34 years old. And so the passive income came from CDs, money markets, rental properties, and stock dividend. And then I had the severance package, which paid out a severance check. I was there for 11 years. So it was a really good severance check.

44:47
And then I got all my deferred cash and stock compensation, which built up over three years. And then I had this toxic assets that they made us buy these mortgage backed securities in 2010. We had to buy it. A portion of our bonus was used to buy it. And it was very smart to take it off the corporate’s balance sheet and then to give it to the employees. It was like, our crap. So we ate the crap.

45:14
And we’re like, fine, whatever, one team, one dream, we’ll just take it. But it turned out to be a good investment back in 2010 because the investments gained in value and it had seven year bullet. was like seven year investing where in seven years you would get it all. So if I left in 2012 and just quit, I wouldn’t have got it. all of this was able to, Severance alone was able to cover five years of normal living expenses. Wow, nice. And I’m a frugal guy, but it was still like,

45:44
four, five, maybe six years of just normal expenses. And then I had my passive income of 80,000. And then I had the ability to generate income from financial samurai. I wasn’t making that much, probably in the tens of thousands. And then I had my wife who was three years younger than me. And I told her, if everything works out, by the time you’re 35, you too can negotiate a severance and I’ll help you negotiate a severance. And you can join me in this crazy new path we’re gonna take.

46:14
And so I had the security, these financial buffers, severance, passive income, financial samurai opportunity, and my wife. So I figured there’s no way I wasn’t gonna take a leap of faith because worst case, I definitely think I could have gone back to work within two or three years at a similar salary. Is your wife still running on Templator? She is, she’ll publish like once a quarter. Okay, okay, yeah, I remember that. Because it was a pretty tight community. It still is to a certain extent.

46:44
that whole personal finance community that I know and love. Yeah, but she basically helps me edit my posts, does the taxes, does like a lot of the backend stuff, updates posts with me. And, you know, it gives her that professional and creative fulfillment. She writes on occasion, maybe like once a quarter on Financial Samurai. Okay. And then we’re just busy trying to be state-owned parents because all the books said before we had kids, the first five years is the most important years.

47:11
because they’re going to stay with you the longest, they’re to grow the fastest, they’re to build that foundation. And then, you know, at the, age of five or at age of five, they’re going to join kindergarten and that that’s a full day. And then by the time they’re 18, they will have spent 80 to 90 % of their time with you remain for the rest of their lives, right? That’s it. And so we just, we just decided to go all in on being parents and because we didn’t want to regret like, I don’t know, 18 years from now, the kids don’t turn out well and they’re like, oh.

47:41
we kind of messed up. And it took us a long time to have our first as well. That’s exactly my same philosophy. In fact, I let my kids know on at least a weekly basis that their lives are not normal. Like I’m around all the time. In fact, they probably wish I’d take a job sometimes. So you’re pretty much around all the time, right? I’m around all the time. I try to have a balance of writing, working in financial samurai, maybe three hours.

48:11
on average a day. It’s like the sweet spot where it gives me a lot of joy and not enough time where I start, you know, resenting the work. Because there’s always like emails coming in and inquiries and all that. It’s like, it’s a nonstop endeavor. And then I try to spend a couple hours doing exercise, like playing pickleball or tennis or hiking. Nice, nice. Last question for you actually, this is a selfish question. Why did you write your book?

48:39
Like what was the purpose for you? I have my reasons, but I’m curious what yours were. Well, one, I tried to get a literary agent back in 2011 and I failed. You I sent out 25 resumes or whatever, inquiry letters and I failed. And then so I decided to self publish How to Engineer Your Layoff, Make a Small Fortune by Saying Goodbye as an ebook. And it was a really rewarding process that has turned out to be a very profitable.

49:07
Endeavor because it generates about forty to fifty thousand a year in passive income from book sales Get out of town that how to engineer your layoff book. Yeah Amazing. Okay. Yeah, and it’s a ninety eight ninety seven point five percent profit margin, right? There’s every sale they take two and a percent right and I updated once every year or two years and it’s helped thousands of people Gain the courage to quit their jobs with money in their pocket. And so it’s been very satisfying

49:36
And so I did that. was like, oh, everybody rejected me in the traditional publishing industry. That’s fine. I’m going to just do it myself. I’ve always been that way. You reject me. I’ll just do them anyway. Right. Yep. And I think a lot of e-commerce people or entrepreneurs have that same type of mentality. And so at the end of 2019, was, I was approached by an acquisitions editor at portfolio Penguin random house who wanted me to write a book. And I was like, oh, really? I’m not interested because I rewrote a book and it took too long and I’m good.

50:05
But then once the pandemic hit, lockdowns March 18th, 2020, I said, you know what, let’s just write this book because this is a way to kick the pandemic’s ass and make lemonade out of lemons, right? So I know that five, 10 years from now when my kids or my grandkids, 30 years from now, hopefully, will say, what did you do during the pandemic? I’ll just say, oh, I used this terrible time to write a book that I’ve always wanted to write. And so that was my main motivator to keep me busy.

50:34
during the pandemic. And also to show my kids who we pulled from preschool, my son from preschool, that this is what daddy does to work. And I would spend time writing and because they’re in the education phase of their life, what better thing to do than to do what they are learning by writing and learning how to communicate. And then to have that final product to say, hey, look, here’s the book. We went to Books Inc in San Francisco.

51:02
and to go treasure hunting for daddy’s book. It was the most joyous experience ever. It was so fun. They were thrilled. They were like, hooray for daddy. So this was an indelible moment that think they will, that hopefully helped them appreciate what their parents do and how important education is. That’s one of the reasons why I wrote my book also. And your story, what you said about getting rejected and doing it anyways.

51:30
I always wanted to be a keynote speaker. No one would take me, so I started my own event. Oh, nice. And I nominated myself as the keynote speaker. Well, there you go. That’s how my event started. Yeah. I think we’re a lot alike, actually. We’re both Asian, so maybe that’s got something to do with it. Sam, where can people find you, your book? Is it still a book sink?

51:54
It’s everywhere books are sold. You can pick up a copy of buy this not that at financialsamurai.com forward slash BTNT for buy this not that. You can find all the relevant links. I think you’ll really enjoy the book, especially if you’re in your 20s or 30s or 40s, you’re going through all these dilemmas. You money is just a means to an end. Hopefully money will be used to help you make better decisions so you can enjoy your life and look back and feel great about your decisions.

52:24
You know, the easiest way to just never say again if I knew then what I know now is to learn from someone who’s been there before and understand the errors in their ways. This will help you in your probability analysis to make better choices in the future. So that’s where my book is. You can go to financialsamurai.com. I read all the comments and I respond to any comment that requires a response. And that’s about it. And I just want to give a plug for Financial Samurai.

52:53
It’s not like the generic stuff that you search for on Google. Like if you say personal capital review or whatever, you’ll get this generic chat GPT-ish article that will show up. But Sam will give you his real opinions based on his experiences and then he’ll reinforce it on his podcast as well. because of Google, it has turned into like a, a Google search is just garbage these days, that that’s just my personal opinion. it’s always nice.

53:21
when someone has not succumbed to the algorithm and continues to write how they want to write. So I commend you for that. Thank you. Thank you very much. Sam, thanks a lot for coming on the show, man. It’s been good to catch up. All right, good catching up.

53:37
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now if you want to check out Sam’s writing, go over to FinancialSamurai.com. For more information about this episode, go to MyWifeQuarterDob.com slash episode 451. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at Postscript.io slash du.

54:05
That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to hang out with you in person in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. So grab a ticket to Seller Summit and let’s meet up. Go to SellerSummit.com. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T dot com. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog. And if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifecoderjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

450: Insider Tips On Finding The Best Factories And The Lowest Prices For Your Products With Kian Golzari

450: Insider Tips On Finding The Best Factories And The Lowest Prices For Your Products With Kian Golzari

Today, I’m thrilled to have my friend Kian Golzari on the show. Kian is one of the world’s leading sourcing experts who has visited over 500 factories and sourced over 2500 products for the NBA, The Olympics, and other famous organizations.

Today, Kian is going to reveal some insider tips on how to find the best factories and get the lowest prices possible for your products.

What You’ll Learn

  • The right way to source products from China in today’s environment
  • Tips on finding the best factories
  • How to negotiate with suppliers

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today I have my friend Kian Golzari on the show and Kian is one of the world’s leading sourcing experts and he sourced products for the NBA, the Olympics and other famous organizations. And in this episode, he’s gonna teach us the right way to source products in today’s environment. But before we begin, I wanna let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit

00:27
are going up in price this Saturday on April 1st over at SellersSummit.com. It is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And you all probably know me well enough by now to know that my event has zero fluff. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business and not high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Every year, we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people and everyone eats together and everyone parties together every single night.

00:57
I personally love smaller events and tickets always sell out. If you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250k or $1 million per year, we also offer a special mastermind experience where we break up into small groups, lock ourselves in a room, and help each other with our businesses. The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode.

01:25
Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people will want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash d-u.

01:53
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T.I-O slash Steve. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I run with my partner, Tony. And unlike this one, where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table, and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:27
Welcome to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast. Today I’m really excited to have Keon Golzari on the show. Now, Keon is someone who I met recently on an Alibaba panel with David Applegate and MetaWorldPeace, the NBA player. He is one of the world’s leading sourcing experts who has visited over 500 factories and sourced over 2,500 products. He specializes in product design and manufacturing, and he’s a wealth of knowledge when it comes to best practices. He’s made stuff for the NBA, the UN,

02:56
the Olympics and top athletes like Kobe Bryant. And he’s also mentored over 200 Amazon entrepreneurs as part of the Titan network. Today, we are going to talk about product sourcing and where to have stuff made. And without, welcome to show Keon. How are doing, man? Thanks so much for having me, man. It’s a pleasure to be here. And I’m just excited to drop some value and help out wherever I can. So how did you get into product sourcing? Because visiting 500 factories, that’s a lot of factories. I’ve visited

03:26
Maybe like 1 % of that. Yeah, no, I was really lucky to be honest, because I started off in a family business. Like my dad started a camping and outdoor brand called Highlander because I grew up in Scotland in the UK and he was really, really keen on the outdoors. So he just had a shop in the UK and then he would actually, he went to China about 35 years ago when it was just coming out of a communist rule and sort of private companies were allowed to have factories for themselves. And he would help them to say like, hey, this is how we make goods in the West and kind of like.

03:54
helped him out build and then as a result he had very very close ties with China so from a young age when I was four or five years old I was like this curiosity of like you know what goes on in China how come my dad keeps going there all the time and then like Chinese suppliers would also come and visit us in the UK they would bring their kids so I was like always around that as a child so when I graduated university my dad was like hey do you want to join a family business do you want to head up the supply chain stuff do you want to come to China with me I’ll show you how it is I was like yeah absolutely

04:20
So went to China for the first time in 2010 and what was supposed to be just a two or three week trip, I ended up staying for three months, then went back to Scotland, grabbed my things and then moved to China and I lived there for several years, set up an office there. I became obsessed with how products were made. so I would say I’m so lucky because I found my passion at such a young age, whereas I know it takes some people a long time to really figure out.

04:46
what they like and what they’re good at and luckily I was just kind of thrown into it and I loved it and I’ve never looked back. This is a great first question and do you speak the language? I can speak a little bit of Mandarin but the tough thing was that like so I sat up in office in Ningbo and Ningbo was very much like you know Chinese you had to speak a little bit to get around so to obviously respect the local culture like I could order food at a restaurant I could take a taxi and speak Mandarin no problem but when I moved to Shanghai

05:15
I call Shanghai like China light, like it’s not the real China. can kind of, everyone speaks English, you can, you know, go to a nice Italian restaurant. So if you like basketball, you can play for a team there. Like it’s not the real China, but as soon as we leave Shanghai, that’s the real China. But so when I moved there, like my, my Mandarin basically went away because everyone would reply to me in English. I, but the one thing I really do know is like numbers because I would always, when I was sitting in factories and stuff like that, I would pretend like I didn’t speak any.

05:40
Chinese and then the factory bosses and stuff they would be communicating amongst themselves and they’d be talking about the numbers when we’re negotiating price and stuff like that. So pretended like I don’t understand what they’re saying. I was just like doodling but I was actually figuring out what they were talking about. So I guess that helped a little bit. Well, it just goes to show anyone listening out there, you don’t need to be able to speak the language. And I actually have that problem too. Whenever I go there, I actually try to speak Chinese because I speak it maybe like a kindergarten level, but they always reply to me in English because my accent is so bad and…

06:09
they know an American right away. Totally, and that’s actually a really good point because a lot of people think, oh hey, when I go to China for the first time, do I need a translator or should I hire a before I start talking to this factory online? And we’re absolutely not, like they have very good sales assistants which are very geared up towards English. You might deal with a factory boss which doesn’t speak English, but that’s fine because you communicate with the sales assistant and then they communicate to the boss. And you can still have a means to communicate with the boss, but it’s absolutely not essential to speak any form of Chinese to

06:39
to do business with them. And I would say worst case you can write it down. They can read English quite well. Maybe not speak it as well, but everyone can read. mean, they study Chinese from an early, I mean, they study English from an early age over there. So absolutely can’t. Okay. Walk me through the process of sourcing like a pro. Let’s say I want to create something. What are your best practices to find the best factories and get the best prices?

07:05
Okay, cool. So let’s just imagine that we already have, we know the product that we want to source. sort of identified, we looked at the competition, we’ve made all our changes and all that sort of stuff. And now we’re like, okay, cool. Now we’re ready to find factory. Like where do we start? So I always like to start with alibaba.com. Just as a general, this is where I’m gonna begin my research in terms of, let me find the top five factories for this product. And a lot of people just go to alibaba.com, they type in their product, they search by price. And let’s take the example of like blue light blocking glasses, right?

07:34
We’ll look at, we’ll type in blue light blocking glasses and all of them look the same, right? The images, but some are $1.80, some are $5, some are $7.90. And we’re like, how is it that all these products look the same but they’re so wildly different in price? And this is where a lot of people fall down and they just end up going for the cheapest one but it’s terrible quality. So when I search on alibaba.com, I search by manufacturers, not by product because the goal of alibaba.com is to find the best suppliers. And once you find the best suppliers, then you can negotiate the price down. Don’t start by looking at the prices.

08:02
So to find those best suppliers, I’m looking at manufacturers that must be verified, meaning that a third party has gone in and validated the information they provide is true. So if they say they have 2000 workers, a third party has proven that. If they say they have these inspections, third parties have validated that. If they say they’re in this particular location, that’s been accepted. Quality, number of sewing machines, et cetera, et cetera. So I start with the verified factors. And then after that, I also select trade assurance to make sure your payment is protected. So you get absolutely what you say you’re gonna get if you order.

08:30
and blue light blocking glasses with a blue frame, but you get a red frame. Well, now you get a refund from alibaba.com. So those are given, but then I also like now go into the certifications as well. So you get certifications on the factory and get certifications on the product. On the factory, you might get things like BSCI ISO 9001 ISO 14001, which is like environmental standard, business compliance, quality control, all that sort of stuff. Can you describe what those are actually? Yeah, sure. So ISO 9001 is more of a quality standard.

08:58
and ISO 14001 is more of an environmental standard. it doesn’t mean that, and BSEI is your business social compliance initiative. And if your factory has these things and it’s a great bonus, meaning that they very much care about quality control, that they’ve hired a third party to go and validate that they have sound quality control measures. And if they don’t have it, it doesn’t mean that they’re not capable of passing, it just means that they haven’t applied for it. But I like to start my search off with here are the factories which have this level of certification.

09:27
So I’m working with a certain standard. It might mean that, okay, they supply retailers in the US, they supply big customers. So if you supply Disney or if you supply Walmart, Walmart will ask you, hey, you have to take this audit for us to supply you. Like when I supplied the Olympics, every single factory which I purchased from had to be audited by Intratech. And then had to upload the report to the Olympic portal and then I would get permission to buy from that factory, even though I selected that factory myself. But like a lot of these big brands, they don’t want any bad press or bad.

09:56
bad publicity to be like, the factory that made these garments, the workers were making under minimum wage or anything like that. So those sort of audits validate all your sort of legals at the factory is a very sound place to work with. then- So actually a common question I get asked that I don’t have a good answer for is how do I know that the workers are not being abused? Which one of those certifications covers that? So I can tell you firsthand, right, from my experience, like from visiting over 500 factories,

10:24
probably seen one factory where there’s been like child labor or where there’s not been good working practices. And it’s a massive misconception in China that like, oh, hey, this is unfair labor. This is like, don’t get, they get forced to work overtime. They get forced to work every day. They don’t get paid fairly. And honestly, it’s just not true. Like, know, factory workers actually get paid more than what someone in Starbucks gets paid because they have in China like an aging workforce, right? So when I first went to China in 2010,

10:52
all the factories were at the major port cities. like your major cities like, know, Shanghai and Ningbo and Hangzhou, Fuzhou, all these places, all the factories were there. But then as a result of this growth in the middle class in China, right, it starts to make a lot more of a disposable income. So they start to desire Western goods. So they start to pop up like KFC, Starbucks, Pizza Hut, nightclubs, bars, restaurants, coffee shops. So now you had that young workforce that used to go into the factory and now you’re like, well, you know what?

11:18
let me just go work in Starbucks and make coffee and play on my phone all day and have conversations rather than work in a factory. It’s much easier work. So the factories had to move more and more inland. So now when I get on a plane to China, I need to go like four hours on a train into the countryside. And then as a result, they have to pay those workers more to want to work in a factory because there’s jobs available to work in other places. So you would never get away with, you know, paying like underage labor or low wages and stuff like that. But to your question in terms of like what certifications check all that, I would always ask your factory.

11:48
what factory audits have you got? And there’s many different types of audits. know, it could be the ISO 9001, it could be the BSEI, it could be an organization called SEDEX. And whatever they send you, if you don’t understand any of it, just Google these certifications just to make sure that they’re validated. But going back to alibaba.com, well, the good thing is if you select a verified factory and they say right here is our Intertech report for the ISO 9001 quality certificate, and that means that that report is…

12:16
actually correct and has been verified. It’s not like, we just made this report up and we uploaded it. It’s like, no, a third party has gone in and validated that this report is correct and all the information that we’ve said here is true. So that’s why I love it because it’s kind of like your eyes and ears inside the factory and not to change topics. But a lot of people ask about, well, what about sourcing in Mexico and all those other places? And like, well, that’s great, but you don’t have that like verification that you know who you’re working with. They can just say whoever they are and you have to kind of take their word for it.

12:43
but at least with alababa.com, you have lot of transparency and visibility in the factory. And then, to further that in terms of, how do I know if this is true and stuff like that? I always talk in my content in terms of building a relationship with your factory using either WeChat or alababa.com, like chat feature on the app. talking about, hey, where you guys up to on the weekend? What are you having for dinner? How do you celebrate Chinese New Year? Just informal conversation. But then you can video call them. So let’s say your goods are ready on the 1st of April.

13:13
and you’re now at the end of March and you know the inspection’s happening, you can literally call them on the app to be like, hey, can you take me down to the factory floor? Can you show me what the inspectors are looking at? Can you show me that all the production pieces are finished before I make this payment? So you’ve got eyes and ears inside the factory because of that verification process, right? And building that relationship and chatting on the features. my mind just goes in different tangents, so I probably answered a few different questions. what you’re saying from what I’m interpreting from what you’re saying.

13:40
If you choose verified and they have those intertech reports, chances are there’s not child abuse going on in that factory. Yeah, absolutely not. And you’ll have the certificate to back it up. let’s say, for example, anyone ever quizzes you about it. Let’s say, for example, a particular big customer wants to a large order and they’re like, can you prove to me that you don’t have underage labor here? Then you just ask the factory to send the certification. Now, an important thing is that I always ask the factory to send me the certificate.

14:06
certification anyway, even if it says it’s on their Alibaba profile, I’m like, can you send it to me so I can read it and check it? Really important thing is to verify and check that the address on that certificate matches the address which is on their Alibaba.com profile, because then it could just be sending you any certificate. So I just always make sure that addresses match. And then, you know, the best test is yourself going there when travel opens back up to have eyes and ears inside the factory. you actually know who you’re doing business with. Because the way I was always doing it was I was going to the Canton Fair, meeting these suppliers face to face.

14:35
deciding who I wanted to work with and then going and flying to their factory and visit them and seeing them. Because, and even if anyone’s just sourcing online, in your messaging to the factories, I would always mention that as soon as travel opens back up, I’m coming to visit your factory. Even if you have no plans of doing that, I would always say that so that they know that you’re gonna be there one day. So they’re always gonna give you their honest information upfront. So if you ask like, many workers have you got in your factory? And they wanna say 500 to impress you, but they’ve only got 100, but you’ve said, I’m gonna come and visit you.

15:05
then they’re like, okay, well, let’s just tell him it’s 100, because he’s actually gonna come and check it out. So I would state my intention to go and visit, even if I don’t plan to, just so that you get more honest upfront information from day one. I It’s like a little threat, like the in-laws are coming or something like that. Okay, so we did verify, you look for certifications, and presumably all this is to weed out all the lesser players. Let’s say you do all that, and you still have 100 factories or 200 factories. How do you narrow it down further?

15:32
Yeah, great question. And that’s a common thing as well. So after that, I’m gonna be looking at what is the main region in China which specializes in this product, right? So for example, if it’s an electronic product, chances are it’s made in Shenzhen. If it’s a backpack, chances are it’s made in Xiamen or Shenzhou, right? If it’s blue light blocking glasses, it’s most likely made in Wenzhou, right? You’re not expected to know that, like whenever you type, in China, they concentrate in certain areas based on the access to raw materials, right? And the skilled labor that they have in those areas.

16:02
So if anyone wants go into alababa.com, hit manufacturers, type in blue light blocking glasses, take those boxes of the certifications that we just talked about, right? And just watch, scroll down the list. The first word of that company name, the first word is always the city or the state of where that company is based. So it’ll say like Wenzhou Optics, Wenzhou Glasses, Wenzhou this, right? And as you scroll down, you’ll just see Wenzhou, Wenzhou, Wenzhou. Then you’ll see an outlier, which will be like Suzhou. Then you’ll see one that’ll say like Guangdong. And it’ll go back Wenzhou, Wenzhou, Wenzhou.

16:30
So I like to scroll through that list, let’s say if you’ve got 100 results, to be like, what is the most common name, what is a common word that pops up? And then chances are that’s the area which specializes in this product. Because you essentially want to be buying it from the area which actually specializes in it. And then after that, I look at the number of years that they’ve been on alibaba.com and the number of years that they’ve been established in business. So it will say like years in the top left corner and it will be either two years, three years, eight years, 12 years. And that’s just the number of years they’ve been on alibaba.com. But why you need to be careful is that

16:59
a lot of very good suppliers only went to the Canton Fair and never registered their products online, right? But with what happened in the last few years, they’re like, well, actually now we need to put our products online because the customers aren’t coming to the Canton Fair anymore. So you might see a very good supplier, which has been established for 25 years, but next to their name, it will just say one year. And you’re like, oh, this is a new supplier, let’s just dismiss them. But they could actually be like the rock star supplier that you’ve been craving. So when you click on the profile, you go on company information and it’ll tell you.

17:27
the year established and next year established you’ll have a blue tick which is that verified information and it will stay like 1999 or 2002 and you’re like oh wow this company’s like over 20 years old so after all that I would like to search by you know the number of years have been in business and also the factor location and that will really hone it down but what’s your minimum usually

17:49
Normally I go minimum five years because I think that like five years is enough where you’ve developed enough experience, you’ve done enough orders, you’ve exported to enough different countries. And that’s the other thing as well. When I look at that company profile, I’m now looking at, okay, it will say like quality control and that will say like what machinery they have and what quantitative machinery they have. So let’s say for example, I’m doing footwear, right? I would want to, if I saw in their…

18:13
quality control in machinery, they had like flex test machine, which basically means that you put the boot in the machine and it just flexes it 10,000 times to show it’s done 10,000 steps, that it can walk like a few kilometers and the boots aren’t gonna be damaged, right? And if they say, right, we’ve got five flex test machines, I’m like, well, this is a great factory because this is the factory which tests the products in-house so they know they’re qualified before they even send it to a third party, they know they can pass, right? And you know, if it’s a backpack factory, they might have like a waterproof test machine, they might have a fabric strength test machine, they might have a zip test machine.

18:43
So I’m kind of now looking at, what testing did they have in-house? And then on top of all that, when you go down to a company profile, it will tell you what trade shows they’ve done, right? So they might have exhibited at a Canton Fair for five years, they might have gone to a trade show in Italy, Spain, UK, Germany, whatever. And that is really good for me as well, because if you attend a trade show as a factory, it means that one, you have good English speakers within your company, two, it means you understand the export market, meaning you know what German customers want, you know what US customers want.

19:12
So if I say, hey, I need this latest certification to be compliant, they’re like, yeah, we’ve already got that. We do that for that other US customer. So they know the language that you’re talking basically. So there’s so much information that we kind of went over that you can get from your factory profile, but it all has to be verified so you know it’s true. But compare that to what we first started talking about when someone just types in a product, looks at the price and then goes for the cheapest one. Look at all the things you just missed out on. So it’s very important to sort of use that as a base.

19:40
to then find the right manufacturer. But then once you find the right manufacturer, that’s like part one done. Now it’s like communicate with the supplier. So we can now go into like, know, how we- Plus the prices on Alibaba are all bogus anyway. Absolutely. Yeah, yeah. I never ever, ever take the price on Alibaba for what it is because that is what the supplier thinks that you want. So let’s say for example, it’s an outdoor furniture or a camping chair, right? And you see a camping chair, you’re like, okay, that was $8. Well, that’s just what they make already, but-

20:08
What if you want steel tubing rather than aluminium tubing? What if you want polyester material rather than nylon material? What if you want 80 by 60 rather than 80 by 40 dimensions? So it’s like you have to say what you want and then get them to price it up, not just take the price of what they already sell.

20:24
My first book, The Family First Entrepreneur is available for pre-order at your favorite retailer. And for the month of April, I’m doing something crazy. I’m giving away a new bonus for people who pre-order every single week until the book launches on May 16th. And here’s the kicker. If you buy a book before the bonus expires, you get access to it forever. If you buy the book after the bonus expiration date, you won’t get access to that week’s bonus.

20:50
Here’s just a preview of the bonuses that I’m giving out for free in April. A workshop on search engine optimization for e-commerce store owners, which expires on April 6th. A workshop on chat GPT and how to use artificial intelligence to automate your business, which expires on April 13th. And also a workshop on how to structure your blog posts to rank them in search, which expires on April 20th. In addition to these bonuses, you also get access to my six week family first business challenge.

21:19
You get access to a three day workshop on print on demand, and you also get access to my two day passive income workshop and tickets to any book party that I happen to be throwing. Now aside from all these bonuses, the book itself will teach you an alternative to the hustle culture nonsense we so often hear about in relation to achieving financial success. You can in fact achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it, and you don’t have to work 80 hours a week.

21:49
and be a slave to your business just to make it all work. So if you are tired of hearing from a bunch of single guys or women or 20 something kids who drive fancy cars and brag about how hard they work or how much they make, I will give you a different perspective from a father who makes both business and family work. Go to mywifequitterjob.com slash book and I’ll send you the bonuses, invitations to book parties that I’ll be throwing all over the country and other special offers. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash book.

22:18
Now back to the show.

22:21
All right, so we just talked about narrowing down a top quality factory. A lot of those factories work with a lot of larger companies though. So how do you get them to work with someone who’s just starting out? What’s your question? Yeah, essentially what I wanna do is I wanna know who I’m working with first, right? So let’s say for example, you we looked at that company profile information and in the company profile under verified, it says number of workers, right? And.

22:48
If the number of workers says like, you know, 500, I’m like, you know what? That’s quite a big factory. They’ve probably got pretty big customers. They’ve got certain systems and processes. They run their production line pretty strictly. If I’m like, Hey, I want 300 pieces of this customer product. want to try it out. They’re probably going to think this is a massive pain in the ass and they’ll probably shut it down. I know I’ll ask them anyway, but I’m pretty sure that’s what they’re going to say. But if I have this like new innovative product, I want to try it. Um, I’ve never done it before. I’m going to look, go through the exact same process. But when I see company profile.

23:17
I’ll get excited when I see a factory that says it’s only got 25 workers or 50 workers, because I know they’re a small and nimble operation and they also want to acquire new customers and they’re willing to try different things and they don’t have a set system in terms of production and processes. So I’ve got a much higher chance to get success with a factory which has got fewer workers rather than one which has got larger workers. But saying that, you can still get the bigger factories even for your custom project, even on a small MOQ. And the whole thing is, it’s about like building leverage.

23:47
you might already be a big brand, right? You might already have had two Amazon brands who both doing like a million dollars in turnover. You might be doing Shopify and I want to get that factory excited to work with me. So the first product that I give them might be a new item. Let’s just say, for example, we’ve invented some new neck pillow. We don’t know if it’s going to work, but hey, we’ve developed other brands before which have gone pretty well. So I’ve got a good feeling about this. Rather than saying, hey, I want 250 pieces of this custom new neck pillow. I would say here’s a product that I want.

24:17
but here’s what I’m capable of. Here’s the other two brands that I’ve got. Here’s the quantity that we’ve been selling. And we’re very experienced in online sales. We work with the biggest influencers. We’re very familiar with Amazon platform, with Shopify platform. So now I’m like, okay, supplier’s thinking, okay, well, this is just a really small order, but look what they’re capable of. So if I get this order right first time, these guys are capable of scaling a massive business. So let me just give them what they want. Let me just do this first order at a break even. I don’t really care if I don’t make a profit from this first order.

24:46
but I wanna acquire this customer because the supplier is not thinking how much money am I gonna make from this order or thinking how much money am I gonna make from this customer over the next three, five, 10 years. So if you can sort of build leverage to be like, we’re capable of scaling big businesses. And look, if this is your first business and you’ve not scaled any businesses before, just show that you’re a specialist in this particular product. So let’s say for example, it’s a yoga mat, right? I would say, hey, I’ve been a yoga instructor for 14 years. I have my own studio. I can…

25:14
Developing your products feedback to my clients get a lot of knowledge. I know the biggest influencers and in China to call them KOLs key opinion leaders I know the biggest KOLs in this space. So we have really big opportunity I’ve got new ideas for lots of products. It will help improve your systems and products and stuff like that as well So now the suppliers thinking you know what like this is not a big order, but this is a qualified customer This is someone who really knows a product inside out and it’s different to the other inquiries that we get where they ask for a price and then we never hear from them again, so

25:42
I would always hone in on what are your strengths and build leverage using that. And then you get the suppliers to want to work with you. Cause bear in mind, if you go on one these websites like alababa.com, those suppliers are getting inquiries from maybe 50 to a hundred customers every week, right? And a lot of them will be the same thing. Hey, what’s your best price? What’s your MOQ? Can I get customized packaging? Same message, right? And then the supplier gives them that information and then never hear from that customer again. But now you have this nice long detailed message. You’re like, you know what? This is what we are. So what we bring to the table, this is brands that we’ve built.

26:10
hey, and this is why like working with you. You have these certifications, you’ve been to the Canton Fair before, you’re expert to the markets that we like, you have these quality testing machines. And then now the supplier is thinking, wow, like, okay, this is a, we’ve told the supplier why we know that they’re good factory. So we’ve done our research and then they’re also thinking they’re gonna be a good customer. So now your inquiry goes to the top of the pile. So that is the difference in terms of make a bit of effort, read up about them, state your leverage, state what you like about them.

26:38
share the specification sheet of the product that you want to make, and then you get their best service from day one. And that’s really what a lot of people miss out on, regardless if you’re a beginner, intermediate, or advanced seller. I think the key here is for anyone listening, these factories, they’re really just people. And if you were to go on a date, you wouldn’t just say, hey, give me your phone number, right? If you make a little bit of effort, you’ll stand out among thousands of people. It’s like this with business or anything that you do. I get like…

27:06
hundreds of outreach emails every day from people wanting something, but if they’ve taken a really thoughtful way of writing it, I’ll at least read it. And even if it’s like someone small or whatever, you know, I’ll listen if they actually made an effort. It’s the same thing with sourcing. That analogy is one of the best analogies I’ve heard, right? It’s kind of like, if you see a girl at the bar that you like, and you’re like, hey, my hotel’s around the corner, do wanna go? Right? There’s like five or 10 different steps before that. Hey, let me get you a drink.

27:35
here, let me get to know you, let me take you out for dinner. You have to go through those steps, right? Same with a supplier, you have to go through the steps of qualifying yourself and then you have to say what you like about them. And then as you said, people buy from people, right? This is not like, they get excited because they have customers all over the world. They have customers from the UK, from US, Brazil, Japan, and they get to communicate with loads of different people and that’s what excites them. So if you like talk about yourself a little bit, where you come from,

28:02
you know what you like to do and things like that that really excites some people buy from people and the more you build on those relationships the better Quality of service you get and a lot of people think oh hey if I get a good relationship Then I get about price or so much other things aside from price that they can really give you they can give you Faster delivery times they can push you right into the front of production schedule. They can give you better credit terms They can give you information about what other customers around the world are doing They can give you information on the products that they’re developing for next year

28:29
Because while we develop products all the time, well, so do your factories. They’re also developing products because they’re also specialists in that product. So there’s so many benefits you can get from a good relationship, but you just miss all of that goodness out if you just go straight for, hey, what’s your price? So you mentioned something earlier about looking for factories with less workers. Chances are those smaller factories aren’t going to be certified, right? It’s something that larger factories do.

28:54
Well, yes and no. I’ve still been to factories with like 50 workers, but still have all the right compliance and stuff like that because you know in today’s society, like it’s very hard to supply someone without all those certifications and accreditation and stuff like that. So I find that most of them have it. I’ll tell you where you have issues with like smaller factories. And this again goes back to the information that we can see. I had a client I was working with where they had one product that they were doing over 250,000 units of.

29:24
that they would always pass the inspection, but when the goods got delivered, they always got high return rate. And they’re like, how is it that these goods keep passing the inspection? We don’t pick anything up in the factory, but every time the goods arrive here in its cells, it’s defective units. And I was like, can you send me the pre-shipping inspection report and can you send me the Alibaba company profile? They’re like, cool. So I look at it and bear in mind that they’re doing 250,000 units of a cut and sew product. And when I looked at the factory profile,

29:49
When I looked under the equipment, it said sewing machines verified, it 25 sewing machines. I was like, it is impossible that a factory can have 25 sewing machines and they can manufacture 250,000 units in order. So they’re obviously outsourcing this production to smaller factories, but the reason they’re passing the inspection, you’re not picking it up, is that they’re doing the inspection in their factory, but the ones which are not being checked are the ones which are being outsourced.

30:13
So I was like, go back to the factory and ask them, you outsourcing this production to smaller factories? And they asked that and they said, yes, they were being honest about it, but it just never revealed that information. average seller is not gonna really know that stuff, but like, if you just look at the information that you’re given, like there’s 250,000 units, but it’s only 25 sewing machines, something’s got to give, I’ve got bad quality, you can start to figure that stuff out. So that’s where like, you have to be a little bit mindful of like smaller factories is that if you have big orders, and that’s actually a really good point in terms of like one of the biggest things that I see.

30:43
biggest mistakes I see sellers making is that you can outgrow your factory, meaning when you first start this item, you know, we just want to trial 300 units and only the smaller factories want to work with us. But now we’ve scaled it up to like 2000 units a month, but we never went back and renegotiated the price. We never went back and sort of seen like, are they actually the best factory for us today? And you might be better off with a factory which has got 500 workers, but you never went back to negotiate. So I would never just like switch factories, but.

31:11
Let’s say you have a specification sheet or a tech pack, which has got all the information of your product, the materials, dimensions, Pantone colours, packaging, testing, need all that PDF it, you send it out to multiple top five factories you find on alababa.com or maybe you use our friend David’s website, import yeti.com to find other factories as well. And then you contact those factories and they give me your best price and delivery date for this particular item. And the price starts to come back, you know, maybe a dollar, $2, $3 cheaper than what you were getting already. And at that stage, I wouldn’t just switch production to those cheaper factories.

31:39
I would tell my own factory, hey, by the way, I’ve had other suppliers contact me, which is possible because once you’re like on page one of Amazon or if you have a good website with traffic, suppliers will find your brand, find your website, contact you and say, hey, we also make this, they’ll make you a sample and they’ll send it to you. So I wouldn’t say to my supplier that I was shopping around, but I’d say to my supplier, hey, other factors have contacted me and they’re willing to make the exact same product that you supply me with, but are $2 cheaper. Now, I very much like working with you. You’ve been amazing so far. I don’t want to switch, but.

32:08
I need you to match the price. And if you can’t match the price, then I have to think about switching. And then you’re giving them the chance to be like, yep, you know what? We can actually come down on price a little bit and then cool, continue working for them. But if they’re like, you know what? We can’t match that price. We’ve had a great run, like go for it. Then you can sort of keep them as backup supplier, remain friends and use them whenever you need them. But you’ve now like got that better factor, that better quality, that faster production, those better production techniques, the better production equipment, all that sort of stuff.

32:34
but you never sort of seek that out because you just grew too fast and you always thought, you know, I’ve ticked that box with my supplier, I don’t need to look for a new supplier, but as you grow, you obviously sort of check back, if you know what mean. Yeah, I know that our supplier always raises their prices every year and I know everything’s been going up. In this environment though, in 2022 when we’re recording this, everything’s slowing down, right?

33:00
How do you negotiate lower pricing when you kind of know globally everything is slowing down? So yeah, a great point. And I would say that whenever your supplier gives you a price increase, you want to validate that price increase is correct. So for example, if they say, you know what, the price of wood has gone up 12%, your price has gone up or you know, the price of polyester has gone up, it’s going up, price of steel. So I’d be like, okay, cool. Tell me how much it’s gone up. You’re like, 12 % in the last three months. Okay, cool.

33:28
The same process we just went through in terms of finding suppliers on Alibaba, right? I would go through that exact same process and then I would talk to him, hey, we’re interested in buying these products, et cetera. And I would just drop in, by the way, can you tell me about the price of steel in the last three months? What’s been the change in price? And if all those suppliers were like, you know what, it’s gone up like 10 or 12%. I’m like, cool, yeah, that’s a warranted price increase. I agree. But if they’re like, you know what, it’s not really had any change in the last six months.

33:51
then I would go back to my supplier to be like, you know what, the other suppliers that I talk with haven’t mentioned any increase. So if you have to increase the price and have to look at sourcing it somewhere else, but you know that that’s true because you validate for yourself by talking to other suppliers about the raw material cost. Same with the labor costs. If they say, know what, the labor costs in our province has gone up 8%, now we have to put the prices up. Again, talk to factories in that area, ask them the same question. So you always want to validate and educate yourself before sort of agreeing, because we have no idea what’s the labor cost in China, the material cost in China. have to sort of validate from.

34:21
from other sources. But a quick hack, know, to anyone who’s enjoying this episode so far and you are like, know what, just give me one quick tip where I can like save on price. I would go to a website called xe.com, which is what monitors the exchange rate, right? And if you look at the dollar to RMB, April was, $1 was about 6.3 RMB and now, or Chinese Yuan, and now today, which is November, 2022.

34:47
$1 about 7.2 or 7.3. So the exchange rate has gone up about 12 13 percent in their favor meaning if you gave them a purchase order of a hundred thousand dollars in April and a purchase order of a hundred thousand dollars today They’ve made an additional 12 or 13 thousand dollars just on the exchange rate alone So what I would say to them was I would go to XC comm I would and you can hit graph graph that show it you got a purchase order on that day You got a purchase order on that day. You’ve made an additional twelve thousand dollars

35:13
Therefore, I want a 10 % decrease on my cost of goods on this order. And they might tell you, you know what? Yeah, the exchange rate has benefited 10, 12 % in our favor. However, the cost of goods and raw materials and all that stuff has gone up as well. So you might actually agree to five or 6 % split at 50-50, but you’ve still got a decent discount on your cost of goods. And you know it’s validated because you’ve given them the proof. But in terms of, it’s also very important when you ask for that discount, and I always like to ask for it at, wait.

35:42
at the time of shipment, when the time you have to pay your supplier. Because if you say, let’s say your goods are just about to start production now, or is there a good start production in like 20, 30 days, right? And then we negotiate at discount now. When it comes to starting production in a month’s time, they’re gonna tell you, know what Keanu, like, you know, we agreed that, you know, like 12 % discount based on the exchange rate, but you know what, since then, you know, we’ve had this like power outage situation in the factory, the government’s turned off our electricity, the electricity prices are a lot higher now.

36:08
and the cost of like steel has gone up like 4%. So now it can only be a 5 % saving. You’re like, oh, shoot. So, but if you negotiate at this count at the time of payment, they’re like 12%, cool, let’s agree on eight, cool, here’s a purchase order signed, delivered, deposit paid, go, let’s do it. So always, if you’re gonna talk about any price increases, or price negotiations, always do it at the time of when you actually have to make a payment, like a deposit or a final balance payment. Don’t allow any time for making that negotiation to then actually making the payment. Love it.

36:38
Love it, it’s all customer psychology and how it works. One thing, like I’m always very reluctant to threaten to go to another factory because that new factory is always like an unknown. Do you say those statements before you’ve had a chance to try your alternate factory or do you try the alternate factory first to prepare yourself to leave? Yeah, definitely. I would always get the backup first because you don’t want to burn any bridges, right? So if you say, know what, I’m going to start a factory and they’re like, yeah, cool, go for it.

37:07
and then you go and then you find out it’s not any better than the one you had, then you’re screwed a little bit, right? So I would always do my research in terms of like, all right, do I have a better price? Do I have better quality? Do I have better service, payment terms, all that sort of stuff? And then I would go back to my factory and say, hey, this is what I’ve been offered. Can you match it? So you know that if they say no, you’re good, you have that backup. And also all these things that they claim in terms of like, okay, well, here’s a reduced price and all that sort of stuff. You always wanna get a sample to verify that as well, right? Because we might be doing this product, we get $2 off, like, cool, I’m gonna go to that supplier.

37:36
they send you sample and it falls apart. You’re like, oh, well now I know why it’s two dollars cheaper. So I still want to check. And by the way, like when you first reach out to these suppliers, like we talked about like selecting the top five or whatever, I wouldn’t just go with the one that you like the most and get the sample and all that. Even if you have your number one, I would rank them number one, two and three and get samples from all three because you also want to compare the quality between suppliers. Like, all right, now I understand why your dollar 50 more expensive because this handle is way more robust than this one or

38:05
Let’s say you do go for your number one initially, but they have a situation six months down the line where they have the power outage situation in the factory. Well, now you have samples and prices from your two backup suppliers that you’ve already, they already know all the details of the product. You already have a sample. So you can now just say, okay, cool. Here’s your order, go for it. You don’t need to start that process from day one. So it’s always handy to have a couple of backup suppliers as well. Another common question I get asked is how do you prevent a supplier from just taking your design

38:35
and literally putting photos up of your product and selling it to other people. Yeah, it’s very difficult, right? So there’s two ways you could look at it. Like you have these like NNN agreements, which is like non-disclosure, non-circumvention and all that. I never do that with all the factories and stuff, the products I’ve developed. probably signed, I’ve got my supplier to sign one or two NNNs based on if something was extremely innovative that I just didn’t want getting out. But I think that a lot of people always ask me about like, know, how do I make sure my supplier doesn’t copy my product?

39:04
And I was like, first of all, you need a bit of self-awareness to be like, do I actually have something to protect here? Because a lot of people feel that like, well, you know what, because I just changed this color or changed this dimension or added this feature, now I need to protect it. But all you did was innovate it on top of what already exists. You didn’t necessarily develop something really new, right? And that’s the nature of the game. Like you probably got the idea for your product by innovating on top of what already existed. Now, if someone does that to you, it doesn’t mean that like, okay, well now we have to block everyone from selling it because…

39:32
Ultimately, you know, if you really want to protect your product, if you’ve got something of real innovation, the only way to protect it is from getting a patent, either a design patent or a utility patent. But people don’t necessarily want to spend the $4,000 on a design patent or the $15,000 on a utility patent. And if you don’t want to spend the money to basically protect it, then it probably wasn’t worth protecting in the first place. But there’s kind of two ways of protection. There’s like the protection against your supplier. Like you ask, if my supplier copies my product? And then there’s a protection against like, what if the rest of the industry copies my product?

40:02
And a lot of people think it’s the supplier that copies your product. But so in that initial communication, when we’re going back and forth with the factory, I would always ask them, know, like, are you just a manufacturer or do you sell yourself? Do you supply other Amazon sellers? What markets do you supply within those markets? Who are your biggest customers? I want to know like really like who are, where’s their attention going and who are the main people that are supplying? So that if I feel comfortable, if they’re supplying my direct competitor and my direct competitor is doing like eight times more business than I am, then I’d be very cautious of.

40:30
showing them new product ideas because I know that information is probably going to my competitor. But if they’re not supplying those guys and I find a new factory in a sort of blue ocean that like, you know, they’re not really dealing with my competitors and I’m going to be open book with them. So if you are worried about what my supplier copies my idea, I would tell them that I have a patent on the product when I actually don’t. But because I told them I’ve got a patent on it, now they’re scared about developing it. And on top of that, I would rather focus on building the relationship rather than getting them to sign a contract like an NNN.

41:00
because like that NNN is literally just not worth the piece of paper that is written on because are you really going to sue your factory in China? Are you really going to take them to court? Are you really going to hire a Chinese lawyer for the value of your $10,000 order? Absolutely not. So I’d much rather say to my factory, hey, this is an innovative product which we’ve developed. I’m dealing with you as a company because I admire that you’re going to keep all this information confidential and we’re going to really build this business together in partnership. I’m going to really grow and scale this business and you’re going to get those orders as a result of it.

41:29
and let’s really go into this together and build a really big business rather than I don’t trust you sign this document. Like think about the different levels of service you get and you’re not gonna enforce either one. You know what mean? So I always like to build a relationship rather than get legal documents. I like your answer better than mine. My answer is always you can’t really do anything about it. But if you brand it well enough and if you want, you can register a copyright in the US or patents are expensive to enforce too.

41:59
Really, I mean, it’s probably gonna happen. You can prevent it from being sold in the US and that’s usually good enough. But if you have a good brand and whatnot, you got nothing to worry about in the long And so I’ve actually got a YouTube channel as well called Sourcing with Kean and the last episode which I posted was all about patents, half an hour in depth. I interviewed a patent attorney. So if you do have a deeper desire to learn more about patents, I would check that out. But that can be a deep conversation in itself. But you know, like in terms of like,

42:26
product protection, I kind of look at it as in you’ve got three layers, right? If you innovate something of value, right? First thing is you can get a mold, right? Because if you’ve developed or changed something, well, now you have a high buyer to entry cost, because the mold can cost anything between like $500 and $50,000, right? But it’s essentially another buyer to entry. So if it costs you $5,000 to develop that mold, chances are the competitor might not have that disposable income to try a new product, right? And on top of that, if you put a patent on that product, well, now there’s…

42:54
competitor sees right, well, there’s a patent and there’s a mold cost. So I don’t even know if I can sell this product and I have to pay $5,000 just to manufacture it. That’s a really big buyer to entry. And then the third one is also like an exclusivity agreement with your supplier. Let’s say you didn’t develop the product. Let’s say the supplier developed the product and you’re like, hey, I want to sell this product in like the U.S. market. Can I get exclusivity? They might say no.

43:18
But then I’d say, okay, give me exclusivity for six months, meaning don’t sell it to anyone else in the US market. Just sell it to me for six, and after six months, open it up to everyone, but just give me the first sales. And they’re like, you know what, yeah, that’s reasonable. And I’d say, you know what, tell me the quantity you want me to hit to remain exclusive. So if you need me to order 20,000 units within those six months, and if I do that, then let me remain exclusive. And if I don’t hit that and open up to everyone, they’re like, all right, cool.

43:42
or if it’s product selling really well and they want to open up to everyone else, I would ask for, me exclusivity of a different region. So give me exclusivity for Germany or give me exclusivity for the UK. So you’ll be the only seller of that product and then get those exclusivity agreements either by quantity or by region. So those are the three layers I look at. Do I have a mold on the product? Do I have a patent on the product? And do I have an exclusivity agreement with my supplier? And that is your defensibility, not necessarily like your NDA contract, which means nothing. Since we’re talking about molds here,

44:10
Once you have a mold made and it’s at a manufacturer, how do you switch easily? It’s tough because, so for example, if you wanna move supplier, then you have to move the mold, but I would always say that like I’ve done that research prior to investing in the mold cost with a manufacturer. And the way I do it is that like, I’m gonna pay for the mold outright, but I’m gonna get that mold cost back from the supplier. So if I do want to switch, then I’ve not paid for the mold. So for example, right?

44:40
let’s say the mold cost is $10,000, right? I would say to the supplier, look, I’ll pay the 10, you don’t say, look, let’s do this in partnership 50-50, I pay 5K, you pay 5K, cool, done, let’s go. So we just got 50 % discount on the mold now. Or I would say, look, I’ll pay the $10,000 upfront for the mold, but I need you to refund me 25 % of the mold cost once I order 5,000 units. I need you to refund me 50 % of the mold cost once I order 10,000 units. I need you to refund me 100 % of the mold cost once I’ve ordered 20,000 units.

45:08
And the supplier’s okay with that because you’ve paid the mold cost upfront, but they pay for it once you’ve ordered 20,000 units. And once you’ve ordered 20,000 units, they’re doing big business with you. So they’re like, okay, cool, I’ll refund it. So that, I sort of like make an agreement with my supplier that way. So let’s say for example, we hit those 20,000 units, I get the mold cost back from my supplier and they’re not actually gonna pay you that money back. But let’s just say when you place your next purchase order, you just deduct that mold cost from the invoice cost that you owe them, right? So now all of a sudden my mold is free.

45:38
So if the supplier randomly just puts up the price and I’m like, well, now when I switched to this supplier, I’m like, cool, well, now let me go make that agreement with this supplier and then I’ve not paid for that mold so I can switch quite easily. Interesting. I never thought to do it that way. Cause getting someone, getting a manufacturer to ship that heavy mold to a new manufacturer, that’s just not going to happen, right? Or.

45:59
Yeah, and the other sort of layer of protection for mold is that you could because you’re making this mold, right? You’re now making the custom shape of how this product is going to be made. So I would always have my logo on the mold, right? So let’s say, for example, we’re Nike, I would have the tick in the mold embossed. So let’s say that tick is now going on a buckle, right? That buckle is going on the backpack. Well, it’s very important to get that.

46:24
mold that logo embossed not debossed because if it’s debossed then it can be filled in but if it’s embossed it means that that logo now sticks out so that manufacturer cannot get rid of that logo so if we now switched on our manufacturer they can’t just go and produce that product now and sell it to someone else because it has our logo on it so that’s always another defensible way of your manufacturer not using it for someone else by putting your logo on the mold as well cool I love that I love that

46:52
Keon, wanna end with, we talked about Alibaba and kind of focused on Alibaba so far. I like Alibaba and all, but I still find Alibaba a little bit tedious. Do you still use it today to source for yourself? Yeah, for sure. I mean, my favorite way is definitely going to the factory myself and sort of doing that business face to face. But while we can’t do that easily at the moment, my starting point is always alibaba.com because while there’s other methods and stuff that we can get into, I want to know like who,

47:22
who my competitors also have access to in terms of like, what suppliers are available here. And if I find this supplier here, well then so do my competition. So where, and they might be a great factor and I’ll still use them because it might be the best. But for certain products, as you said, you might have over a hundred different suppliers to choose from, but for certain products, you might only have like two or three. And then now I’m just gonna basically qualify it or those two or three good enough. And then.

47:46
Regardless if I like those suppliers or not I’m still gonna look at other sources and the other one we mentioned was David’s company import yeti.com and the beauty about that is as you know, then use it as well as like you get access to the shipping documents of The the market leaders for that particular product and that’s only for them shipping to the US because that’s public information, right? So Let’s say for example, I’ve got an outdoor brand and my main competitors in our face. I can now find the nor faces suppliers

48:14
what country they’re importing from, what HS code they’re clearing the goods at, what quantity they’re doing, how often they’re shipping, so much very valuable information you get there. And often these are suppliers which don’t necessarily list on alibaba.com either. So that’s kind of like the second tier of supplier like to go through. those are probably like two very solid options that you have. If I was gonna add a third one, it would be like,

48:39
going to trade shows for your particular category of products. So let’s say for example, you’ve got a cycling brand, there will be a very good cycling trade show in like Denver or Utah like once a year. And quite often the suppliers will also visit those shows as well. Sometimes we just walk the show and sometimes they’ll have a booth there and I’ll meet those suppliers there and then. But let’s say for example, you’re based somewhere else and you can’t attend that trade show, I would go on the trade shows website, go on the exhibitor list and on the exhibitor list, it’ll tell you all the companies which are gonna be there.

49:08
and you look for the Chinese sounding names and then you Google their company information and you contact them directly. So that’s another way to find like really good suppliers outside of alibaba.com. Well, Kea, that was a great interview, I’m sure everyone owned a lot. I picked up on a number of things. If anyone has any questions for you, where can they find you online?

49:30
Yeah sure, so I’ve got a YouTube channel as I mentioned just called Sourcing with Kean, I’ll just lose different topics in supply chain so definitely check that out. I’ve also got a Facebook group of the same name where it’s just like everyone just asks supply chain questions and we all help each other out. I’m also on LinkedIn, Kean Gozari, also on Instagram, Kean underscore JG, and I’ve also got a sourcing platform and sourcing service called titansourcing.com. If you want to submit an inquiry, we can have my team look at it for you as well.

49:58
So yeah, those are where you can reach me if you wanna reach out, I’d be happy to help out. Cool, Keon, thanks lot for coming on the show, man. Really appreciate it. Oh man, love being here. That time just absolutely flew by and would love to jump back on any time.

50:13
Hope you enjoy that episode with Kian Golzari. And for more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 450. And once again, I want to remind you that my annual e-commerce conference will be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida on May 23rd to May 25th of 2023. I really want to hang out with you in person, so let’s meet up. Go to sellersummit.com. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com. I also want to thank Postscript.

50:40
which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash div. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-O-I-P-T dot I-O slash div. Now I talk about how I these tools on my blog. If you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to mywifecoupterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course.

51:09
Just type in your email and they’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

449: Amazon Is Silently Stealing From You And How To Get Your Money Back With Yoni Mazor

449: Amazon Is Silently Stealing From You And How To Get Your Money Back With Yoni Mazor

Today, I have a very special guest back on the show, Yoni Mazor. Yoni is the founder of Getida, where he helps Amazon sellers recover their money.

Amazon screws up all the time without telling you and we’re going to discuss all the ways that you are losing money right now as a seller and what you can do about it.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to get your money back from Amazon
  • Amazon’s most common mistakes
  • What to look out for on your Amazon reports

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today I have a very special guest back on the show, Yoni Mazur. And Yoni is the founder of Getita, where he helps Amazon sellers recover their money. And the truth of the matter is that Amazon screws up all the time, and we’re gonna discuss all the ways that you are losing money on Amazon right now as a seller and what you can do about it. But before we begin, I wanna let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit

00:29
are on sale over at SellersSummit.com and the price goes up on April 1st. It is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And you all know me well enough by now to know that my event has zero fluff. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business and not high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Every year we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people and it’s a very intimate event.

00:56
Everyone eats together and everyone parties together every single night. I love smaller events and tickets always sell out far in advance. And if you are an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250k or $1 million per year, we also offer a special mastermind experience where we break up into small groups, put ourselves in a room, and then help each other with our businesses. The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th. Go to SellersSummit.com.

01:24
That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I focus a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS, or text message marketing, is already a top five revenue source for my e-commerce store, and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript?

01:51
It’s because they specialize in e-commerce and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S C R I P T dot I O slash Steve. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast.

02:19
that I released with my partner Tony. And unlike this one, where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell like how it is in a run entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:46
Welcome to the My Wife Clutter Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Yoni Amazor on the show. Yoni is the founder of Getita and he’s helped thousands of e-commerce entrepreneurs get their money back from Amazon. He also spoke at my last e-commerce conference, the Seller Summit. And I would say if you’ve ever sold on Amazon before, you know that inventory often just magically disappears from their warehouse. In addition, Amazon makes a lot of mistakes which can inflate your storage fees unless you are paying strict attention. So,

03:15
in today’s episode. What we’re gonna do is we’re gonna discuss how to finally get your money back from Amazon and get what you are owed. And with that, welcome to the show, Yoni. How you doing? You’re good. Thank you so much for having me. Hello, everybody. I’m honored to be here. So Yoni, I’m just curious. I’ve always been curious. How do you get into this line of work? Because it’s not like the sexiest type of work, I should say. 100 % Is that insulting? I didn’t mean to insult No, it’s great. You actually hit the nail on the head. We actually often we laugh about it. We say, we took the

03:44
the most unsexy thing you can think of in business and try to create a fun environment or make it exciting. So when you think about geteeda, you actually get excited because you realize the ones who know us, if you don’t know hopefully after this episode you know a little bit more, but you’re kind of thrilled because it means that money’s coming your way. So once again, taking the most unsexy, like the gray, cost accounting, boring stuff you can think of, but package it into an opportunity. So yeah, you actually…

04:12
one of the only few that actually hit the nail on the head and realizing that. But this is kind of the dimension and where we live in. So when you, if you want me to get started, kind of give you the… Did you start it because you kept losing all this money on Amazon? Yes, 100%. As they say, I think there’s a cliche that says, Necessity is the father of event or something like that. yeah, essentially we created Getida or the solution of Getida, which is maximizing the FBA reimbursements and refunds for ourselves because

04:42
About 10 years ago, we started selling online. When I say we, myself and my co-founder, Max Boran, we’re still partners until today. We started selling on eBay back in the day, about 10 years ago. And then at 2013, we started selling on Amazon. And the business grew very, quickly from zero to 20 million in FBA sales. And then we became a part of a larger group. Together as a group, we’re doing about $100 million in FBA sales. So what happened was that we had so much data to process.

05:09
right, to reconcile all the FBA transactions that our spreadsheets were breaking, right? So that kind of pushed us to create technology so we can really process the data at scale on a daily basis but also have a dedicated team to keep focusing on solving the issue. Because on an annual level, we discovered that the discrepancy rate is between 1 to 3 % from our revenue. So when we’re doing like $1 million a year on FBA, 1 to 3 % was like $10,000 to $30,000 that we had to recover.

05:39
But when you’re doing 100 million, it becomes very material. It’s like between one to three million. So we had to create the solution for ourselves to make sure that it works well at that scale. So we did that. That was kind of the premise of it. That was the reason why it was created, this capability. And then we’re kind of friendly people. So we told a few of our friends from the industry that we have these capabilities. So they told us, help us. We’ll pay you. And that was the early genesis of Getida as a business back in 2015.

06:04
And then over the years, it was just kind of growing organically because the value proposition is very appealing because it’s free to join. There’s no subscription. We’re purely performance-based. So only if we get your recovery, then we charge a fee. So it was growing organically for a few years. And then we made a strategic decision to cash out of retail so we can really focus on the sellers and make sure that they really get the number one priority. And the moment we did that, all of our energy, focus, motivation, creativity was focused on one direction.

06:34
And from that point I would say we kind of took leadership on the niche. It’s still a niche. It’s not the main function of selling on Amazon. But it’s definitely a function you should know of, you should be educated about, and realize it’s an opportunity for you to recover funds that you never imagined that are yours. And hopefully once you are flush with these funds, you’re able to reinvest it in the business. Spend more on PPC, or source a new product, or launch a new product. So that’s kind of the premise that we have here in the industry.

07:00
So I’m in contact with lots of sellers, both DTC and Amazon. I know this has been kind of a hard year for Amazon and sellers. You guys are unique and you have kind of like this high level overview of the entire Amazon landscape. What are you seeing and like what trends are you noticing right now? Right, so I would say there’s a few things. It’s a lot to unpack, but I’ll touch the main components. So the pandemic gave a push to the e-commerce industry, gave it, you know, it was a boom era.

07:27
It propelled us maybe five to 10 years into the future. But now we’re kind of having the hangover. It’s like a pendulum swing. It swung our way, which is great. It gave us a lift. It gave us a tailwind, but now it’s giving us the headwinds. the entire market, Amazon itself, is growing, but not as quickly. So if it was growing 20%, 30 % a year, this year it’s going 7 or 8%. So in other words, thinkers are slowing down. The growth is being slowing down, which is all of sudden people are like, whoa, we’re doing horrible. What’s going on?

07:56
I know it’s because we got propelled and now we’re of slowing down. It’s almost like I had a good party. There’s a hangover, right? You’re gonna have a little bit of a dizziness, but hopefully you still have good memories. In other words, you made some good profits in these past two years, but now it’s time to kind of decompress, realize, okay, things were in our favor. Now there’s a regular friction. Let’s become more efficient. And another interesting scenario is that during the height of the pandemic, there was an inventory shortage. It’s really hard to get inventory.

08:23
factories were shut down, global supply chains were shut down or really, really slow, the ports, the cost of shipping containers exploded. because of that, and then the demand was growing. So it was really, really a choking position. So a lot of the sellers felt like they can’t maximize the revenue and the profit with this momentum. So they start ordering more and more in bulk here. So they did it for a while, it worked okay. And then they order in bulk here. In other words, like a snowball where now they’re peaked at

08:53
up in their position where they order a lot of inventory and all of sudden, boom, the demand decreases. So in other words, now they have the pendulum swing where it’s, you know, instead of being short of supply, they’re overstocked in supply. So they have an inventory glut. So their money, their cash is tied up to this inventory. So that’s kind of the pinch and pain that they’re feeling. So how do you get rid of it? What do do? So this is something that I can see that a lot of the sellers are experiencing. So to recap, things are growing, but not as quickly.

09:21
They’re slowing down. A lot of them are stuck with inventory glut. And this Q4 Christmas is going to be a very, very interesting junction that will hopefully give them the opportunity to cash in most of their positions. It might be even critical because if they’re just going to drag their balance sheet with all this inventory and not cash out of it, they might just go belly up. So I don’t want to see that happening. So hopefully, shop. Whoever’s listening to this shop, shop well. And hopefully, the discounts will be good and aggressive.

09:50
Because they have to, even if they take a loss, but it’s better to have cash in your pocket with the loss and just put that money into good money or just sit on the money, it’s fine. But we’re all together on this. What’s ironic is we had the opposite problem. So the container prices were shooting up to 20,000. So we actually ended up buying less because it’s like ridiculous, right? Because our items are cheap and the cost of shipping would have like exceeded like the product cost. So we waited. So this past year we actually…

10:19
we’re out of inventory, whereas last year was like the greatest year ever. So yeah, we have the opposite problem. So we’re not sitting on a lot of inventory. But for the people that are sitting on a lot of inventory, what are you seeing them like, where are they storing it? Because I know that Amazon, at least for us, they’ve been limiting, they’ve reduced storage requirements. Yeah, so yeah, so that’s another type of pinch. So if you already had inventory there, or you’re about to send more inventory, think of the past two, three weeks.

10:48
one clear day, a lot of sellers are waking up and their FBA storage limits have just been cut to half. So if you’re able to store 200,000 units, now you can only store 100,000 units and you’re about to stock up for the holidays. Nothing, mean, except trying to open cases and crying to Amazon and complaining and trying to maybe have them consider increasing it. There’s not a turnkey solution that I heard of or understand. you’re stuck in that position, I do apologize.

11:16
But the alternatives are just to keep dripping into FBA. So have a good 3PL partner that’s able to kind of keep dripping your inventory on time demand to FBA because you already have, hopefully, your products within the United States ready for Christmas and everything. And as the holidays get, or I’ll put it this way, if you’re about to stock out and you do, just make sure have FBM, Fulfilled By Merchant Backup, with your 3PL.

11:41
You know, all of a you’re have a great day, you never expect it, so kind of shift around your whole calculations and projections. So always have an FBA listing skew that’s set up on FBA, and a secondary skew, always. It should be probably a golden rule no matter in which time of the season. But a secondary skew which is on FBA fulfilled by merchants, so you never stock out or lose rank or anything like that. That should be the default setting, but especially in the holidays, just to make sure that you don’t lose on the momentum.

12:10
And of course, if you have this inventory limitations with FBA, that’s part of the solution. So hopefully works out for some of you guys. looking forward beyond this holiday season, what are you seeing for 2023? Yeah, just hopefully an opportunity to get out of the turbulence. It has been a very turbulent years for e-commerce with the slowdown of growth. The economy, the macroeconomics has been very difficult. Inflation is kind of all around, right?

12:39
A lot of the cheap or easy money that was around is no longer there. So if you’re taking loans or taking debt to finance your business, it’s costing you more. Market’s more competitive, so you’re making less margin. The whole exit boom, you’d have all these aggregators that raise billions of dollars from a lot of institutions in the past few years, and they were kind of fighting to buy Amazon-born brands and businesses so they could make an exit that also slowed down. You if it started from a 2x multiple two and a half years ago,

13:08
it mushrooms all the way to seven or eight multiples. Today it’s lying on the three, three and a half, maybe four percent multiples aggregate on average. Of course, you have always the ones that might get a 15x and the one that will get a half an x. It depends on the health of the business and how strategic it is to the buyer. But the opportunity to get out at a premium on Marfa is shrinking. So this is the turbulence of 2022. know, 2023 will be hopefully with all these layers from the micro to the macro, including the economy to just get out of it.

13:38
So we could touch macro a little bit. If the Federal Reserve lowers interest rates again and money becomes cheaper, businesses and Amazon sellers hopefully will be more risk averse and they’re going to invest more in their business. And hopefully if they do well, they’re going to grow and stimulate the whole market. It’s all kind of tied up together. But for now, it’s just going to be hopefully the bounce back or the rebound from the turbulence. Yeah, I mean, we’re not done raising yet. Just the question is when it’s going to end. But I don’t see them reducing it.

14:07
anytime soon. Yeah, they might stay on it for a few quarters or if they, because they’re saying, you know, they use a sledgehammer, you know, to cool off the economy. And I heard something about how in the 80s they did the same thing, but in the 80s, they facing 14 or 15 straight years of inflation. So they really had to kind of pull the big hammers and really raise interest really quickly and dramatically. But here you had only a time of maybe less than a year, maybe 15 months of inflation. Right?

14:35
that was creeping up. So if you use the hammer too hard and you cool off the economy in such a way where it’s just gonna be too hard to bounce back, it might be very challenging because you can already see it at the big tech firms. Meta is laying off, Twitter’s laying off employees. So these are high paid employees that we’re giving a lot of booms to lot of communities around the country and that helps the whole economy and all the wheels of it turn around from the local shopping malls to buying stuff on Amazon.

15:02
So you don’t want to hurt it too much. They’re doing it because inflation is still high and the employment rate is still low, meaning unemployment is low. So people have their jobs. So if all of a sudden you hit it too hard and from 3 % unemployment, it’s going to go to 7 or 8%, then you’re stuck in a big recession. It might take years and years to get out of that. So they might have to all of sudden really drop the rates really quickly to stimulate the economy. So you don’t want things to be too aggressive. And it’s very hard with macro because it takes

15:30
to three quarters to see the impact. we’re in this turbulence in transition. So it’s going to go out into 2023. It’s going be interesting to see. I know for myself, I’m anticipating the worst. I know you’re cautiously optimistic. So I’m just buckling down, removing as many expenses as I can. We actually just bought a warehouse, so we’re in control of all that now. And just trying to eke out whatever profits that you can. to ask, sorry, where’d you buy the other warehouse? In the West Coast, East Coast?

16:01
West Coast, yeah. ironically, our landlord was going to raise our rent 28%. One shot. then we were just like, forget this, we’ll just buy one. How big is it in square foot? It’s 3,000 square feet. Yeah, it’s expensive out here. But that’s like a story in itself. We ended up paying cash for it because there were multiple bids. Apparently, warehouse space around here.

16:28
at that size is actually pretty scarce. So while office space is like really crashing, the warehouse space actually is still stable. 3,000 foot is like a sweet spot. It really is for the small business entrepreneur, you know, doing stuff. It’s really high demand in the country, would assume California even more, because all the ports are coming in. So it’s a big hub for imports. Because it’s so competitive, cash was the king. So it helped you get the bid. Yeah.

16:59
So I want to switch gears. We get emails from you guys all the time about lost inventory. Would you say the problem is getting worse or better? That’s a good question. I think it balances out. There’s lots of variables here. It depends on what kind of products you’re selling. If you’re selling something that’s fragile, glassware or stuff like that, it’s more prone to get damaged. But if you’re selling cloth stuff like mittens for the oven, they don’t really get the…

17:29
damage. So we have less issues. It also depends on the way your factory or 3PL sends it to Amazon, how well it’s padded or how organized they are. But also on the other side, the receiving side, Amazon’s teams, they may be really good on the California side, but they could be not as efficient or organized on the Kentucky side. So in short, it’s very, it’s lots of variables to say this or that. But like I said earlier, the spectrum is between 1 to 3%.

17:58
So for every 100 units… Let’s talk about best practices. You just rattle off a number of things, right? So packing, if your thing is fragile. The other one was not including multiple skews or how you package it. Can you kind of elaborate on that? Yeah, so first of all, when you tell Amazon I’m shipping a thousand units, make sure you’re really shipping a thousand and not more, not less, because that can skew everything. Because if you tell them you ship a thousand and you ship 1,100, they’re going to receive a thousand.

18:29
And that 100 that you shipped and you over shipped, you might have no data, no way to tell them, hey, what about the extra 100 I shipped? They where? We only expected 1,000. We scanned in 1,000. Your 100 is gone. That can be a simple mistake that your 3PL is doing, your factory, whoever. So just keep it very, very strict on the quantities. For better or worse, if you’re over shipping, make sure you don’t do that because that can hurt you. If you over ship with 100 units, that can be material, depends on your price point.

18:58
But of course, don’t try to game the system. you’re telling them that you’re going to ship them 1,000, you’re only going to ship 900. And there’s going to be 100 units missing. You’re going to say, hey, where’s my missing units? And try to basically get a recovery for that. It might work a few times, but eventually Amazon will strike you out. So keep it honest. Keep it very firm. There is a scan. mean, back in the day, I don’t sell on Amazon anymore. But back in the day, we used to use a software called, what was it?

19:26
think it was called Scan Power, if I’m not mistaken. It’s like $25 a month. basically, when you create the, you can give it to your 3PL or your factory. When they kind of scan the units into the boxes, it tells them, it gives them red light when to stop. So you don’t overship. So if every box is supposed to have 50 units or whatever, when you hit 51, boom, it kind of flags the red light. Or on the opposite, if you were supposed to have 50 units in the box or the whole shipment, and you only kind of marked in 49, it’s not going to let you continue until you add the missing one.

19:55
So I guess in short, make sure you have the right systems in place to make sure that everything is very accurate on the unit level, you’re telling and reporting to Amazon that you will ship them. For better or worse, just be very accurate and honest. And of course, if you’re selling fragile stuff, make sure not to be cheap and stingy. Make sure that it’s a good shape because, okay, even if it got received by Amazon, even though it was damaged, it got received and it’s selling. What about the consumer? They’re going to get a damaged product. You don’t want that. Then it goes to negative review.

20:20
And then your ranking goes down, then it’s a whole spiral on the wrong direction. But even if it’s not a fragile product, but the packaging is very cheap and it can crumble. So imagine you get that the product is fine, but the box itself is all crumbled. It’s not a good experience. This is discord with the experience of the consumers. So use high-end materials. Don’t be cheap. Invest in your product. Invest in the experience of your consumers. It’s just going to reduce all the handling afterwards and all the reconciliation.

20:48
and hopefully put you at the lower edge of the spectrum of discrepancies because 1 to 3 % in other words means for every 100 units you ship into Amazon, 1 to 3 units is going to experience some sort of an issue or discrepancy throughout its lifetime or its life cycle and their fulfillment centers. And in nutshell, here’s the laundry list of the issues. It could get lost. It could get damaged. It could get destroyed. It could disappear. Or it could get overcharged with fees. So right now, we kind of touched more on the damage side of things.

21:16
or the loss because you’re not reporting properly or they just simply didn’t scan it properly or there was a little chaos in the wire so it got lost. So if we want to change gears, can also talk about if it gets overcharged with fees.

21:31
My first book, The Family First Entrepreneur, How to Achieve Financial Freedom Without Sacrificing What Matters Most, is now available for pre-order at your favorite retailer. I actually just spent three straight days of eight hours each recording the audiobook, and as I was reading it, I couldn’t help but think to myself, this is a pretty darn good book, and I can’t wait to share it with you. I wrote this book because 99 % of the business and entrepreneurship advice out there is wrong. They all preach

21:58
that you need to work 80 hours a week and hustle your butt off just to get ahead. Well, I’m calling BS on this. If you follow this advice, then you’ll end up sacrificing your time and your freedom for the promise of riches. Work yourself to the bone and lose what precious time you had to spend with your loved ones. On this podcast, which I’ve run since 2014, I’ve interviewed over 450 successful entrepreneurs who are absolutely killing it with their multi-million dollar businesses. But what you don’t hear about publicly is that they don’t see their family much.

22:28
or that they are totally burned out or stressed out. You don’t hear about the huge sacrifices that they had to make in order to get there. So in this book, I will share with you an alternative to the hustle culture nonsense we so often hear about in relation to achieving financial success. Because you can in fact achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it. And you don’t have to work 80 hours a week and be a slave to your business just to make it all work. So if you’re tired,

22:58
of hearing from a bunch of single men or women, or 20-something kids who drive fancy cars and brag about how hard they work or how much they make, I will give you a different perspective from a father who makes both business and family work. Join me in my book launch and get access to a bunch of freebies, which include a six-week challenge where I will literally help you find your next side hustle. I’m also including my three-day workshop on print-on-demand and a two-day workshop on how to make passive income with content.

23:27
Go to mywifequitterjob.com slash book and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

23:39
I want to go to both places actually. So first off, let’s just at a high level, where are the most common places where Amazon owes you money? Inbound. Inbound is a major, major thing. So once again, when you a thousand, there’s always these interesting discrepancies. That’s definitely the entry line. That’s like the entry level issue that most sellers understand that happens. You know, I ship a thousand and they receive a hundred and ninety, they realize, oh, that can happen. Okay. But the secondary ones are when units get lost or damaged,

24:09
Inside Amazon’s fulfillment centers after they got received that’s where sellers don’t realize they’re like, okay I know if I ship out thousand units they receive 190. I need to reconcile it. I’ll get my money and it’s done fine That’s just the beginning In the warehouses that could get lost or damaged also between the warehouses Amazon might ship your products from Kentucky to California California to Nevada to give one or two a day prime shipping Same things happen units get lost or damaged from the fulfillment centers to the consumers units can get lost or damaged consumers back to

24:38
the fulfillment centers with all the returns and refunds, same thing, and the fulfillment centers back to you guys, the sellers, if you do FBA removal orders. So all these logistics friction points, you have these units that get lost or damaged, and Amazon allows the sellers to go back 18 months on all the data and all the transactions to really reconcile the mathematics properly to see if there’s an opportunity or any discrepancy that you’re eligible to get a recovery. So that’s definitely the secondary layer that would say that it’s out there available for sellers.

25:08
How do you figure this stuff out? Like, there’s a lot of moving parts there, right? Inventory moving all over the place. And you know how much you’ve sent in, but presumably you’re sending in, because you’re trickling in inventory into Amazon FBA across multiple shipments as your stuff sells now, right? You can’t like ship the entire container, unless you do lot of inventory, a lot of sales, I guess. But what reports do you pull and how do you sort all this stuff out by hand? It’s a beautiful question because this is like an Amazon classic.

25:38
Right now Amazon is actually in the midst of a transition. So I can tell you what the reports of the old school days, and this was the truth for a few years, maybe the past seven, eight years, but now they’re transitioning to a brand new set of reports. So let me actually step back a little bit. The way to reconcile it through reports, data analytics. Like straightforward mathematics, data analytics, crossing data together in the report. So one unit came from here and then went to there and then…

26:05
It’s really messy. It’s really like we started the episode. We said it’s very unsexy. Very unsexy. I’ll give you old version. Today there’s a new version. But back in the day, had to basically download the, if you go to Sell Essential, you go to Reports, Fulfillment. And then you go to Inventory Adjustment Reports. And that report or that data set, you find all the code, all the entries that has a code of loss or damage. Each one has a different separate code. So that’s the first layer. find a unit that got lost. Great.

26:36
Then you take a secondary report where it’s called, I think it’s Inventory Event Detail Report. You take that, and then you see if in that report the unit got found. If it got found, you stop. You’re not eligible for a claim. But if it got lost in the first report, the second report never got found, you go to the third report. And the third report is reimbursement report. You’ve got to see if they already automatically gave you reimbursement. And if they did, you stop. You don’t file a claim. But in the first report, it got lost. In the second report, you see it never got found. In the third report, you see it never got

27:06
reimburse, boom, minus one, eligible for a case, you open a case, they’re gonna reconcile, and of course if you’re eligible, they’re gonna give you the reimbursement. That’s in a high-level nutshell, the logic of it. But the thing is, is Amazon doesn’t always admit that they’ve lost or destroyed something, right? Which means you have to do your own calculations, don’t you? Yeah, so they’re telling you, if you look at their terms of use, terms of service, they’re telling you, here’s all the reports you need to do, we are gonna automatically reimburse you.

27:36
for anything that we think it’s eligible, you, the onus, it’s your responsibility to still grab these reports and see if we missed out on anything. And if we did, open a claim, we’ll take care of you. And they do. most sellers, 80 % of sellers are not even aware that they need to do this. And the 20 % that are aware, they don’t know exactly how to do it or they try to do it. And it’s a struggle because, once again, this is not the business. The business is sourcing products, launching it.

28:04
advertising and marketing it, building a brand, all these beautiful stuff. And you’re not in the archaeology business, because this is like digging into the past, So this is where we live and that’s where we excel. I always laugh about this. say, if you want to talk to me about sports, I know nothing. I want to talk about reimbursements, I can talk all day. But yeah, so that’s a logic, that’s a data set that they give you, and you have to of crunch it out. And that’s it. So they open a case, and then they’ll kind of do their own mathematics.

28:32
And if your mathematics is good and your minus 1 is really minus 1, they’re going to make it 0 by giving you a plus 1. So typically, that means a reimbursement. I’m just talking the auditing language. Hopefully, What documentation do they ask for when you file So right now, the logic that I gave you is for loss and damage units inside their fulfillment center. So you don’t need any documents because it’s their data. The documents are typically needed.

28:58
for the first level, when you actually ship your products to the fulfillment centers, the inbound shipments or inbound receiving, when they receive their products. So back in the day, if you ship 1,000 units, they receive 190, 10 units are missing. You were able to go to Seller Central and find the shipment. Actually, I’m going to tell you how to do right now, so hopefully it’s helpful for you guys. So you visit Seller Central. You go to inventory, manage FBA shipments, and then you look over the shipments and you see the ones that are under received.

29:25
You go into them, and then over there, you’ll see inside the shipment, the units that are minus with the red. And then you have three options. One of the options is please research. That’s what you want to do. Back in the day, that was enough. You do please research, and they research, and if they see it’s lost, they give it a reimbursement. It was pretty turnkey. But in the past two, three years, they made it more sophisticated. So they are requiring documents. And if you don’t have these documents, you’re not going be able to

29:51
create investigation and they’re not going be able to research the issue for you. typically they might ask for two types of documentations. One of them is called Poo, proof of ownership, P-O-O. And then that means there can be two options. One option could be an invoice. They want to see that you really own the product, so you your invoice. But that’s typically for the resellers. Is that the invoice from your factory? So exactly. You’re touching the point. So you’re jumping the gun. If you’re a reseller.

30:19
You have a supplier, distributor, whatever they give you, boom. But if you’re a private label seller with brand registry, this is like a aha moment for many sellers if they’re listening. You don’t need to give an invoice. You’re exempt. So instead of an invoice, you can give them a packing slip. And a packing slip is a simple document that says, hey, this is my company information. This is the shipment information. I ship this. And you sign on the bottom, that’s it. So it’s a declaration of ownership.

30:46
Because you’re the brand, which means you’re the factory, which means there’s no invoice. It just doesn’t work that way. You’re the producer. So as a producer, it just says, this is me, this is my product. I declare that they’re mine, which they are. And I give you that document. It’s called proof of ownership. So it can be two formats. Typically, the invoice is more for the resellers. The package slip is more for the brands out there with brand registry. But of course, if you have a factory, you can give them that invoice if you want. Not a problem. You can do it.

31:14
But just clunkier. You have to go in, and this and that. Giving them a packing slip is just much easier. And by the way, in our platform, Getira, it’s not only a solution, it’s a platform. And in the platform, we have baked-in tools that help you with all this workflow, all this document flow. It will tell you which shipments need which documents. And if you need a packing slip, we have a tool that can help you generate that in a click. So you don’t have to go back and scramble. It’s right there for you. We have a patent on it. So it of saves you a tremendous amount of time. You or your VA, your virtual assistant.

31:44
And also it’s formatted in a way that Amazon and Stanford is going on. It’s the way they like to see it. And hopefully it will save you all the time and make sure that you get the refunds in the maximum impact. So that’s the first document, Poo, proof of ownership. So just to be clear, this proof of ownership document, this is different than the package slip you use to ship the goods to Amazon. Is that correct? Yeah, so if you created a package slip when you ship your products to Amazon and they’re inside the box, that’s great.

32:10
That’s not going to help you reconcile the shipment because the one investigating it can’t see it. So they’re going to ask you for the document on a digital format, a PDF or a JPEG, whatever. So if you have that already, give it to them. All good. If you don’t have it, you to go back and set it up. You can do it. But if you’re a member, if you’re using Getira in our platform, you can do it within the platform very easily. And it’s kind of a…

32:32
You know, it’s turnkey. So it’s essentially the same document that was in the box. Yeah, same thing. Yeah. Same, you know, company information. This is shipment information. This will ship and here’s a signature. Yes. A classic package that you see with any wholesale distributing, you know, a transaction, you know, regular business for sure. So that’s the first layer of documents. And then the second one is POD, proof of delivery. Okay. Now I’m going to help out. I’m going to unpackage this a little bit. If using Amazon’s partner carrier,

33:00
In other words, you buy your shipment and your tracking inside Sale Essential, you don’t need it. OK, why they have the tracking? They already have all the data. They know it got delivered. But if you’re outside carriers, which are not in Amazon’s partner carrier, that’s when they’re going ask you for a POD, a proof of delivery. So whoever you’re using, whatever third party carrier, a freight carrier, whatever it is, freight forwarder, make sure they have POD documents. They have tracking, they have POD documents, proof of delivery documents, because if they don’t, you’re not going be able to reconcile a shipment, even if it’s worth

33:29
hundred million dollars and use the cheapest know free forwarder that basically doesn’t have any proof of dog delivery documents nothing nothing at all Amazon’s not gonna reconcile your shipment is not gonna give you any help so that’s also kind of a point that we discussed earlier how that common though because Amazon’s rates are so cheap yeah I mean so statistically speaking it would get here I see that about 80 % of our users in our platform they use Amazon’s partner carrier it makes things very easy and turnkey and it’s very competitive

33:57
But the other 20%, for whatever reason, they don’t. I think they might have access to larger accounts or that has like legacy prices or stuff like that. Or they do it directly from China, from the factory at a super bundled deal. I don’t know. It is what it is. But because of that, they’re outside Amazon’s network. they typically do have actually POD proof of delivery. Some of them don’t. And they got stuck and they took major losses. So we recommend them going forward.

34:24
just how to use Amazon’s partner carrier. So pay that extra premium because you’re trying to maybe save a few dollars, but then you’ll be able to reconcile your shipments properly. Or if using outside of Amazon’s carriers, make sure they’re reputable and they have enough of a healthy setup so they can give you a proof of delivery, which is a simple document. So hey, here’s a shipment. Amazon, we delivered it. Sign it. And typically has Amazon’s signature on it with the logo. And you’re good to go. But if they’re just dumping your container at Amazon’s Performance Center and leaving,

34:53
without getting a proof of delivery, you have an issue because whatever, they’re not professional, they’re not in appetite. So it’s something to look out for. Okay. I would think that that first order tracking is fairly straightforward, right? Because something’s getting there. You know how many units you shipped. You know how many are gone into inventory. It’s the destroyed inventory that gets a little hairy, right? Because if they report destroyed inventory, but the numbers still don’t match up, that’s when you need to step in. That’s the pain point.

35:24
Once again, the way we said is that every seller and every product has a different life and different struggles. So yeah, if your products are more prone to being destroyed, that’s a pain point. But some of them never really have that issue. It’s more about being lost because of their carriers, their factories, Amazon. So wherever your pain point is within the spectrum, make sure that you have the right setup to reconcile properly. And of course, if you’re old and you’re eligible to get a recovery, you’re to go.

35:52
You patch it up and move forward. That’s kind of the attitude we have about it. Yeah. Let’s talk about other savings outside of just Amazon losing inventory. I know I’ve had experiences where like my box mentions were right on the border and then they rounded up and then all of sudden I was oversized and I didn’t even catch it for a long time. What are your recommendations on?

36:16
along those lines in terms of saving money. Yeah, so now we’re switching gears from the logistics discrepancies, all the laws damage, all the stuff that really is all physical. Now we’re transitioning to the financial, right? Right. So what does this mean? So here’s the premise. Your ace in your product on Amazon has weight in dimensions, right? And then based on these weight in dimensions, that data, Amazon will charge you a fee because they’re tiered into weight in dimension. So the larger and heavier the product is,

36:45
with weight and dimensions, the more they’re going to charge you in fees. That’s kind of the basic rule of logistics anyway. Same thing applies with FBA and Amazon. So what happens is that if Amazon has, for whatever reason, the incorrect data on your product, they can start overcharging you with fees on the fulfillment fees, but also on the storage fees, on the monthly storage fees, long-term storage fees, stuff like that. So it’s very, very important that, A, that you always kind of keep track and an eye on the fees and what Amazon thinks your weight and dimensions are because

37:15
It could be that, I’m going to give a simple example, but there’s many others. It could be that after a weeks or after a few months, Amazon will change the data. And then they’re going to start overcharging it with fees. So I’ll give you an example. Let’s say you’re selling a handbag. And the handbag, you sold it, and then it got returned by a customer. And the customer added the strap into the handbag. So now that strap is adding 30, 40 inches to the dimensions of the product. So Amazon has this big machine called Cubic Scan Machine that every once in a while, they scan your products through that machine.

37:44
that machine will scan your handbag with the strap that’s adding another 30, 40 inches. Now it’s going to recalculate the dimensions. from that point on, it’s going to start overcharging you. And that’s a discrepancy, right? A financial discrepancy where they’re overcharging you with fees financially because of incorrect data. So what we recommend is, of course, obviously, now this type of recovery is limited to 90 days. So for the whole year, let’s Amazon

38:11
charge you, $100,000 in fees extra, fulfillment fees and storage fees because of this discrepancy, because of the incorrect data. But in the last 90 days, they only overcharge you $30,000. That’s where you’re going to get back, $30,000 for the last 90 days. So the $70,000 for the rest of the year, you’re not going to get back. So education is key with this. So first of all, you got to know the game. Now that you know the game, set up yourself properly for the game. And run an audit at least every quarter, every three months, because if they overcharge you for whatever reason.

38:39
You’re ready to go. You’re ready to open the case. They’re going to remeasure, see, we’re sorry. And then they’re going to go back and give you that recovery. And of course, if this is too much of a headache, you know where to begin. There’s service and solutions out there to help with this. We happen to be one of them. But just set yourself up. Whoever is watching and listening, just make sure you have a good setup for this because unexpectedly, it can really drain your profits. I’ll give another example, actually. You might be attacked or being targeted by a competitor. I sell the same thing as you, So if I want to hurt you financially speaking,

39:10
I can just take your ASIN, I’m my seller central, I can list the product, I will never offer it. But all I do is change the data. I say, instead of three ounces, it’s 30 pounds. Instead of being six inches, it’s 60 inches. And from that point on, the system absorbs that data, and they start recalculating your fees, and they start overcharging you. So we’ve seen customers and sellers that have been attacked this way. But the competitors say, you and I sell head to head, and then you’re not savvy enough, and I make all this profit. You’re being drained with fees.

39:37
and you’re making less or no profit or even losing money and then you kind of get out of the race and you don’t know what hate you because you only reconciled your books once a year for your tax return. Right? you can’t… How does that work? Sorry, walk me through that. So let’s say we sell widget A. You create a listing for widget A but you use… No, no, I take your ASIN. Your widget A has an ASIN. So I take that ASIN. Just like a reseller, know, resellers… Oh, like you piggyback on a listing. Exactly. Yeah, I’m like a reseller. You I can go, I can always go to, you know, an Adidas listing.

40:06
on Amazon to take that Adidas Asyn and change the information there. Right? So that’s what they do maliciously. The ones who can do it. Obviously there’s more nuance to it. It can be restricted by category, this and that. But let’s say me and you are in the same category head to head. Obviously I have access to all the categories and stuff like that. And your brand does it’s not really restricted. I can do that. So the ones who could, they actually do. And that’s how you in a very sophisticated way you attack financially attacking competitors and drain them out. Is there a bulk way to check all this stuff?

40:37
Yeah, so if you go… is it literally just going down each of your Ascent and checking the dimensions? I mean, it depends on your catalog and how many Ascent you got. If you have like, I don’t know, 5 to 10 Ascent, you just go to Cell Central and you should be able to see the fees right away. So let’s say all your products are the same, one of the dimensions and they’re all supposed to be charged $4.12 and all of you go over your inventory and see, this one is being charged $7.80. That’s an anomaly. That’s one crass way to do it. Very, kind of bare knuckles. But if you want to be more professional about it, once again, you visit Cell Central.

41:07
reports, fulfillment, and then over the fee section over there, I think it’s called fee preview, I believe, and they’ll give you a preview of all the fees that Amazon’s supposed to charge you across all your ASINs, especially if you have a large catalog with a lot of ASINs. And over there, you can match the weight and dimensions they think your products are with your own weight and dimensions chart from you or your factory, whoever it is. if this is like, you know, news to you and hazy, you never kind of thought about these dimensions, yeah, this is part of stuff you’re supposed to be savvy enough about.

41:35
selling on Amazon to make sure you you’re you stayed in the right position. That’s just one way. Another way is if you want guys for free, it’s not gonna cost you anything. I don’t want to plug myself in but just register to get gettita it’s free of charge. You get access to the platform over there we have a pick and pack module and over there you’re gonna have all the data. It’s just there you’re gonna see every ASIN and skew that you have and all the data of the winning dimensions what Amazon thinks they are it’s just gonna be right there for you. you’re gonna be so instead of going to sell essential and scrambling with all the data

42:03
Is there a few who can take action based on that? So just free data there.

42:08
What is your take on Amazon’s announcements that accelerate with their warehousing and distribution? Have you heard anything about it? Yeah, so I think it’s called AWD, Amazon Warehouse and Distribution, right? So this is a new format. I think it’s okay. I think it’s good. Basically, let me give you the backstory as far as I understand it. Once again, going back to the pandemic, the boom, Amazon has tremendously increased their warehouse capacity and everything like that.

42:36
And now that there’s less demand, they have all this empty space and all these warehouses. So you’ve got to figure out a way to monetize that. So what do do? You say, hey, let’s create this program where you ship your products to us in bulk, containers, and then we’ll charge you different rates and different fees than just a regular FBA. So in other words, they’re entering the 3PL game where you ship huge amounts of

43:02
of inventory to them there and then they hold it and then they can drip it to FBA or send it to wherever. Let’s say you’re selling wholesale to JCPenney or Macy’s, they can ship that also. Once again, like any regular 3PL. That’s how they’re packaging the solution. So you basically turn to Amazon for your 3PL, know, third-party logistics needs for your, in general, for your entire business. So they’re trying to compete with any other regular 3PL, but it’s a bit more optimized towards your FBA and especially, I think,

43:31
you should be able to set up like a pool system. So whenever your FBA is running out of stock, they drip it from AWD to FBA. It might be even the same warehouse, so it makes it easily available. So you can synchronize that. The pricing, I’m not too sure, but hopefully it’ll be competitive enough so sellers can get better results or better rates from regular 3PLs. It’s very interesting. Like you said, they announced it in Amazon Accelerated in September. We’re recording this in November, so this is eight weeks into the mix since they announced.

44:01
I don’t know. what I do know is that they had this program before for many of the Chinese factories that sell on Amazon US. They had this kind of global, AGL, Amazon Global Logistics kind of environment with AWD where they were able to ship in bulk a lot of inventory to Amazon’s firm centers and then drip it into FBA and then regular stuff that they needed to do. I think they realized they can roll that out and open that up and see how that helps them with their excess warehouse.

44:29
Maybe they should have sold you 3,000 square foot for a good price. Yeah, I’m sure all the same headaches with FBA are going to exist with AWD also in terms of lost inventory and all that stuff as well. Yeah, there’s going to be another layer that we’re going to have to see how it all transitions and alleviates and pin if there’s going to make things more confusing. Correct. All right, Yoni.

44:55
Where can people find you and learn more about your unsexy business that most people would never want to do? Yeah, so I’m pretty active on Facebook and LinkedIn to be honest. Just look up Yoni Mazor, which is Y-O-N-I-M-A-Z-O-R. I’ll give you guys also my direct email. So any questions, thoughts, ideas about anything eCommerce, feel free to reach out. I’m pretty open. It’s YoniM at gatila.com, which is Y-O-N-I-M.

45:23
at gettida.com, which is getida.com. That’s pretty much where I’m available. Of course, visit the website. We have a friendly chat, you know, team in the chat if you need some human interaction. We have a nice team as well. And I’ll just make a plug here. I mean, this isn’t something that you want to be worrying about with your business. I mean, there’s so many things to be worrying about on Amazon and your own DDC store.

45:49
When I said unsexy, I meant it like these are things that like we hate doing. So it’s it’s kind like a no brainer. It ends up feeling like free money actually. That comes back because you wouldn’t have done the work. Yeah, somebody told me that some analogy where you know how sometimes you pick up your old jacket from the know, the your closet from you you haven’t worn like six years. And then in the side of the pocket, there’s like $100 bill there, you know, it’s like, oh man, free money, even though it’s your money.

46:16
But all of sudden, let’s have a nice lunch or dinner or something like that. So to make it short, there’s an opportunity to look back 18 months and recover funds for you guys that you never expected that it’s there. Now you heard this episode, so you know all about it. Take action. Hopefully some of the stuff we told you here can help you. But if it’s too much for you, too complicated, reach out for solutions. They’ll be happy to help. And take that money that you recover. Just fuel your business. it. Thanks for coming on, Yoni. Appreciate it. Thank you,

46:46
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now Yoni was kind enough to give $400 in free reimbursements to anyone listening to this episode. To redeem the bonus, go to gettida.com and use promo code MYWIFEQUITTERJOB to get 400 bucks. It’s like free money. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 449. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button,

47:13
You can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash div. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash div. I also want to hang out with you in person in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. So grab a ticket to Seller Summit and let’s meet up. Go to sellersummit.com. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T dot com. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog

47:42
And if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifecooderjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and it’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

448: The Future of Ecommerce Product Sourcing: What You Need to Know With Nathan Resnick

448: The Future of Ecommerce Product Sourcing: What You Need to Know With Nathan Resnick

Today I’m excited to have Nathan Resnick back on the show. Nathan is the founder of Sourcify, which is a company that helps you find manufacturers to produce your products.

The sourcing landscape has changed dramatically since COVID, so Nathan is going to give us a run down of the sourcing environment in China and how you should negotiate with suppliers today.

What You’ll Learn

  • The future of ecommerce product sourcing
  • How the sourcing environment has changed since COVID-19
  • The current state of freight forwarding

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. And today I have my good friend Nathan Resnick back on the show. And Nathan is the founder of Sourceify, a company that helps other companies source products from all over the world. And with all the chatter about companies moving away from China into other countries, I invited Nathan to come back to talk about the current state of sourcing and freight forwarding. But before we begin,

00:27
I want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are on sale at sellersummit.com. And it is a conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. Now you all know me well enough by now to know that my event has zero fluff. Every speaker I invite is deep into the trenches of their e-commerce business and not high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Every year we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people and we all eat together. We party together every single night.

00:56
and I personally love smaller events and tickets always sell out far in advance. Now, if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250K or $1 million per year, we also offer a special mastermind experience where we break up into small groups, put ourselves in a room, cater in lunch, and then help each other with our businesses. The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode.

01:25
Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for ecommerce and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Postscript specializes in text message marketing for ecommerce and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash d.

01:52
That’s P-O-S-T-S-C-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. And finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I released with my partner Tony. And unlike this one, where I interviewed successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:25
Welcome to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast. Today I’m really excited to have Nathan Resnick back on the show. And Nathan is someone who I met at the Hustle Conference in San Francisco a long time ago. He’s actually spoken at my annual e-commerce conference, the Seller Summit, and he’s often on television to talk about product sourcing in China. Anyway, Nathan is the founder of Sourceify, which is a company that helps you find manufacturers to produce your products. And we haven’t heard from Nathan on this podcast since episode 199.

02:54
A lot has changed since COVID and the lockdowns in the sourcing environment. And that’s what we’re gonna talk about today. So welcome back, show Nathan, how you doing today? Steve, thanks for having me on. You caught me on a day I’m not on, know, CNN or CNBC. I know it’s rare. It’s pretty high, but you know, for you, I’ll do anything. So really excited to dive in and appreciate you having me on. So what’s funny is I texted Nathan and he got, I got a reply right away and then, but he didn’t schedule.

03:24
And then I had to reply and said, Hey, this is Steve from CNN. I want to do a story on it. He replied right away and scheduled a little snobby now with his, uh, know, press mentions, but, uh, so, so it’s been a while. I’m happy to have you back. Uh, it seems like since the pandemic, a lot of changes have happened in your life. Like one, you got jacked and TV all the time. So I’m curious, how are you getting all these TV gigs? Is it just because you’re on their list? you know, honestly,

03:52
The first gig was CNBC. It was inbound. We were talking, we had written a blog post about, you know, the impact of COVID on the supply chain in China. And this was, you know, really like early 2020. I was actually in Japan in January of 2020, like right before COVID, like as the lockdowns were kind of starting to happen. And we wrote this blog post and I posted about it on LinkedIn and like woke up the next morning with one of the producers.

04:21
reaching out to me and saying, hey, would you be open to coming on TV to talk about what’s going on with COVID-19 in China and how that might affect the world? And honestly, the producer and both I didn’t know how quickly it would spread, right? I I thought it was going to be maybe this thing that would have an impact in China for two or three months, not something that would really change the course of e-commerce.

04:49
so many supply chains globally. Well, so I want to talk about the environment right now over there just for sourcing. Yeah, I would say overall it’s back to normal, fortunately. And I think really what we should highlight is just that freight rates are back to normal, right? Because the past, what, 18 months or so, freight rates just went through the roof. mean, you went from paying $3,000 to $4,000 or so a container to, I think, last.

05:19
Yeah, last year I think we had one container where we paid like 21,000 or something. Like it was insane. And like, it was almost unbelievable. And I was talking with our team and I was just like, how is this even like, like, I couldn’t even fathom paying that much for a container, right? It was just unbelievable. And so, you know, I think really the biggest news is that, you know, container prices are now back to normal and they seem to have stabilized.

05:45
And for the most part, would say factory work is back to normal as well. Yeah, and one thing that’s happening though for me, and I’m sure with a lot of people is they’re really jacking up their prices. So what are you seeing on that front? I think the increase in price stems from two things. Number one, and this is kind of the common things that factories will always say, right? Like labor has increased in price and materials have increased in price. I think labor.

06:14
you know, gone up a little bit. You know, it’s really hard to actually get the breakdown of labor per product for, you know, any production run in terms of like if you’re producing, you know, 100,000 units, like what’s the actual labor cost for each unit in that 100,000, you know, 100,000 unit production run. So labor has gone up a bit just because, you know, I think in general, you know, people in China, they, you know, don’t…

06:39
want to work in a factory if they don’t have to, right? I mean, still that is the biggest manufacturing hub in the world. But at the same time, you know, through COVID people have realized, you know, maybe I want to be closer with my family and that’s more important to me. And I’m willing to take, you know, you know, smaller or lower wage job to be closer to family because, know, traditionally in China, people would be at these factories for

07:03
you know, most of the year and go back to see their family for the holidays. Right. And so I think that’s shifted. So I think, it is a bit harder for these factories to employ. And number two, you know, materials, I think, you know, just look at inflation, right, and the cost of, you know, even gas, right? Like that’s gone up quite a bit, as we’ve seen and fluctuated quite a bit. And so I think, you know, materials in general to produce your product has gone up a bit. But, you know,

07:30
I don’t know how much. We’re like 15%, 10, 15%. Yeah, so it is pretty significant. 10, 15%. It is significant. And yeah, I mean, I would say, you know, to counterbalance that, I mean, you can try to negotiate in different ways. I mean, I don’t know if you have payment terms with your factories or if you’ve gone out and tried to, you

07:53
source from different factories. have now. Let’s talk about that actually. So what do you do if your factory, let’s say your factory has jacked up their prices like 25%. What do you do? So if it’s substantial, mean, I think substantial is anything above 10%. It’s substantial. And especially to like once the sales rep or once, you know, whoever you work with at that factory realizes like, okay, you know, we got them 10%. Can we get them 15%, you know, maybe 20? You know, it’s substantial. And so then

08:21
you what I would do is basically start, you know, a process to try to see what another factory would price your product at. So, you know, go out, you’ve got to send the product to them. You obviously can’t ask that factory to send the product to them. That’s a red flag for sure. But people still do that, Steve. Like it’s crazy to me, but people will still say, you know, hey, yeah, I got my factory to send it to this other factory. And it’s just like, number one.

08:48
It’s just like a red flag and such so damaging to the factory relationship that you work so hard to establish. It’s a small community I found like at least they all know each other. Yeah. Yeah. So you have to be really careful of that because you know, number one, they all know each other, especially if it’s a very specialized product, right? So if you have a product that is, you know, very meticulous or very unique, you know, there’s only going to be a certain amount of factories that can produce that. And oftentimes they’re going to be based in the same city or same area.

09:18
And so, I would make the process stem from whoever on your team is handling sourcing, whether it you or your supply chain lead, and make sure it stems from them and not from anyone in Asia, and send a factory that you’ve been able to do diligence, whether if you’ve gotten audit reports from them, you’ve looked at their business license and records, and send them your specs and a sample and ask them to price it out.

09:48
see where they come back at, Because you definitely want to create that competitive nature between your factory and other factories. And I think that’s what happens where a lot of people kind of overlook because they’re so focused in growing their business. And as their business grows, they get these little price increases from their factory and they don’t realize like, wow, I’m producing more product, but I’m paying 15 % more than I was when I first started. Like, how does that make sense?

10:15
When you’re starting your business, maybe you’re producing a thousand units and then now you’ve scaled to mid six or seven figures or higher and you’re producing a hundred thousand units. You 100X your volume and somehow your price went up 15%. It doesn’t really make much sense. You look at just the factory dynamic in your relationship with them and definitely you have to value that. Everyone knows that business in China revolves around relationships.

10:45
but you also need to make sure that you’re producing your product for a competitive rate. so I would say anytime a factory starts to increase your price, I would start a sourcing process and really try to do your best to make sure that your existing factory isn’t involved in that. And if they do find out, I would be honest with them and just say, hey, it’s gotten more expensive for us to acquire customers here. We now are having trouble.

11:14
making a profit with this price increase that you’ve put on our unit costs. And so, you know, now we’re really in limbo trying to lower our costs so we can actually make some money, right? So I always try to steer towards honesty with the factories and just tell them, look, you know, it’s gotten more expensive for us to run our business too. Yeah. You know, you mentioned payment terms earlier. That doesn’t really solve the problem.

11:41
It helps with cash flow. Well, what I was going to say is if you’ve gotten a scale and if you have payment terms with your factory, like let’s say it’s net 30 or, know, typically when you’re starting, you’re, you know, putting 30 % down and 70%, you know, upon shipment or before shipment. And so if you have gotten a point where you have payment terms, you know, maybe you can try to lower your unit price by, you know, to get like getting worse payment terms for yourself actually. saying, you know, hey,

12:10
I’ll pay more of a deposit upfront if I can pay 5 % less in unit costs. If you can make your upfront deposit 50 % instead of 30%, well then you alleviate some of the cash flow challenges that a factory faces. And so maybe they’re willing to give you a better price on your product. So the payment terms that I’m mentioning are, if you have payment terms already, you could try to negotiate those in a way that

12:38
is not necessarily good for your business but could lower your unit cost. And then nowadays there are so many inventory finance software solutions that can help finance your inventory so you don’t have to pay for your goods for net 30 or net 60, whatever it may be. So I think you could even look at solutions that are software based here in America that could help you finance inventory.

13:04
What always makes me a little suspicious is whenever we push back on the price, we can usually get it down like single digit percentages. do you always have to haggle? mean, it just seems like once you’ve been doing business. Yeah, you’ve been there, right? I feel like you haggle for everything over there. You go to the market, you go for, it’s just part of the culture and negotiation process there. And I think too, you look at the way that you’re

13:34
factory workers, like the sales reps there grew up, like they were haggling for fruits and veggies and groceries a lot of times and all this stuff. And so I think it’s just part of the way they negotiate in terms of the haggle culture. And that’s really kind of how it goes. I yeah, it is extremely difficult to get your prices lower and even moving the needle a few percentage points like you’ve done.

14:01
is a step in the right direction. But to get a factory to cut your unit costs by 10 % is really hard. I think the only way you do that is you come to them and say, look, I want to be really honest with you and say, when you increased our prices, the last order by 15%, I was in a challenging situation.

14:24
you know, it cut into our margins where we weren’t really going to make money off this product. And so I went to another factory and they quoted me, you know, 10 % less than what we’re producing for. And I’ve done a test production run with them. You know, they’ve already produced three or 5,000 units or whatever it be of my product. And I know they can produce the same quality product for a much better price. You know, I really value and trust and, you know,

14:51
enjoy working with you and I really want to grow long term with your factory but our business just can’t take on this price increase that you’ve put on our business. And so I just try to be as honest and transparent with them as possible and you know I feel like the hacker culture there kind of it kind of sucks in some ways. You know it’s just how it goes there in terms of negotiations but you know for me I always try to take a very honest and just transparent approach and say look you know

15:20
this price increase that you put on our business just makes it so we aren’t making money on this product. And to a sense, that’s true, right? Because every time you have to pay more for your product or every time you have to pay more to get your product to your customer, that cuts into your margins. at the end of the day, you know, everyone’s in Right? Yeah. Yeah. And everyone, you know, is in business to make money. And if you raise prices, well, does that mean you’re not going to sell as much? You know, there’s so many implications.

15:49
on both sides of the table, but I always try to stand towards transparency and honesty.

15:59
My first book, The Family First Entrepreneur, How to Achieve Financial Freedom Without Sacrificing What Matters Most, is now available for pre-order at your favorite retailer. I actually just spent three straight days of eight hours each recording the audiobook, and as I was reading it, I couldn’t help but think to myself, this is a pretty darn good book, and I can’t wait to share it with you. I wrote this book because 99 % of the business and entrepreneurship advice out there is wrong. They all preach

16:27
that you need to work 80 hours a week and hustle your butt off just to get ahead. Well, I’m calling BS on this. If you follow this advice, then you’ll end up sacrificing your time and your freedom for the promise of riches. Work yourself to the bone and lose what precious time you had to spend with your loved ones. On this podcast, which I’ve run since 2014, I’ve interviewed over 450 successful entrepreneurs who are absolutely killing it with their multi-million dollar businesses. But what you don’t hear about publicly is that they don’t see their family much.

16:57
or that they are totally burned out or stressed out. You don’t hear about the huge sacrifices that they had to make in order to get there. So in this book, I will share with you an alternative to the hustle culture nonsense we so often hear about in relation to achieving financial success. Because you can in fact achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it. And you don’t have to work 80 hours a week and be a slave to your business just to make it all work. So if you’re tired,

17:27
of hearing from a bunch of single men or women, or 20-something kids who drive fancy cars and brag about how hard they work or how much they make, I will give you a different perspective from a father who makes both business and family work. Join me in my book launch and get access to a bunch of freebies, which include a six-week challenge where I will literally help you find your next side hustle. I’m also including my three-day workshop on print-on-demand and a two-day workshop on how to make passive income with content.

17:56
Go to mywifequitterjob.com slash book and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

18:07
Let me ask you this, Nathan. Is China still the best place to source? mean, can we talk about some of the other countries or depending on what the industry is, textiles, electronics, leather, plastics, metalwork, like what are the best places now? Yeah, it’s a really good question. you know, it’s been so interesting to see this trend towards producing outside of China, right? Like I first saw the spike and I’ve been in China since, you know, early 2010.

18:33
That’s when I started importing from China. So it’s been 12 years now, over 12 years now. China is still the world’s manufacturing hub, but I’ve always seen it go through ebbs and flows. Most recently, the big shift was when the tariff wars came to be and tariffs were being increased and everyone was scrambling, we’ve got to get to Vietnam. We got to move our production outside of China. I kid you not, like…

18:59
we got flooded with requests to how do we get production outside of China and you know, there are some really good countries like Vietnam, India, Pakistan that focus on some great products and have some amazing factories. I think really it depends on the products like you’re saying. So, you know, in Vietnam, as an example, to this date, the biggest factory I’ve personally ever been to was in Vietnam and it was like a mini city of 30,000 factory workers that were at a shoe factory.

19:28
that produced for like Clarks, Adidas and big shoe brands. And it was just, it was mind blowing to see honestly, it was crazy. And I feel like in a lot of these other countries, the factories that have the right audits, like if you’re selling into a big box retailer, the factories that have the right audits, they’re typically positioned to work with much larger brands. The factories that are more kind of mom and pop, that are small, medium size where a lot of factories

19:58
in China are that work with e-commerce brands, they might not have the right audits or certificates to produce your product. so that’s something just to be mindful of in general when looking outside of China. And then think number two is, generally speaking, it’s harder to find a factory that’s reliable outside of China, partially because Alibaba is just a great starting place to find a factory in China. They’ve expanded a lot outside of China now too.

20:28
Same with global sources and all those other marketplaces. I’ve met with their teams in Vietnam multiple times and they really are pushing to expand and they have been expanding there the past few years. But I just think the quality of factories in general is not as high unless you’re producing Fortune 1000 level production runs. But I do think there’s been a shift. A lot of Chinese factories have opened their own facilities and

20:57
Vietnam and Cambodia. But it always goes through different waves. I one wave that I think will continue to trend that’s interesting to me is Mexico. You know, it’s just so close and there’s a lot of good cut and sew there. You know, there’s a lot of good bags and backpacks and leather and even some electronics. So it’s just been really interesting to see that hub grow. And I’ve been spending more more time down there.

21:24
Even from a fulfillment standpoint, if you’re listening and you have a Shopify brand that ships mostly direct to consumer, you should really look into Section 321. It’s going to, in general, save you quite a bit of money. You want to describe what that is for everyone listening? Yeah. Yeah. So Section 321 is this really cool, useful law that brands like Taylor Guitars and major Fortune 1000 brands utilize where they basically import their products

21:53
into Mexico and then they warehouse them in Mexico and they ship them one by one to their end customer into America and because the value of each shipment is under $800, they don’t pay import tax. They pay tariffs on those goods and so they save just a lot of money not having to pay tariffs. So the question is, how do you find like a 3PL or something over there? Is there like a director?

22:22
Yeah, if you want to reach out to me, I mean, I know a ton of them down there, like there’s Baja fulfillment, there’s, I want to say IBEX fulfillment. There’s quite a few. know even Shipmonk. of IBEX. Okay. Oh, Shipmonk. Yeah, course, Shipmonk. Yeah, and then Shipmonk is another big one that opened a facility down there. So, you know, I think it’s becoming more common practice for e-commerce brands that are, you know, mid-size. you know, if you’re importing a million dollars worth of product, like,

22:52
you’re probably spending quite a bit on duties and tariffs. So it’s worthwhile to check out. That could be an additional low six figures or so in your pocket, right? Yeah. What about finding the manufacturers? Is there a nice directory down there also or no? I wish. I wish there was a nice directory. I think the key is just networking down there, right? I think especially too, even if you start with

23:20
trying to find a fulfillment center down there and then talk to your fulfillment center and say, hey, are there opportunities or options to produce my product in Mexico? It’s all through networking down there and relationships, that’s for sure. And really down there, you’ve got to go explore yourself and look at these facilities yourself. And it’s an easy trip, like you can fly into San Diego and drive across the border. Yeah, exactly. It’s fun too.

23:49
I think there’s a lot of opportunity there. And definitely, think, in general, think production will start to shift more and more outside of China. I think the political nature has always been a little iffy just the past five, 10 years and kind of continues to be a bit shaky. And now, especially, just see kind of what’s going on with the macro environment in terms of the war in Ukraine and what side is China on.

24:17
all of that, it’s, you know, really has, I think, vast implications that a lot of, you know, e-commerce brands need to be, need to look out for. I, I tried looking for suppliers in Mexico and I actually found this sourcing agent who had, you know, lot of connections with tech. They do textiles very well down there. I got a couple of quotes back and it was cheaper than the U S but it was still pretty significantly more expensive than China. And this is just a small sample set, obviously.

24:47
What are the prices that you would expect to see from Mexico for textiles? Yeah, general, think on average, it’s going to be a bit more pricey than China, but your freight costs should be lower. So you’ve got to look at your actual landed costs. So unit price, I think in general, is going to be a bit higher than China. But your landed costs might be somewhat around the same.

25:14
At the end of the day too, just your access and hopefully turnaround time to actually get that product into your warehouse or to your customer should be a lot faster. And so I guess your bet when moving into Mexico is can I pay somewhat the same for this product, but can my lead times be a lot quicker? Instead of having to wait three or six months or whatever it be, depending on your production run in China, can I get this done in Mexico in less than two months?

25:44
And so that should free up a lot of cash as well. So I would look at the whole picture, right? Like at Sourceify, when we look at your supply chain, we look at price, quality, and lead time, right? Whenever you switch factories, you always want to produce a product with the same or higher quality. You want your price to be around the same. But I think in general, we try to look at the landed price versus just the unit cost. And then lead time.

26:10
You know, typically always the rule of thumb is you know, the faster the better as long as quality doesn’t fade. Sometimes hard to quantify that but yeah. Actually, I’m curious, how do you factor that into the calculations? I mean, that’s been really hard to do the past, you know, two and a half, three years with freight rates just being through the roof and now they’ve seemed to stabilize and gone back down. But you know, obviously if you had been producing in Mexico when container rates were, you know, $20,000 like

26:39
your landed costs would be a lot cheaper than they were getting them from China, right? And so I think you’ve got to look at the past three or five years and see, well, how much is it actually going to cost from fulfillment standpoint or freight standpoint to get my product to my end customer? I think you got to look at your strategy as a whole, right? Can you even tie in your 3PL costs if you’re at a scale where you might want to explore section 321? Yeah.

27:09
We always try to look at the whole picture, but I would just look at what’s on average the past two years, what I’ve been paying to get my product to my warehouse and what I’ve been paying to get my product from my warehouse to my customer and just do an average of that and say, okay, if I’m paying 10 % more unit cost or 20 % more unit cost to produce it in Mexico, but my freight costs go down by 50%,

27:38
Net net, you what am I actually looking at? Right? I’ve been in terms of like time though, like if it’s like one month versus three months, that’s a little harder to quantify. I guess it just depends on when you actually need the product, right? Yeah, I it depends on when you need the product and like what cashflow position your business is in. Right? So, you know, if you have a high margin product, then know, cashflow might not be as big a concern. But you know, if your product is, you know, lower margin and most your

28:06
Volume was your sales come during the holiday season like you know might be interesting to look into Mexico and say okay I’m willing to pay you know potentially a bit more but free up a lot of cash So I don’t have cash tied up for my holiday order for six months in China and said only have it tied up for you know two months in Mexico You mentioned It’s all about networking and doing your own legwork like how does someone who’s never sourced from Mexico?

28:33
You mentioned talking to like some of the fulfillment centers down there and see, you know, where you can get things done. what’s another way? Like you can’t just go down to Mexico and just drive randomly, right? So what would you do? The two key ways, Steve, are you got to number one, eat a lot of tacos, number two, drink a lot of cervezas. No wonder they ask you to go on the big news networks. No, I mean, honestly, I would reach out to different sourcing agents down there, different fulfillment centers down there.

29:02
Say you’re interested in producing a product there and almost go through a similar sourcing process as you would in China, but in Mexico. I think because there aren’t really any go-to marketplaces there where you can find a directory of factories, most of your relationships are going to stem from an agent or just someone in between. But at the end of the day, it’s pretty easy for you to go down and just visit the facility and make a trip out of it, right? Maybe try to visit…

29:32
three to five different facilities and enjoy some time on the beach, right? Yeah, yeah. know, tariffs are still a thing. Do you have any insights on whether they’re going to go away? You know, we’ll see, right? There was just the midterm elections yesterday. I mean, we’ll see what the political environment makes of this whole situation. It doesn’t seem like it’s been a big focal point in the elections, kind of in politics right now.

30:02
keep a super strong pulse on politics, but in terms of tariffs, I keep a close eye on that. I think it’s just going to be interesting to see how the relationship between America and China moves forward. I think we’re so intertwined both in terms of China being a manufacturing hub for America and as well as American debt. China owns so much of our debt.

30:32
interesting dynamic to see how our two countries are intertwined. And even during COVID, right, I think one of the biggest lessons and, you know, just takeaways from COVID is, you know, really the medical world and most the world saw how reliant they were on China to produce not only medicine, but you know, all the PPE equipment, right? Like it was crazy for the past two and a half years, you know, getting masks and gloves and all that. I mean, we didn’t

30:59
you know, source any PPE equipment, we decided to stay out of that. But at the end of the day, it was just pretty, I think, eye opening for most of the world to realize like, wow, like China literally produces all of this product. And if they, for whatever reason, decide to, you know, turn off their, you know, manufacturing, then where’s the world going to get this product? And even like, like medicine, right? Like so many of the, you know, pills and all of that, that people

31:28
Take our made overseas or even if they aren’t made overseas a lot of the raw material stems from there as well You know, it’s funny We’ve we’ve placed a couple orders where the shipment actually more actually comes from like Vietnam It’s it’s like owned by the Chinese and they just started their own facilities in other countries. I think to help their customers avoid the tariffs Altogether. Yeah. Yeah, definitely. That’s another trend as well, right? Especially, know in 2018 when there were

31:56
the tariff wars, a lot of Chinese factories tried to open up facilities in Vietnam or Cambodia and a lot of them have been successful at that. So I think definitely, you know, at a large scale, it makes sense. I’m curious. So you placed an order through your factory in China and the shipments then from Vietnam? And the shipment came from a different country. Yeah. And then we were planning on having to pay more customs, but then our customs agent was like, oh yeah, it was much lower.

32:25
It was the first time that it happened. Actually, there’s other sketchy things. That one’s not sketchy, but there’s been other sketchy things when… Well, let’s ask. So, was the country of origin on the bill of landing, was it China or Vietnam? It wasn’t China. It wasn’t China. Yeah. So, part’s not sketchy, but… Well, it is sketchy if those goods were produced in China. Maybe they weren’t produced in China. Well, you should know that if it’s your product, Well, let me tell you something that’s actually kind of sketchy.

32:53
We recently placed like a smaller order, it wasn’t a container. And the sourcing agent, you know, lumped our stuff in with someone else’s container. But then the customs duty that we ended up paying, and we didn’t have visibility into this because they handled the whole thing, ended up being significantly less than what we normally pay. How’s that possible? Yeah, so they probably lumped your goods in with the other good that, you know, we’re probably

33:21
Like a different HS code? Yeah, a different HS code. That was a lot less. So yeah, that happens. It’s definitely not correct, but especially when containers are consolidated where you didn’t have a full container load and it was shipped with another product that has a different HS code. It’s easier for the factory if they’re shipping it and it’s easier for the customs agents to be like, all this is under this code and there you go.

33:50
Yeah, okay, so that’s probably what happened then. If you’re like a small business, let’s say like six or seven figures, smaller business, is China still your best bet? Because you mentioned the other countries, Bangladesh, Pakistan, Vietnam, yeah. I would say, you number one, it depends on your product category. I think if it’s very like, if it’s a technical product, they’re very, you meticulous, like very detailed, like China’s probably gonna be your best bet to start. And I do think and it’s true that China has

34:18
the biggest hub of factories that are small, medium-sized that cater to these six, seven-figure brands. If you take a six or seven-figure footwear brand and go to Vietnam, the factories might not even respond to you just because your order size is too small for them. They don’t mean any disrespect by any means, but their business is catered towards large brands that are producing a million-plus units a year, not 100,000.

34:47
So it’s just a different dynamic I feel like in terms of size of factory. But there are a lot of factories that are small, medium size outside of China. just would be very cautious of the quality control standards that they have because having personally been to lot of factories in Vietnam and the Philippines and all over Southeast Asia, just the process and the factory floor I think in general isn’t quite at the standard that

35:17
of Chinese factories are at. So what would you advise then? So certain countries are better at certain things, right? So you mentioned Vietnam, Pakistan, Bangladesh. What do they specialize in? Like, what are good types of products to source from there specifically? Yeah, yeah, I mean, I would say like, India, as an example, is very good at like

35:40
You know, they can do very good cutting. So they can do a lot of like crafty like furniture type of items too. They can do some good sporting equipment like Pakistan is great for leather and sporting equipment. You know, China is mostly like anything, you know, more technical. Like they can do anything for the most part. Like I know we’re doing like some pretty cool. I’ve gotten a little bit in the golf thing. We’re doing some pretty cool golf clubs there right now. It’s pretty awesome. Sorry, this is in which country?

36:08
China. But I think in general, there’s going to be different types of factories in each country. But what you’ll notice is that most cities have a hub for a certain type of factories, Watch factories all stem from a certain city, like outside Shenzhen, for watches. And you’ll just find that a lot of factories that focus on specific products are going to be based in a similar area.

36:37
And that I think a lot of times stems from a manager at a factory wanting to just go out and start his own factory. And he’s just going to go start it in a similar area because he knows that’s where he can get the raw materials to produce that product. I’m asking specifically about countries outside of China, though. Where would I even start if I wanted to make something in Bangladesh, for example? Yeah, mean, Pakistan is good for sporting goods and leather.

37:06
We’ve done quite a few different production runs of different types of sporting goods and leather equipment there. India is great for anything that’s craft-oriented or furniture. There’s no directory, right? Yeah. Yeah, there’s not a real directory. You can try to search global sources or Alibaba based on that country, but not a ton is going to come up. Really, it’s just a matter of… If you know a similar brand that’s importing out of that country, you could always look at the import records and see if you could

37:36
you know, backtrack that way or number two, you know, find a sourcing agent or, you know, a source over there because I think a lot of the sourcing work in those countries really happens on the ground floor. Okay. I mean, it’s not like I would actually fly to those places. Compared to China where I, know, find an agent or find someone that, you know, you know, over there that can source locally for you. You know, if you have a

38:03
a who has a family member or something like that. I mean, that’s a good starting point. How do you feel about those import records actually? Do you guys end up using those? First of all, describe what you’re talking about and then. Yeah, yeah, so I mean, I think it’s a lot of companies have tried to kind of hide their import records in terms of where they’re actually importing from in today’s world because it has become pretty common for people to backtrack. basically you could.

38:31
look up a brand that is similar to yours and look up their import records on, you know, there’s so many different tools out there nowadays, but you you could basically look up their import records and see who is the exporter of record and see if it’s the factory and, know, then basically search for that factory online. I know, doesn’t Jungle Scout have a tool that does that? Jungle Scout has it now. There’s a free one called Import Yeti. Yeah.

38:58
I think the other ones like Import Genius and Pangeva, you have to pay a lot for those and now it’s, all they’re doing is parsing free data, For Right, exactly. Yeah. mean, at end of the day, it’s free data. They just make it look nice, right? But yeah, that’s another good starting point. If you know a brand that’s importing from one of those countries, probably the first thing I would do is try to look up their import records and see if I can backtrack to find what that factory is.

39:25
And if not, try to find a local agent or someone locally that can help you source from that country. Yeah, okay. So what are you seeing now just in the overall e-commerce landscape right now in terms of sourcing and pricing, just as an aggregate, since you guys have visibility, yeah? Totally, as an aggregate, I would say there has been price increases over the past, let’s call it three years in terms of unit costs, both due to

39:54
labor wages going up and actual raw material going up. Freight rates have now stabilized. You should be paying, I would say, around $4,000 for a container or less. Thankfully, that’s back to normal. I think the future is pretty stable right now. think factories in general are probably seeing less demand this holiday season than the past two years. Even a lot of these big box retailers are over-inventoried, so they have

40:23
just too much stock and so they aren’t producing as much as either. So I would actually say next year and the following two or three years prices should, they shouldn’t go up. If anything, they should come down a little bit because big box retailers have slowed down in terms of what they’re producing and they have too much inventory right now. So on their books, even if you look at Walmart, Publicly Trader, you can look at their balance sheet and see the inventory that they have. It’s pretty drastic, right?

40:51
They aren’t turning inventory as fast as they did the past two years. And so from a macro economic standpoint, they’ve slowed down. so even small, medium-sized factories that most six, seven-figure brands are going to produce with, prices should not go up because demand just isn’t there. And even from an e-commerce brand standpoint, a lot of our customers at Sourceify, their holiday orders weren’t quite as big as last year or even the year before.

41:19
in general just because you know e-commerce just had a crazy uptick during COVID and you know, it’s still growing but just not at the growth rate that it was Yeah, yeah, and then if you do end up getting some price increases you can use some of the techniques I guess that you outlined

41:40
Yeah, I would say that’s a great starting point. Try to see what’s going on. I would be surprised though, in this market if a factory tries to increase your price, mean, it just wouldn’t make sense from a macroeconomic standpoint because demand has slowed down, right? E-commerce is still growing, but at the end of the day, it’s not growing as fast as it was the past two years, right? And so these factories the past two years probably got…

42:08
know, slammed with different sourcing requests. But now they’ve seen a lot of their main customers like yourself, you know, they aren’t producing, you know, as much, you know, this Q4 as they were, you know, last Q4. Yeah. You know, it’s funny is, I think every single business I’ve ever started was during a downturn. I feel like it’s like the best time. Things tend to be cheaper, labor tends to be cheaper, like there’s a whole bunch of layoffs in my area. In theory, it should be much easier to find cheaper workers now. So

42:38
Yeah, is more affordable. I completely agree. mean, I think, you know, in a downturn, it’s a great time to start a business. know, talent in general is more affordable. There’s going to be less competition and advertising is going to be less competitive as well because less people are going to be willing to spend money to run ads. You know, even the big Fortune 500 that, you know, are taking up a lot of ad space aren’t running as many ads either.

43:06
know, CPM rates, know, cost per thousand impressions should go down as well. So it is, you know, a great time to start a business in a downturn because like you said, talent’s more affordable, advertising should be less expensive and, you know, hopefully factory’s not gonna try to, you know, increase your price. Yeah. Cool. And I know they actually, the iOS update kind of hurt a lot of the demand for like the smaller players.

43:33
which should affect order. yeah, overall, I feel pretty bullish, especially if you guys are listening out there and you’re looking to get started. yeah, mean, iOS was crazy, right? Like, yeah, my, we should come back in like a year or two and see, but my bet is Apple is going to create its own advertising product. And that’s why they had the iOS 14 update that messed up tracking, you know, for everyone advertising on Facebook and other ad platforms. So.

44:02
I bet you Steve in the next year or two, Apple will have its own ad platform. And then I’m a little scared like if this whole metaverse takes off and then you know meta takes over all that space, we’re have everyone wearing goggles all the time. That scares me more actually.

44:22
Yeah, Steve, your kids will be playing volleyball in the metaverse. You won’t have to go drive around and take them to all their games, right? It’s not that Park City, Nathan. You can just ski in your goggles, Yeah, exactly. It’s crazy. mean, that’s a whole other thing, right? And maybe all these e-commerce brands will be selling products in the metaverse now. Exactly. Or even digital products, Like virtual products. exactly.

44:51
Yeah, you’ll transition your brand to a virtual brand. Well, Nathan, I appreciate you coming on, man. I know you had to turn down a couple of Fox News, CNN gigs to come on here today. So I appreciate it. But thank you. I’ll see you soon. Let’s do it.

45:11
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now the truth is, is that 2023 has been a tough year for a lot of companies heading into the recession and you should be able to negotiate with your suppliers. For more information about this episode, go to mywifecluderjob.com slash episode 448. And once again, I want to remind you that my annual e-commerce conference will be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida on May 23rd to May 25th of 2023. I really want to hang out with you guys in person, so let’s meet up. Go to sellerssummit.com.

45:40
That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for eCommerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash dev. That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-I-P-T dot I-O slash dev. Now I talk about how I these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store,

46:08
Head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

447: $0 – $1M In A Year: How To Sell Products For Doodles With Garrett Yamasaki

447:  How Selling Pet Products For Doodles Made Garrett Yamasaki A Millionaire In One Year

Today, I have a very special guest on the show, Garrett Yamazaki. Garrett initially started out with a blog, making money with ads and affiliate marketing when he decided that he was leaving a lot of money on the table.

So he decided to give private label a try and managed to make over a million dollars in less than a year. In this episode, we’ll learn how he did it.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to make millions selling pet products
  • A blueprint for Garrett’s content machine
  • How to transitioning from creating content to selling your own private label products

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today I have a very special guest on the show, Garrett Yamazaki. And Garrett is someone who started out blogging and making money as an affiliate and then decided to sell his own private label brands and going the e-commerce route with his pet site, welovedoodles.com, allowed him to make seven figures in just a single year. So in this episode, we’ll learn how he did it. But before we begin,

00:29
I want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are on sale over at SellersSummit.com. It is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And you all know me well enough by now to know that my event has zero fluff. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business and not high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Every year we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people and it’s a very intimate event.

00:56
Everyone eats together and everyone parties together every night. And I personally love smaller events and tickets always sell out far in advance. If you are an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250k or $1 million per year, we also offer a special mastermind experience where we break up into small groups, lock ourselves into a room and help each other with our businesses. The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th. And if you want to know what some of the talks are about, they are all posted on the sellersummit.com website.

01:27
That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I focus a lot of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS, or text message marketing, is already a top five revenue source for my e-commerce store, and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce stores, and e-commerce is their primary focus.

01:56
Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S T R I P T dot I O slash Steve. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I run with my partner, Tony. And unlike this one where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce,

02:26
the Profitable Audience Podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience Podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:47
Welcome to the My Wife, Could Her Job podcast. Today I’m really happy to have Garrett Yamasaki on the show. Now, Garrett is a member of my mastermind group that I’m in and he is killing it online. He runs welovedoodles.com, which is a site that sells pet products for doodles. But here’s what’s amazing about Garrett. He started out with content and making money with ads and as an affiliate marketer on Amazon. But instead of just getting a measly 4 % cut from Amazon, he decided to private label his own products

03:17
and pretty much started making seven figures within a year. Now, incidentally, this is actually one of the best ways to start an e-commerce business. Have an audience beforehand, understand what sells, and then create a product that is guaranteed to sell. Now, in this episode, we’re gonna learn how Garrett created this content machine to sell his product. And this man literally generates over 400,000 words per month and gets over 1 million page views per month. And with that, welcome to the show, Garrett. How you doing today?

03:46
Thanks Steve, thanks for having me. Doing good. So those numbers sound unbelievable. Did I get them correct? Yeah, we’re definitely on track to do probably, yeah, north of 7- the word count. 400,000 words, 1 million visitors per month. Yeah, that’s correct. Some months we can fluctuate between over 500,000, but 400,000 has probably been the average per month. That’s nuts.

04:11
So I gotta ask this upfront, Garrett, do you truly love doodles or was this kind of like a niche you went into just for the opportunity? Yeah, so this whole thing started as a side project back in 2018 when I was actually looking to purchase a dog. And specifically my wife wanted a golden doodle. So that was something that I spent days researching and there was no really authority site and there was no way to really tell whether a breeder was reputable.

04:40
not and so This is what spurred me to make the website as more of a hobby and aside project back then and yeah We have a one golden doodle now. He’s three and a half. So you started this With the without the intention of selling physical products. Is that correct? Yeah, so I’ve always been a web guy. I consider myself an expert in search engine optimization. Okay but that yeah just for fun hobby website that

05:09
to help other people find dogs and then what do know it takes off? Well, so let me ask you this. So when you started it, you said as a hobby, was the intention to make money? The intention was to hopefully make my money back from buying a domain name and paying for hosting, but that was about it. Okay. All right. And then what was your traffic source, not traffic source, what was your income sources before the physical products part?

05:39
Yeah, so the physical products part we just started this year. My primary income has always been through ads and then other private affiliates. And then of course like some marketing and advertising. But majority of the money has always come through ads on AdThrive. Okay. Are you willing to reveal just like for a 1 million visit site, how much would you make on ads like through AdThrive? Yeah, so it definitely depends on what niche you’re in.

06:09
I’m in the dog niche, which is probably middle of the pack. think like finance or other niches will make a lot more. But generally speaking, Ad Drive pays me around $40 for every 1000 page views. Oh, that’s actually pretty high. Yeah, it’s not low, but it’s definitely not high on the higher end. know like some finance guys are making close to 200 per thousand. Yeah, if you’re in the business space, then certainly that’s what you’ll get.

06:38
And then in terms of Amazon affiliate, was that like a large portion of your revenue or was that kind of in the noise? Amazon affiliate was five digits of revenue on the lower end. But yeah, was nothing. It was maybe around 20 % of my revenue. 20 % of your revenue. So when did you decide to make the shift? And how did you know you wanted to make that shift? Because it’s a big jump.

07:07
Yeah, so basically every month when I consolidate my income, you would download the Amazon affiliate report and it would kind of tell you, look, here’s the ASIN in the product that you’re selling. And I noticed that one specific product in particular was generating like 20 % of the sales. So that’s when I kind of had this thing where, oh, Amazon is only paying me 3 % affiliate commission on this product. Why don’t I…

07:37
see if I can source it from Alibaba and then sell, you know, make your margins are gonna be a lot higher. So I think my margins are around 60 % now. So walk me through that process. So you started out with Alibaba and you just did a search for that product. I’m curious as someone who just did this for the first time, how many suppliers did you contact? What was your experience like? Yeah, so I contacted every supplier that was on Alibaba.

08:04
I think anyone who’s used Alibaba probably knows that majority of the people aren’t a manufacturer. only two or three of the companies that I contacted were actually manufacturers and I probably contacted around 10 or 12. And so the ones that I kind of trusted and started messaging back and forth and I ordered samples from and yeah, I kind of just took it from there. But I just wanted to private label a product.

08:33
An existing one or did you make changes to it? So we did make changes to it. In case there was a patent or anything, we did a patent research check but I just wanted to make changes to the handle to the physical molding of the product and that doesn’t cost too much. I think it was like maybe $1,500 so we did make a couple changes before launching the How big was your initial order?

09:01
My initial order, I think was 500 units. Oh, that’s it. Okay. Yeah. And these were like $4 a piece. Cause I’m trying to just think like you’re doing five figures in Amazon affiliate and that translates probably to a ton of units. Certainly more than 500, right? Yeah, certainly more than 500. yeah, I was, yeah. But you only decided to get 500 just to kind of play it safe or? Play it safe. I’ve never done any physical products before. Okay.

09:29
And so I didn’t know what my capability was from selling, but as you can guess, that 500 quickly sold out and then, you know, it says out of stock on Amazon for, it probably said that for like two, three months. Yeah. can get my next shipment in. So how big was your next shipment? It was for 22,500. And of course, after I sold through that, it had the out of stock box again. And then ever since then, my minimum order has always been 5,000. And then

09:59
Now it’s minimum 10,000. 10,000, okay. All right. And then did you ever, I know your experience with Amazon has been pretty smooth thus far, but in terms of just getting reviews, complaints, customer service, has it been pretty smooth for you? FBA, all that stuff? It’s been pretty smooth. Anyone who complains, I just give them a full refund. Yeah. Just because like one negative review will hurt you a lot more than any. Yeah.

10:28
Absolutely. So I just give everybody a refund if they have anything and I’ll ship them a extra product and I’m trying to make them happy. And then right now, right now at least most of your sales come from Amazon, right? Not from your own site and or any other platform. Correct. Yeah. So we had this really big website. It was getting over a million page views. And then in these affiliate articles, like let’s just say like the

10:58
affiliate articles like best dog brush. I would put myself number one in the article and then just have an Amazon link. So people will click the link and buy my product on Amazon. Right. And then you’re still getting the affiliate cut at the same time, right? We are still getting the affiliate cut. Nice. So this is all additive revenue. Yes, correct. Essentially. Nice. Okay. All right. Let’s talk about the interesting stuff now, which is the content machine that you’ve created. Let’s start.

11:25
At the very beginning, I know now you have like a team of writers and editors and that sort of thing. But were you writing all your own content in the beginning? Yeah, for the first six months, I was writing all my own content. So I think back when I started in 2018, I would write in the morning and then I would hit publish by the nighttime after my job was done. So I would try to pump out at least one article per day. And this was like around 1,500 words.

11:51
That’s nuts. You were writing 1,500 articles per day. Can you walk me through like what I know a lot of people who probably have pet blogs don’t get any traffic from Google. What is your keyword research guidelines and process? Yeah, I think my competitive advantage here is that I feel like I’m very good at keyword research. Okay. I target very low competition and relatively low volume.

12:22
Now that my domain is very big, I can target high volume keywords, but in the beginning, we were targeting very low volume keywords and what’s the volume? Low volume was probably anything less than 100 or 200 search. Oh, really? Wow. Okay. You use Ahrefs, right? I use both Ahrefs and Semrush. I probably use more nowadays. Oh, interesting. Can you just real quick, can you comment on I’m an Ahrefs lover, so I’m just curious what advantages SEMrush has over Ahrefs.

12:51
I don’t think it has any particular advantages. I think recently in the last like five months, Ahrefs like up the price and then now it’s like every time you search and yes, you run out of credits like really really quickly. So yes, that’s correct. I’m just doing a basic search. SEMrush is free on everything after you pay the monthly fee, right? Got it. Got it. Okay. So in terms of like the difficulty scores, do you actually even use that number or?

13:20
Difficulty score is just a reference. So of course, like if you see something like in the green, like for Ahrefs, I think it’s like less than 10 and then SEMrush it’s less than 20. It’s going to show up like green where it’s easy to target. That’s more of just a point of reference. I always will Google search the website and see the website results and see who is ranking there. And like you can quickly tell.

13:47
If you use like Moz, DABar, any other apps that you have on your Google searches, it’ll tell you kind of if it’s an authority site or not. What are you looking for in particular? You’re looking at their domain authority or the URL authority when you’re judging whether it’s easy to rank against? I guess it’s a lot of things nowadays, but if you kind of break it down, you search for it. The first thing that you will always check is like domain authority. Like if it’s New York Times and you’re just starting a blog, you’re not going to…

14:16
you’re not going to outrank them regardless of how long the article is. I also look at content length. If it’s a forum like Reddit and it’s like 100 word post, you can easily outrank them. So domain authority doesn’t mean anything in that case. It’s more like comprehensive. And then I also check relevancy because I’m a huge believer in semantic SEO or topical authority.

14:43
you have like a golden doodle blog but you’re talking about like microphones, there’s no relevancy and there’s no topical authority so if I can see like more of a general blog in there it’s very easy to outrank them regardless of how well written their content is. So even if it’s like the New York Times and it’s not topically relevant to the query you’ll still go after it? Sorry for the New York Times I won’t but if it’s like a lower DA blog targeting something that

15:12
Like is not in their domain name or really their authority then I’ll target them but New York Times like There’s a lot of that. Yeah, you can’t outrank them Well, do you still go for even if it’s like just one big like what’s your threshold? Like how many big sites on the front page before you say hey I’m just not gonna go for this if I can’t rank in the top three. I won’t do it. Oh really kind of my okay That was my strategy in the beginning. Yeah nowadays. Okay, I can target a lot

15:39
higher volume keywords just because I have the domain authority. it’s like nowadays I can outrank the New York Times if they’re trying to get in my niche per se. Sure. Okay, well, let’s just talk about the beginning. So you’re going for stuff that’s like in the hundreds in terms of monthly search volume. And then you always do a search and you determine whether the comprehensiveness as well as domain authority of your competition and topical relevancy. Correct. Those are kind of the main criteria.

16:10
And word count, okay. So in terms of word count, it’s not really the words that you’re looking for, right? Are you looking at the comprehensiveness? Yeah, so there’s like a plug. just a byproduct, right? Yeah, word count is kind of just a byproduct, right? Like if we’re talking about, like, let’s say how big is a golden doodle going to get, and then like you can quickly see there’s plugins that you can download and they’ll show you the word count of an article. And if the article is only 500 words,

16:39
then they’re probably not answering the query to the fullest extent. And so that article should probably be closer to 1,500 words. So if you write something longer, more comprehensive, and more thorough, then Google will rank you higher. So that particular example that you just gave sounds like it’d be like a snippet entry, right? Where you just write something kind of short and you go for the snippet. Would you write 1,500 words on that topic that you use as an example? Yeah, I think minimum nowadays, I…

17:09
only do around 1500 words. I guess, it’s probably not the best example because that would be more of a snippet, you know, like longer form research articles. Okay. And in the beginning, were you doing any link building or were you just trying to pump out the content? In the beginning, you don’t need, you honestly don’t need to do any link building if you are doing your keyword research correctly. Okay.

17:37
In beginning I wasn’t, nowadays, yeah, it’s a significant portion, yeah. At least 10 % of what I’m doing nowadays. So in terms of keyword research, so you start out writing stuff, targeting like the simpler stuff, like how do you know when to start increasing the volume and the difficulty of the keywords? Like what are your gradations, know, when you can think you can go for more? So I’m always constantly experimenting. In the beginning you’re always gonna be

18:07
going after low competition keywords but let’s say like after a year of blogging and you’re getting regular traffic you know you’re getting some natural links built to your website you should be always constantly testing difficulty in seeing who you can outrank so like I would always be targeting like a really really hard keyword that’s maybe like a thousand plus just informational article and then still like a medium maybe it’s like five hundred searches and then majority is still always going to be the low volume

18:37
keywords even today but it’s the low volume keyword threshold probably changed to like 300 minimum per month. Really? It’s still that low for you today? Yeah, it’s low because majority of the searches like if you look and do the research everybody is going to click on the number one position I think it’s like top three positions are 93 % right?

19:04
and I always want to be number one. And so that’s kind of what I target, But I would still say 15 % of my articles are really, hard. And then 30 % are medium. But a majority are still these low competition keywords that not many people are writing.

19:28
My first book, The Family First Entrepreneur, How to Achieve Financial Freedom Without Sacrificing What Matters Most, is now available for pre-order at your favorite retailer. I actually just spent three straight days of eight hours each recording the audiobook, and as I was reading it, I couldn’t help but think to myself, this is a pretty darn good book, and I can’t wait to share it with you. I wrote this book because 99 % of the business and entrepreneurship advice out there is wrong. They all preach

19:56
that you need to work 80 hours a week and hustle your butt off just to get ahead. Well, I’m calling BS on this. If you follow this advice, then you’ll end up sacrificing your time and your freedom for the promise of riches. Work yourself to the bone and lose what precious time you had to spend with your loved ones. On this podcast, which I’ve run since 2014, I’ve interviewed over 450 successful entrepreneurs who are absolutely killing it with their multi-million dollar businesses. But what you don’t hear about publicly is that they don’t see their family much.

20:26
or that they are totally burned out or stressed out. You don’t hear about the huge sacrifices that they had to make in order to get there. So in this book, I will share with you an alternative to the hustle culture nonsense we so often hear about in relation to achieving financial success. Because you can in fact achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it. And you don’t have to work 80 hours a week and be a slave to your business just to make it all work. So if you’re tired,

20:56
of hearing from a bunch of single men or women, or 20-something kids who drive fancy cars and brag about how hard they work or how much they make, I will give you a different perspective from a father who makes both business and family work. Join me in my book launch and get access to a bunch of freebies, which include a six-week challenge where I will literally help you find your next side hustle. I’m also including my three-day workshop on print-on-demand and a two-day workshop on how to make passive income with content.

21:25
Go to mywifequitterjob.com slash book and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

21:36
And this is for the listeners. How do you avoid getting discouraged? let’s say you’re targeting these simple keywords and you’re still not ranking for them. Like, can you give like some sort of guidelines in the timeframe so that you kind of know whether you’re not doing things correctly? Like when did you start seeing traffic? It’s hard to say because I also started on an expired domain name. I didn’t really have much authority, but you know, if you buy brand new, if you buy a brand new domain name and you start publishing,

22:06
this what people believe is the sandbox and you’re basically stuck in a regardless uh… for probably like three to six months and so i would say that you know if you start blogging and you don’t see any traffic after four months five months you’re probably doing something wrong uh… whether you’re targeting it difficulty score too high air you know but you should definitely see your rankings increase maybe you’ll be like just out of the first page of google right on but you should definitely see changes

22:35
whether it’s a positive or a negative way. So expired domains still work, huh? Yes, and I kind of unintentionally had bought my domain name and I didn’t know it was expired at the time. It was just somebody had previously used it. Interesting. Well, let me ask you this question since we going off on this tangent. Would you recommend, like if you bought an expired domain, looking through the way back machine, finding out which articles they were wrecking for and then recreating that on the new

23:04
Yeah, that’s a good question. I would, if you have the funds to purchase an expired domain name, I would a hundred percent start with an expired domain name today just because I’m not going to be waiting that six months to three to six months to start ranking. So I would a hundred percent start on an expired domain name. There’s pros and cons to both. Well, what are the cons? Yeah. So cons is Google picks it up, right? It wasn’t the original website. It wasn’t the original content. And then, you know, you’re probably,

23:34
at a higher risk of being penalized. Okay. I don’t know if I’ve ever heard of that happening to anyone, but I guess it’d be like a silent penalty, right? You wouldn’t even know. Yeah, it’s more of a silent penalty. I have a few websites that I’ve built and then yeah, they’ve gotten penalties and then there’s ways to mitigate it. Like you can 301 redirect on a new domain name. There’s different things you can do, but you are definitely at a higher risk of

24:04
likely being penalized versus starting by penalty you mean like not a penalty in Search Console, right? Oh like it wasn’t getting any traction. Sorry, not a penalty in Search Console but a penalty in the algorithm updates. Got it. usually does two per year this year they’ve done so many algorithm updates. I know, it’s like every month now I feel. Okay, you still recommend doing it that way though? If you have the funds I would definitely start on an expired domain. With an expired domain, okay.

24:34
So you’re pumping out these articles one per day, which in my opinion is kind of unsustainable. So at what point did you start getting help? So everything, my motto has always been everything that I make, I’ll put back into a blog, put back into the blog because it’s kind of, it was just a side project at this time. I didn’t need the funds. I was kind of working in tech. So everything that I made, I put back in and I noticed that I started making a decent amount of money virtually like five to six months after. Then I was like, okay.

25:03
What’s a good amount of money, like early on? I think it was making like $100 a month. I mean that’s not that much, like to a lot of people just starting a blog and you know you’re monetizing with like Ezoic or some really bottom of the barrel ad agency. Yeah. Like $100 per month was pretty good. Okay. So then I would just, I just invested all that money back and a lot of my own money too just because I saw the potential and started hiring writers. And so I originally started hiring writers off Upwork and

25:33
pro blogger. But a hundred bucks is not enough to fund that right? So we’re talking just like maybe supplementing like one article a week you mean? Yeah definitely. So I was still writing my own. Yeah I was writing for several months and then this would supplement my publishing schedule so maybe we can get instead of one article per day just me writing you know we can get like 1.5 articles or like every other day I can publish one from a writer too. And then you were publishing your own meaning like you were writing and editing it right?

26:03
I was writing and editing it. editing, wow. Okay, and then do you use images in your posts? Do you think it matters? Yeah, images matter, yeah. Okay. I use images as just like placeholders to keep the flow going. Do you actually, do you have like a special image strategy for your publication? I wouldn’t say it’s a special strategy, but we have a featured image. I think it has to be over 1,250 pixels wide in order to be shown in the image thing.

26:32
But then we have images throughout the article with where we can kind of plug keywords in as well, like the alt text and things like that for SEO purposes. Here’s a question for you. I’ve I always do that as a best practice, but the traffic from images never seemed to be substantial for me. Is that like a significant traffic source for you? It’s not a significant traffic source for me. Probably like 2%.

26:59
2%, 1%, 2 % and that’s basically people looking, you know, they type in a query like maybe they want to see like black golden doodle, right? And then they’ll go to images first. Maybe they’ll click on my images, but that’s the only traffic, but it’s not more of a traffic source as it is to help your article rank. Interesting. Okay. Yeah, that makes sense. That makes sense. I know for your stuff, it’s much more graphical. For my stuff, business doesn’t really have imagery associated with it. Yeah.

27:28
as much. okay, so you’re moving along, every money, every like scent that you make, you kind of reinvest back in your business. What was your so your first hire was probably like a writer? Definitely a writer. Yeah. So your first several are going to be a writer. And then when did you start getting an editor? So I got an editor when I realized that I couldn’t publish the articles myself, like it needed more

27:57
additional. So I would say that I probably didn’t hire an editor as the next hire. So you’re going to hire a set of writers first. And then think the next thing that makes logical sense is you’re going to hire a virtual assistant just because they are very low cost and you can tell them what to do, like upload images, like internal link. And then maybe the next step is you hire an editor after you realize that you can’t start publishing articles or you have a backlog of articles.

28:26
and then the editor will kind of proofread, add text where needed and kind of optimize the article using… You mentioned backlog, I’m just curious what your publishing frequency is. Do you publish more than once a day? Yeah, for the portfolio of my websites, we’re definitely publishing more than once per day. Per website, you’re publishing more than once per day? Yeah, we’re definitely publishing more than once per day. think we’re probably publishing 150 articles per month throughout my whole portfolio of websites.

28:56
Wow, It’s probably about five per day. least five per day. Okay. I mean, amount technically doesn’t matter, right? I mean, there’s no penalty for publishing like 100 a day if you could. Is that what you’re Yeah, there’s no penalty for publishing more. Yeah, but they have been cracking down on like AI content, which I don’t use. Well, that’s another rabbit hole. Do you use any AI content? I don’t believe that I use any AI content, but I mean, we have like 30 writers and we go through a lot of agencies, you know, and we’re testing.

29:26
Mainly the easy check is plagiarism check, but AI is a lot harder to check nowadays. So we definitely read it over and then my editor will flag anything that kind of looks suspicious. But AI content isn’t super complex right now. Here’s a question for you. How do you calculate like the ROI on a writer? Because I know a lot of people listening to this. They’re like, huh, I don’t know if I can afford to write a writer. How do I know whether it’s worth the money? Yeah, that’s a tough question. So

29:53
I kind of just do the back of the hand math here and you know if one, it honestly depends how much you’re paying the writers too. I’d say like in the beginning I would search out writers who were lower pay and then I would just train them and work with them a lot and a lot of times they’re overseas but nowadays like a lot of my writers are stay at home moms in the Midwest so those are like my top writers and kind of less training but we pay them a little bit more but in terms of like inter-

30:22
return on investment, you kind have to look at how much you’re paying the writers and then how much you’re going to get in ad money or different affiliate articles. So like if we go back to the thousand page views and I’m kind of getting roughly $40 for it through ad drive, then you kind of just backtrack and say like, okay well if I can get to the top three search results in SEMrush traffic, usually if it’s like $200 a month we’re targeting, it’s usually almost double or triple so you’ll see $400 to $600 searches per month.

30:52
And then of course, there’s going to be these other like long tail keywords that you’re to rank for us, not just that one keyword. Sure. Yeah. If you end up targeting something like 200 search volume keyword on Semrash, you’re probably going to be getting closer to like 500 or a thousand per month. And then, you know, we plan to stay there for multiple months, usually like six months before we have to go get an editor to edit the article. So I know like six times 40 is like 240 bucks and we’re paying

31:22
a lot less than $204 per article. Right. Maybe it’s closer to $200. Are you willing to provide a range of what you pay per word? Yeah, it varies to be completely honest. I when we first started, it was pretty low, but these people were overseas, like this was probably above their minimum wage. I think I was paying .02 per word, so about $20 per thousand words for overseas writer. And we got a ton of applicants, so.

31:50
I knew we weren’t super lowballing, but nowadays, this was like three, four years ago, but nowadays we’re paying about .045 to .05 per word. These are easy to edit. I shouldn’t have to spend any time editing the articles. We can get the virtual assistant and then the editor can basically hit publish. But before, a lot of the lower cost writers

32:19
I would be spending like at least an hour on the article before I could publish it. it took, you’re just trading off kind of time for money. Sure. Yeah. Actually that’s amazing. Even today, I still can’t hit publish right away without reading it. Well, maybe it’s cause I guess I massage it to my own voice also, but yeah. In terms of, so you’re not running ads on your affiliate articles, right? Or do you selectively turn those on and off?

32:47
I am not, but I have also heard from several people that it doesn’t affect the conversion rate at all on the affiliate articles. I personally do not. then, AdDriving has told me, like, if you turn it on, you can be making a few thousand more per month. But I also don’t want to sabotage my conversion rate on the Amazon side since it’s already more than the few thousand that AdDriving is going to pay me. So how do you make sure you get to the top three spots? So you write your article and let’s say like,

33:16
I don’t know, six months goes by and maybe you’re on the front page, right? Is there anything that you do to get it to those top three spots? Yeah, so that’s mainly link building and it’s kind of more of a grey hat or a black hat. Yes, let’s talk about grey hat and black hat. That’s the fun stuff. Do you have a methodology or do you hire that stuff out? So I hire that stuff out just because in the beginning I used to do it myself and then you you’re sending a hundred emails per day and you get

33:45
Response rate of like one or two percent. It’s kind of disheartening Yeah, so nowadays I outsource it and I know that people have a lot more tools that scrape and Send and then they can make new emails over and over again that are more like with a higher open rate and a less like mark spam So now how important is it? Do you think to do the link building part? So oftentimes like I’ll write a post and I can get to the front page but to get it to like the top there’s a little bit of luck and

34:15
I can never tell what actually made it happen. Do you have a strategy for that to getting the top three spots? Yeah, so think first and foremost, you have to have good content. So if your content is like AI or it’s written by a not so great writer, it’s probably never going to rank, like regardless of how many links you send to it. So just make sure the content is good. And then second is link building.

34:40
So you should always check on who’s ahead of you still. So if you’re on the first page of Google and let’s say you’re position five or six, if there’s a big player in the space, like New York Times, it’s probably pointless to spend a lot of money on backlinks because you likely won’t outrank them. But if it’s another one with a similar domain authority, good topical relevancy, then the links are what make the difference.

35:07
And in terms of choosing what to generate backlinks for, you just literally go through article by article and say, hey, do I even have a chance to overtake the next person in line? If so, then build links to it. Kind of. I know that I explained it to you and some of the other people in the mastermind group on SEO testing, where it will tell you trend and where that link ranks and for what keywords. And so

35:32
you know if something is in like the it’s just off the first page of google or maybe it’s like position eight or nine then all still links to it uh… and i’ll just google that keywords usually like ten or twenty keywords and see who’s like ahead of me on the list and if i can outrank

35:52
Do you think that you can get by today without link building? do think you can definitely get by. There’s several people that I’ve talked to, even on Ad Drive, that basically don’t do any link building and kind of get more natural links. But I think I am a strong believer that backlinks make a huge difference. If you’re building the correct

36:17
Can you just give the listeners an idea of how much a link costs? I know it varies depending on who they’re coming from, but just a range would be great. Yeah, sure. think it depends on a lot of things, domain authority, but the primary source is traffic. So I don’t care about domain authority when I’m building links. I care more about if the website is getting traffic and if it’s relevant to my niche. So if I’m in the dog space, I only want links that are in the pet space.

36:45
And you know, they have to be getting minimum a thousand traffic. I think on the low end… thousand as in the article pointing to you or the domain? That domain has to be getting a minimum one thousand traffic. Okay. Right. Yeah, and so… Yeah, I would say if you’re building links yourself and you’re doing manual outreach, probably a thousand traffic website is probably going to be like a hundred bucks. But if you’re going through a link building agency, it’s going to be a lot more.

37:14
I think it’s like one probably like 150. You can expect to pay less than 150 for a thousand traffic website. Here’s a question that I’ve had for a while because I don’t do this but do you monitor the links to make sure they stay there? Yeah, I do. And then I definitely have a whole spreadsheet of all the links that I’ve built and then you know I have a virtual assistant go through it. Oh and verify that they’re still there? like three times a year to make sure that the backlink is still there.

37:43
I’d say like in the majority it’s 95 % of the time the backlink is still there. Yeah. Yeah. Okay. Well, that’s good to know. you do anything else besides SEO? Do you do social media or YouTube or anything? Is it just pure SEO? We have a YouTube nowadays, but that’s kind of just a passive $500 a month. It’s not very big and we just outsource the videos. We have an Instagram, we have a TikTok, but

38:12
and we have a Facebook, but I’ve never really spent a significant amount of time monetizing any of those channels. Okay. And then, uh, I mean, just, you mentioned 500,000 words a month. That’s like insane to me. How much of your time are you writing anymore yourself or no? Nowadays, since I’m so focused on e-commerce, I don’t write at all, but for certain articles I used to try to write.

38:39
at least like maybe like one per week and it’s probably less than that but uh-huh yeah i don’t write any did you feel like you had to write every day in the beginning just to like jump start the thing yeah because it’s i know your work ethic is pretty insane if anything you’ll outwork everybody right yeah but for most normal people like what would you say the minimum frequency would be i would say that you should try to at least publish

39:09
Like my sister just started a blog and she’s actually gotten so much traffic to it but I told her like, look, you have to publish at least like two times per week. And I think that’s kind of like the minimum cadence and then if you don’t want your, if you just want your blog to stay stable and not go down, you have to publish at least like once per month. yeah, I would say minimum two times per week if you’re like in the growth phase. Okay. And doing all the analysis and everything. What is your, okay, so you have your physical products going.

39:39
And how are you going to grow that? Are you going to launch additional products or are you going to expand to additional marketplaces? What is the future of your e-commerce journey like? Yeah, so we’re just going to be launching a lot more products. So I think we only have four products today and like three of them have just been launched in the last three months. So the plan is to launch at least 10 products next year.

40:08
and expand internationally and expand to different marketplaces outside of Amazon. And also we’re building, we have a Shopify site, it’s not a WooCommerce website, but it’s not that good. So we’re switching over to Shopify and we’re going to be pointing the links instead of Amazon to hopefully our Shopify store and check the conversion rate from our Shopify store on Amazon. And to find these new products, are you using the same method of looking at your affiliates or

40:38
Are you going to be more deliberate about the types of articles that you write to figure out what sells? Yeah, I would say that when you download your Amazon affiliate report and it tells you exactly the number of units that you’re selling per month, that list I’ve pretty much exhausted. I still reference it a lot. And so the next six products that we’re launching is coming from that list because I know that if I put myself number one, it’s going to sell regardless.

41:05
next products after that, like the next five products after that, we’re going to be targeting things that we don’t necessarily have traffic to today. But that’s why I have my content team writing the articles. So by the time I release those products next year, I will already be ranking and I can put myself in the articles or right. All let me ask you some philosophical questions now. So if you were to start all over from the beginning, kind of knowing what you know about how powerful Amazon is and whatnot.

41:33
Would you start with content first no matter what? I think that’s the only way I know because that’s the way that I’ve done it. And I would say that if you have a huge website and you’re getting a lot of traffic and you launch a product and it’s going to sell a lot on Amazon, you get maybe not the best sellers box, but the Amazon choice box, I think it is. It automatically pops up for even the new products that I launch, it was like number one best seller.

42:01
in the number one new release tag, just because the people buy it from your website, has a really high conversion rate. So I think that traffic is really important to get before you launch a product, but you can definitely be profitable without getting I’m just wondering, time frame-wise, how much traffic did you have before you launched your Amazon product? It was over a million page views. Over a million, okay.

42:30
Like something that has always been in the back of my mind and I think I probably started it when my blog was getting 600,000 page views per month. But then obviously like sourcing from China, getting a sample, making like even the slightest revisions, it’s gonna take like a year to launch. So by the time that year passed and I launched the product, my blog was over a million page views per month. Well, let me ask you this, like for the people listening, let’s say they want to start with content, what’s the threshold when you…

42:59
might consider going the physical product route. What’s your threshold? You can probably do both in parallel. So like if you just start a website, and this is of course if you have the funds, think FBA costs a lot more money to start. Actually, what was your initial investment for those 500 units? All in. Maybe like 2500. Not too like for shipping and everything. It really wasn’t that expensive. It was maybe 2500 but…

43:26
I’m just kind of thinking through, like, you’re going to have to run PPC, like, you’re not going to get traffic immediately. So it’s going to be a lot. You’re going to have to pay for the traffic somehow. So PPC, Google Ads, and whatnot. So it’s definitely going ask you that. Since you have, like, this funnel of traffic going to your listings, do you run PPC? I do run PPC, correct. Yeah, and I actually run a lot of PPC because I have the same kind of business model where

43:54
everything I make from Amazon, I’m happy to put back in and that hasn’t been the case since it exploded so much. But yeah, I run a lot of PPC and maybe that’s 30 % of my sales now. Right. And so the way you operate is you just pay yourself a salary and then just put everything else back in. I just started paying. I just quit my job less than a year ago. So December 31st, 2021. So it’s not even been a year yet. Okay. And

44:24
Yeah, since I quit my job, I do pay myself a salary now, equivalent to what I was making previously. And then every other dime tries to go back in the business. So is the end game then to sell it or is this like a passion project that you plan on maintaining indefinitely? This is something that I’ve always talked to myself too about and it’s basically like whenever I feel like I can’t grow anymore, that’s probably when I will sell.

44:53
I feel like I can still grow to 3x. Oh definitely. Yeah, from where you are for sure. Yeah. Yeah, so it’s probably like a three to five year time. And in terms of content, are you trying to pump out more than 500,000? Like are you still hiring writers and… Yeah, we’re always hiring writers and editors and probably like one more virtual assistant. Yeah, just because like I know SEO so well that…

45:23
And that’s always been my fundamental strategy here for all my portfolio websites now. So we always try to publish a large amount of content and get traffic that way. see. So, I mean, it’s at one million now, but I mean, you’re going to try to double, triple traffic by just continuing to scale, the number of writers you have, editors and that sort of thing. Yeah, we’re still trying to go traffic on my main site, but I would say that potential wise, probably a lot of my other

45:53
pet websites or even I have a lot of other niches like Baby and Lucid Dreaming that have a lot more potential too so we publish throughout like this whole portfolio of websites but the idea is yeah you should be growing traffic.

46:10
Do you repurpose any content or is it just written? So I’m not, we have criteria for our writers and obviously we don’t want them to just like rewrite an article and needs to be like original and we kind of give them a template and outline with the headings with the frequently asked questions and so they can kind of just fill it in. We try not to have them just like rewrite articles but I’m sure it happens every once in a while. I meant repurpose on like Twitter or you know other short form like TikToks.

46:40
that sort of thing. think we repurpose like social media stuff like for pictures being reposted and stuff like that. it sounds like that’s not like a major part of your strategy. Most of it’s from Google. Yeah, it’s all organic traffic has been the strategy from the start. Pinterest has been pretty good. Yeah. But that’s only still like a small portion. Yeah, small portion of traffic. Garrett, this has been an amazing conversation. It’s actually rare that I get to talk like SEO with someone who

47:08
who does it so well on that scale. I can’t imagine managing 30 writers, editors, and actually the stress of Google updates, if most of my traffic is coming from there, would kind of stress me out a little bit. But you’ve managed it really well. That’s why you have multiple websites. So like if one gets penalized, then hopefully your others go up or, you know, it’s not like all eggs in one basket. Yeah. So if people want to check out your Doodle site,

47:38
or if they have any questions about SEO, because I know you do little bit of consulting also, where can people find you? Yeah, you can just message me through, the website is welovedoodles.com and then yeah, you can probably just find the email on there or email me. Cool. think it’s like info at welovedoodles.com. Nice. Well, Garrett, appreciate your time, Yeah, thanks, Steve. Appreciate it and I’ll see you in the next Mastermind.

48:07
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Garrett’s story just goes to show that SEO is not dead and that pure SEO is a viable strategy even in an extremely saturated niche like dogs. For more information about this episode, go to mywivecoderjob.com slash episode 447. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free.

48:36
over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to hang out with you in person this year in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. So grab a ticket to Seller Summit and let’s meet up. Go to sellersummit.com. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T dot com. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com.

49:04
and sign up for my free 6 day mini course. Just type in your email and they’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

446: AI, Massive Job Cuts, The Recession And How To Protect Yourself

446: AI, Massive Job Cuts, The Recession And How To Protect Yourself

In this episode, I discuss my thoughts on AI, the big layoffs in the tech industry and the recession.

I’ll also reveal an important project that I’ve been working on that could change your life and your way of thinking.

Enjoy!

What You’ll Learn

  • Why your job is not as safe as it seems
  • How to achieve financial freedom
  • Why hustle entrepreneurship is not the answer

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I’m doing a solo episode to talk about my thoughts on the current economy, what’s happening with jobs, artificial intelligence, and an important project that I’m working on, which will change your life and your way of thinking. Enjoy the show. But before we begin, I want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are now on sale over at sellersummit.com. It is the conference that I hold every year.

00:30
that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And you all probably know me well enough by now to know that my event has zero fluff. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business and not high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Every year, we cut off ticket sales around 200 people, and we all eat together and we hang out together every single night. I love smaller events and tickets always sell out far in advance. Now, if you are an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250K,

00:58
or $1 million per year. We also offer a special mastermind experience where we break up into small groups, lock ourselves in a room, cater in lunch, and help each other with our businesses. Right now, the mastermind tickets are almost sold out. The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, from May 23rd to May 25th. And for more information, go to SellersSummit.com. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode.

01:26
Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for ecommerce and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Postscript specializes in text message marketing for ecommerce and you can second meet your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash d.

01:52
That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I run with my partner, Tony. And unlike this one, where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a run and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:26
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast. Today I’m doing a solo episode to tell you my thoughts about the economy and an important project that I’m working on that could change your life and your way of thinking. Now you’ve all probably been following the news. People are losing their jobs left and right, right now. And in the midst of mass layoffs from Google, Apple, Amazon, and all these top companies around the world, people have come to the abrupt realization that their day jobs simply are not safe. Here’s a sad story.

02:55
Couple weeks ago, a friend and I had a long conversation about the skyrocketing costs of going to college, and his daughter just started going to college in the fall, and he was barely going to be able to scrape by with the large quarterly tuition payments. And then bam, one morning, he showed up to work and noticed that the door to his office was locked, and then he was promptly escorted out of the building. His steady paycheck instantly vanished just like that, and he went from earning a healthy salary with benefits

03:25
to zero income. Now this guy is very smart and any company would be lucky to have him but because there were recently tens of thousands of people laid off in my area, it’s probably going to be tough to find another job right this second. Anyway, right now he’s debating whether to tell his daughter or even consider pulling her out of school and it’s an extremely difficult situation. Now the reality of any day job is that you can be released at any time.

03:51
and you are at the mercy of your boss when it comes time to get evaluated for raises and bonuses. I remember when I was working, I was actually getting raises of between 2 and 4%. Now, I don’t know if you’ve been following all the news with ChatGPT and artificial intelligence, but I’ve been following everything very closely. There are a flood of apps out there available right now that can help you write posts, create videos, create audio, create Excel spreadsheets, create appointments,

04:20
write code, design hardware, everything. And I can almost guarantee you that millions of jobs will be lost in the next two or three years. And to be honest, I’m actually even considering letting go of a couple of writers on my team because ChatGPT is that good. I was having a conversation with an old coworker the other day who I used to design hardware with. And he had a project and he decided to give ChatGPT a try to create computer hardware.

04:49
We’re not talking about software here, we’re talking about hardware. And within minutes, AI was able to code a small block that he needed for his design that was bug-free and worked right out of the box. So literally no job is safe. Not even if you’re a tech worker. If ChatGPT can write software and design hardware, the sky is the limit. And this is just the beginning of the technology. Now I was just looking up some statistics the other day, and here’s what I found.

05:19
Not only are your jobs not safe or guaranteed, but 84 % of millennials have experienced burnout at their jobs. 50 % of employees consider themselves disengaged from their work. And almost half of Americans fear being laid off this year. Now, if these stats scare you, then you are not alone. Most people, including myself, have been led to believe that entrepreneurship is only for the chosen few. People with connections,

05:48
money, or creative people. But that is simply not the case. And you probably don’t believe me right at this point if you’re not running a business, but all it takes is a dream and the motivation to get off your butt. In fact, the best way for me to prove this to you is to tell you a story, my story. Now the year was 2007, and my wife and I, were victims of a dreaded condition known as complacency. Now if you’ve never heard of this terrible condition before,

06:17
It is a disease that leads to spending 10 hours a day at a job that you don’t particularly like. It is an illness that stops you from pursuing your personal goals and aspirations because you can never find the time. It is a debilitating condition that causes you to trudge through each day, doing the daily grind as life quickly passes you by. Back in 2007, my wife and I used to get up early in the morning, go to work, eat dinner, sleep, and then wake up the next day to repeat the cycle.

06:46
Days quickly fade into weeks, weeks dissolved into months, and months soon became years of the exact same routine. And even though we both made a pretty good salary from our day jobs, we were coasting our way through life like lifeless zombies. We weren’t challenging ourselves, we weren’t trying new things, and we stayed within our comfort zone when making important decisions. We basically had no sense of purpose, and we were unmotivated and stagnant. Now, it sounds harsh, but my wife and I, were just

07:16
kind of going through the motions and living a pretty conventional life. Now, even though we had a good amount of free time, we always ended up wasting it on empty activities. So, for example, our day back then consisted of working from 9 to 6.30 p.m., eating dinner, and then watching television until it time to go to bed. And days and weeks went by quickly, and we didn’t really have anything to show for it. And even when I try really hard today, I’m actually unable to recall any specific memories

07:45
during that period of my life. In fact, the only thing I remember is that I watched a hell of a lot of TV and that my wife was terribly unhappy with her day job. In fact, the only memory that stands out in my mind was how much she dreaded having to go to work each and every day and every morning she would kiss me goodbye and then say, okay, honey, I’m off to the hell hole. I call my job now. Now it was particularly painful for me because I had to watch her drag herself out of bed and witness her suffer every single.

08:16
Now, even though she changed companies several times during her career, she never felt fulfilled working at any of her jobs. And what’s ironic is that my wife and I often talked about achieving financial freedom and being our own boss, but we never got around to it. We talked about starting a side hustle on many occasions, but we never took any action until this happened. My wife became pregnant. Now, I still don’t fully comprehend how peeing on a stick could stir up so many emotions.

08:44
But my wife and I became excited and terrified at the same time. And for one thing, I got a sudden injection of motivation and enthusiasm. All of a sudden, I felt like I needed to get off my butt and become a better person. I felt like I needed to be more responsible and take charge of my life. I felt like I needed to get my act together and provide for my family. Now, as millions of thoughts swirled through my head, my primary concern became financial security and we needed a bigger house. We needed to live in a better school district.

09:13
We needed to start a college education fund. We needed an emergency fund so large that we could survive even if I lost my job or I got laid off. As for my wife, she wanted to quit her job so she could stay at home and take care of our kid full time. She didn’t want to miss a single minute of her baby’s childhood. And the only problem was that with the additional expense of having a child, she didn’t want to place a major crimp on our lifestyle or our finances. As a result, we needed to find another way to make money and replace her six figure salary.

09:42
And hence our online store, Bumblebee Linens, was born. Now even though things started out slowly, our store managed to replace my wife’s salary of $100,000 within one year. And having our own business allowed her to stay at home and take care of our child while running our store at the same time. And the best part, with my wife, didn’t have to put in nearly as many hours as her day job to make significantly more money, and she was much happier too. And today, my wife and I run two

10:10
million dollar businesses working about 20 hours a week with plenty of time for family and friends. I coach my kids basketball and volleyball teams and help with homework and my wife volunteers at my kids schools. And in fact, my wife ran the entrepreneurship program for my daughter’s school last year. Now looking back, we started Bumble Bee Linens for only $630. We didn’t know anything about e-commerce. We didn’t know anything about business. And we didn’t know anything about websites. And it’s taken me about three years.

10:40
but I documented my entire journey, all my strategies, philosophies, everything into my book called The Family First Entrepreneur. How to achieve financial freedom without sacrificing what matters most. Now, what sets apart my book and my philosophies from all the other business books you’ve probably seen and read? Well, first off, this is a book about entrepreneurship, but not the kind that they tell you about in business school or that you often hear about online. Now, if you can relate to my wife and I story,

11:09
You probably don’t seek to become world famous or ridiculously rich. You might not say no to these things, but we probably have similar priorities. You basically want a good life and the freedom to enjoy it. But here’s the problem with 99 % of the business and entrepreneurship advice out there. They all preach that you need to work 80 hours a week and hustle your butt off to get ahead. In fact, a popular saying is that entrepreneurs are willing to work 80 hours a week to avoid working 40 hours a week for someone else.

11:38
While I’m calling BS on this, if you follow this advice, then you’ll end up sacrificing your time and your freedom for the promises of riches, work yourself to the bone, and lose what precious time you had to spend with your loved ones. Now on my podcast, which I’ve run since 2014, I’ve interviewed over 450 successful entrepreneurs who are just killing it with their multi-million dollar businesses. But what you don’t hear about publicly when I hit the stop record button is that they don’t see their family much.

12:08
or that they’re totally burned out or stressed out. You don’t hear about the huge sacrifices that they had to make in order to get there. Now the other day, Noah Kagan interviewed a billionaire on his YouTube channel. And what was that billionaire’s biggest regret? It’s that his first business cost him his wife. They got a divorce because he put his business first. And if he had to do it all over again, he changed that chapter of his life. Here’s the thing. Once you understand how to make money,

12:37
You can do it anytime you want, which will allow you to prioritize other things, like your loved ones and your family. Now in my book, I’ll share with you an alternative to the hustle culture nonsense we so often hear about in relation to achieving financial success. Because you can, in fact, achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it, and you definitely don’t have to work 80 hours a week and be a slave to your business just to make it all work.

13:07
Now here’s the thing that I’ve noticed about online gurus and entrepreneurial advice. It is mostly given by single men or women who only have to take care of themselves. They got nothing else to worry about. But a lot of people have families and other responsibilities. So if you’re tired of hearing from a bunch of single men or women or 20-something kids who drive fancy cars and brag about how hard they work or how much they make, I will give you a different perspective.

13:36
from a father who makes both business and family work. Now my book is available for pre-order right now anywhere you can buy a book. Or if you want to learn more about the book, you can go to thefamilyfirstentrepreneur.com. Now this book doesn’t come out until May, but I’m including a bunch of free bonuses that you can access immediately that will help you create your own side hustle right away. So first off, I’m going to be giving a special six week family first side hustle challenge

14:06
or I will personally help you make your first $1,000 online. And as part of this six-week challenge, I will be giving live presentations and answering your questions in a private Facebook group for six weeks on how to achieve financial freedom with a family-first side hustle. By the end of this challenge, you will learn how to evaluate your side hustle options, how to create a profitable offer, product, or service to sell on the side, how to put up your own website on a budget, how to make your first $1,000 online,

14:36
and how to free up your schedule so you can actually spend more time with your loved ones. I’m also giving you two full-blown workshops that will teach you how to make money with two side hustles that literally cost you only $3 to start. Now, I call these business models gateway drugs because they will allow you to make money on the side that will eventually lead you to a much bigger business. And it’s all about baby steps here. Okay, so the first workshop is my three-day print-on-demand workshop. If you are interested,

15:06
inserting a profitable and flexible side hustle without holding inventory, then Print On Demand is the perfect solution for you. Print On Demand is where you sell products that are only printed or produced after you’ve received an order. And in this workshop, we will cover all the essential steps and techniques needed to successfully launch your own Print On Demand shop, from product sourcing and design to marketing and fulfillment. Now, the beauty of Print On Demand is that you can get started for very little money. And this workshop will include step-by-step instructions

15:35
on how to launch your own print-on-demand website for just $3 a month. And by the end of the workshop, you will have a great-looking website with your own domain. You will learn how to create your own print-on-demand products for free, understand how to convert sales, and how to generate traffic. The second workshop is my two-day workshop on how to make passive income with content. Now, my blog over at mywifequarterjob.com makes over a million dollars per year. My YouTube channel makes over $300,000 per year.

16:04
And this podcast that you guys are listening to right now makes over 100k per year. In this workshop, you’ll learn how to make passive income with content, whether it be blogging, YouTube or podcasting, by selling digital products, memberships, coaching, affiliate marketing, advertising and more. By the end of this workshop, you will have a website and a strategy for generating passive income with the content of your choice. You will have a great looking website with your own domain. You will learn how to create content

16:33
and how to monetize your content. And finally, I’m taking this show on the road and we’ll be throwing book parties across the US depending on where you live based on the book pre-order form entries. I would love to meet all of you in person and maybe even sign a book or two. Once you fill out the pre-order form and sign up for my email list, I will let you know where the parties will be and when. You will also be automatically entered into a special pre-launch giveaway where I’ll be giving away free course memberships, one-on-one consults,

17:03
tickets to my e-commerce conference and more. I will also be doing a book signing at my annual e-commerce conference called the Seller Summit. Now the ticket prices are actually going up next week, so if you want to come and hang out in person, grab your ticket right now over at sellersummit.com. Anyway, if you know me, and if you listen to my podcast or follow me for any length of time, you know that I always pay it forward. And for this book, The Family First Entrepreneur, it is not going to be any different.

17:33
Pre-order the book now over at thefamilyfirstentrepreneur.com. Hope you enjoyed that episode. And I was pretty serious. Because of AI and the economy, I think there are going to be a lot more jobs lost in the coming years, and everyone should have a backup plan or a side hustle. And my book will help you get started. For more information about this episode, go to mywebquitterjob.com slash episode 446. And once again, I want to remind you that my annual e-commerce conference will be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida on May 23rd to the 25th.

18:03
I really want to hang out with you guys in person, so let’s meet up. Go to SellersSummit.com. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for ecommerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve.

18:32
Now I talk about how I these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own ecommerce store, head on over to MyWifeCooderJob.com and sign up for my free 6-day mini course. Just type in your email and send in the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

445: The 10 Year Plan To Achieve Financial Freedom With Jodie Cook

Jodie Cook

Today, I’m thrilled to have Jodie Cook on the show. Jodie is an entrepreneur and author from Birmingham, UK. She was featured in Forbes Europe’s 30 under 30 list of social entrepreneurs in 2017, and she is also an international powerlifter for Great Britain.

In this episode, she’s going to teach us how we can all retire within ten years.

My apologies for my audio on this one. I had the wrong mic selected when recording (rookie mistake).

What You’ll Learn

  • How did Jodie become an entrepreneur and founded a social media agency
  • How powerlifting and entrepreneurship fit together
  • Jodie’s plan for everyone to retire in 10 years

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:01
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quater Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I have a very special guest on the show, Jody Cook. Now, had never met Jody prior to this interview, but as you’ll soon see in the podcast, we hit it off instantly. Jody is an international power lifter for Great Britain that happens to be an entrepreneur as well, and she’s going to teach us how to formulate a plan to retire in just 10 years. But before we begin, I want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit

00:30
are on sale over at SellersSummit.com. It is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And you all know me well enough by now to know that my event has zero fluff. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business and not high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Every year we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people and it’s a very intimate event. Everyone eats together, everyone parties together every night.

00:56
and I personally love smaller events and tickets always sell out far in advance. Now, if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250K or $1 million per year, we also offer a special mastermind experience where we break up into small groups, lock ourselves in a room and help each other with our businesses. The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th. Go to SellersSummit.com. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode.

01:24
Now if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS, or text message marketing, is already a top five brand new source for my e-commerce store, and I couldn’t have done that without Postscript, which is my text message provider. Now why did I choose Postscript? It’s basically specialized in e-commerce stores, and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data,

01:52
and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S C I P T dot I O slash Steve. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I released with my partner, Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience.

02:21
No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:38
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Jodie Cook on the show. Now Jodie and I have never met, but my friend Joe Valley highly recommended her for the podcast and I always listen to Joe. Jodie is an entrepreneur and author from Birmingham, UK. She was featured in Forbes Europe’s 30 under 30 list of social entrepreneurs in 2017. And she is also an international power lifter for Great Britain. Now she’s written many books, which include the 10 year career and Stop Acting Like You’ll Live Forever.

03:06
And she started a social media agency back in 2011, which she sold in 2021. Anyway, in this episode, Jodie is going to teach us how we can all retire within 10 years. And with that, welcome to show Jodie, how you doing today? I’m great. That was the best podcast intro in the whole world. Thank you so much. Well, you know, what’s funny is the first question that came to mind when I was kind of reading up on your bio is how does powerlifting and entrepreneurship go together?

03:33
Yeah, good question. I get asked that a lot because it seems kind of confusing and also because I’m quite small and I don’t really look like what you think a power lift is going to look like so often people get very confused. In the photos I saw though, I mean you’re pretty muscular so… Yeah, I’m jacked.

03:56
But I’m also quite cute as well, so you just can’t really tell. But I quite like that. I guess on that theme, I quite like that if someone underestimates you, you’ve got all this stuff under your belt that you’re actually like, no, I can do this and I can do that. And it gives you this quiet sense of confidence where you don’t really have anything to prove, but you know that you could probably knock someone out. And that’s cool. Yeah. So did the powerlifting start first or did the agency start first? The agency started first.

04:25
I was a runner. I used to do half marathons, 10Ks and 5Ks. And then I picked up a book called How to Run. And in that book, it was by Paula Radcliffe, who used to hold the world record for the marathon, the women’s marathon. And she said that you should start lifting weights because that will improve your running. So that’s what I did. And then very similar to how entrepreneurs see almost anything in their lives. I couldn’t just have lifting weights as a hobby.

04:52
it had to have goals and progress and metrics. So what began with just learning how to squat and just going to the gym and just doing it came, oh, I want to improve. And then, oh, I wonder what people are doing competitions. And then I entered my first competition and then I loved it so much. I loved being on stage. I love lifting in front of an audience. And I loved that whole, everyone’s supporting you and it’s a really cool environment. And then I just got the bug from there. So I’ve been competing about six years. I do two competitions a year, all being well. And the first,

05:21
Half of the year it’s a national and the second half of the year it’s an international. Amazing, amazing. And I know you sold your agency in 2021. Can you just kind of tell me what you did for that agency and actually ultimately why you decided to sell it? Yeah, definitely. So I started it in 2011 when I was 22. I was fresh out of university, fresh out of a graduate scheme. And I didn’t really know what I wanted to do. I just knew that I vaguely wanted to start a business and I knew that I wanted to…

05:50
travel while having that business. So it was a social media agency. It was super easy to start because there were no startup costs required. It was just me and my laptop going and meeting people. And looking back then, I was so naive. I was so green. I didn’t know what I was doing at all, but I just went along to networking events and I stood up and I said, hello, I’m Jodie. I’m a social media manager. Come and talk to me. And then people did. And so I started picking up clients based on just

06:17
the pure enthusiasm that I had for their companies. And then I found that once I had one client, it was easy to get two and then three and then four. And then I had a real agency and it wasn’t just me. So it got to about three years in and I realized that I’d set up the agency in order to travel and I hadn’t taken a holiday in three years. And I was completely trapped in my hometown and it was completely the opposite of what I wanted to do. So that’s when I set about

06:47
turning this agency into a lifestyle business. And so that’s when I started traveling for about four months in every year, started competing properly in powerlifting, started writing all the books and tried to do this whole, can you run and grow a business while you’re also really enjoying your life? Because I just refuse to believe that you have to choose one or the other. And I’m never going to accept that that’s the case. I’m always going to be trying to do both. Yeah. And then social media, are you talking about like Instagram and Facebook or?

07:18
Yeah, so back in 2011, it was the kind of social media landscape was so different to how it is now because rather than representing a client in a specific industry on a specific platform, we were just representing them on social media. So for many of our clients that we had, we were setting up their Twitter account and we were convincing them why they should use it, which is crazy. Like that would never happen now. Right. Yeah.

07:42
And then just curious before we get into the guts, how do you feel about the social media landscape today? Yeah, it’s big. It’s big. It’s a confusing place. just so much opportunity. And I think if I was starting from scratch, I would definitely really, really niche down. I would look after dentists on Instagram or dentists of a certain size in a certain location. I would niche down so hard because I feel like that’s what you have to do now. It’s not just OK to be a generalist. You have to…

08:12
Like a social media manager used to be one job that did everything and now it’s like, you good at creating good Twitter threads? Are you good at making LinkedIn posts? Are you good at creating reels? It’s just so many different roles. So yeah, it would be a very different agency had we started today. And then what platform are you the most bullish on?

08:33
Which platform am I the most bullish on? I think I like running experiments and that’s the phase I’m in at the moment. Kind of in that glorious post-exit life, figuring out what I’m going to do next, promoting a book and running experiments on different platforms and seeing if I like it and not carrying on if I don’t and carrying on if I do. Cool. All right, so let’s get into the meat of it because you make this bold

09:03
claim that you can retire in 10 years. How does that work?

09:10
So for me, it was running my business through a series of different stages that at the time I didn’t realise I was doing in a certain order until I looked back and I asked other people who had not needed to work within 10 years and I found that their journeys all followed a very similar pattern and it’s in the book, it’s the 10 year career framework. So it’s four stages, it’s execute, systemise, scrutinise, exit.

09:38
And I know it sounds super, super oversimplified when it’s just those four different words, but what many business owners do is they get into the execute phase, they start their business, they do all the pushing, all the delivering, all the being everywhere, all the kind of being really busy, and then they stay there forever. And I know that when I was starting out, especially, I met so many people who were having just the same year again and again and again and not letting go of stuff and not getting to the second and third and fourth phases.

10:08
So getting from execute to systemize pretty much involves writing down every single thing that happens in your business and then creating a SOP, a process, and giving it to someone else to do, or outsourcing it, or not doing it, or making sure that you are not the one that’s the bottleneck to it. And it’s really, really tough. How do you, okay, so let’s start over. So what were the four steps again? Execute, systemize. Execute, systemize, okay.

10:35
And so I agree with you. Actually, I’m in a mastermind group with many entrepreneurs. And on the surface, when you see their numbers and everything, they’re doing fantastic. But in the close circles of my mastermind, there is a good number of them that are miserable, or not actually making that much profit, or just kind of working themselves to death and doing well at the same time. I guess the question for you is, how do you know whether you’re stuck in that?

11:05
loop. Like you mentioned, you were not able to take any vacations. how did you how did it even occur to you that that was a problem? I think the main thing I realized I was doing was I was answering the same questions more than once. Okay. And I was being used as Google. And I was being relied on and everything had to go by me. And on one hand, if you’re if you want this feeling of being needed, and if your ego is kind of running the show,

11:34
you can mistake that as being a really, really good thing. But I realized that that was just going to keep us playing so small forever unless I just did something about it. OK. And so I imagine you were doing a lot of client work and you probably will get a lot of the same questions from different clients, right? So how did you fix that problem with your business? So the client side of things was kind of

12:01
simple compared to the sales side of things. So the client side of things pretty much involved making sure I was upskilling the account manager to look after all client stuff. And if at any point it was like, oh, we need Jodie to be in this meeting or we need to speak to Jodie first, I wouldn’t just go in the meeting. was very, very difficult to get me into one because I’d keep asking questions and saying, well, hang on, you’re the account manager, what’s going on? Why do they need me? And then we’d get to the problem and it would be a training problem or it be a confidence problem or it just be a…

12:29
an easy problem and they didn’t want to do the meeting on their own or something like that. that was a process of getting me out of the client side of things. I feel like the hardest thing was getting me out of the sales side of things. Because I think if a business owner is doing sales calls, depending on what kind of business it is, but for an agency especially, I found that clients that I signed up would kind of cling on to me and then they’d expect me to be doing all the work at the same time.

12:57
So my solution was to take myself out of sales entirely and make it that I didn’t have any direct contact with them at all. But that was tough, that was super tough because getting someone else to take on your leads and to go and chat to them involves so much trust. You’re not there, you can’t be there, so you have to be able to train them properly beforehand and then figure out what’s going wrong when maybe they don’t even know. What was the name of your agency actually?

13:25
It was called JC Social Media. it was even named after me. Right. Yeah. Exactly. And I named it at a networking event while they were going around the room and everyone had to stand up and say 60 seconds about their business. And it was getting to be my turn. And I realized I didn’t have a business name. And I thought that’s really stupid because everyone else has got a business name. I’m going to look like I’m super green and new. And so I realized that in the room,

13:54
the business names were following a pattern. So we had ML accountancy, had JS technical services, we had JP entertainment and I oh, there’s a pattern here. And I just thought, JC social media. it took two minutes to think of that. And then I stood up and said it and that was the inception of the company name. That’s hilarious. The thing is with agencies and I’ve never run one before, but I’ve used agencies before is that like the person I’m talking to in the sales, especially if it’s the owner, like usually I’m

14:22
depending on their expertise. And there is this assumption that they’re going to be overseeing everything, maybe not necessarily doing the work, but they’re overseeing everything. When in fact, like I think, and you can correct me if I’m wrong, the agency model only works if you find workers that you pay less than yourself. Is that accurate? Okay. Yeah, definitely. And I guess simple analogy is just farming and hunting. Right. And the salespeople are the hunters, but they’re not the farmers at all. And they’re maybe very small agencies are, but not until…

14:51
not once they get to any size. Yeah, so in that aspect, by taking yourself out of it, did that hurt sales then? Yeah, in the short term, it definitely would have done because it had to. I think probably every decision hurts something in the start and then you grow past it. But especially with going from execute to systemize, if you outsource something first or you get someone in your team to do it, at first, they probably do it differently.

15:20
and it’s really easy to mistake different for wrong. And then as soon as you mistake it for wrong, you just get like involved, do start doing the thing again, and then they never have the trust and they never have the autonomy to do it themselves. And then you’re screwed. But the ego is just like, yay, I’m needed. I need to be here. Everyone needs me. I’m the best at doing everything. And it’s just not true. Okay, so we’ve had this problem in the past. And so I’m curious how you overcame that.

15:51
Because I guess my wife and I have big egos, I guess. But you know, especially if you see someone doing things not quite like the way you would do it, it’s really hard to just let them go, even if you know it’s wrong. Yeah. way they’re doing it. I guess I tried to be a coach rather than a manager as much as possible. So it was trying to get them to come to the solution by asking them what they think it was, even though…

16:15
I knew the solution and they weren’t coming up with it, but keep asking them, so what do you think? And what would happen if we did that? And what would happen next? And then keep going with that until they get there. And then you know that they’re owning the solution rather than you’ve just given it to them. And then at that point as well, we were creating this whole manual, big SOPs thing. So as far as possible, I’d get other people to create their SOPs. Walk me through that because creating SOPs is boring.

16:44
So boring, yeah, no one loves doing it. I found it just a really necessary evil. when I decided that I wanted to go travel and I booked a trip to Australia for five weeks, it was three months in the future, because I was like, I need to just give myself some deadline where I absolutely have to systemize my agency, otherwise I’m never going to do this. And then I just took a spreadsheet and then…

17:09
column A wrote a list of every single process that happened in my business. Every single, it was like so granular and there was like 60 different lines. And then I just wrote a who does it now and that was mainly me. And then I wrote who’s gonna do it next and that was the person or the software or the role that I was gonna hire. And then I put a date when I wanted to do it by and that just became my plan. And it’s like, it’s probably a very oversimplified version of what.

17:34
what went on, but it started from that spreadsheet. I just, every day I went to the spreadsheet, okay, who do I need to train now? Who do I need to trust now? Who do I need to outsource and then work through it and then got on the plane. And that was it. I mean, for sales, I would imagine it was the hardest thing, right? Probably. Sales was the hardest thing. That was the thing I did first because I thought it would make the most difference. And I spoke to so many different people. I tried to think about

18:05
each call as if I was the client and I tried to have a conversation with them purely in the shoes of a client of ours and thought what would they think, what would they think of this person and that was the main decision that I based it on. Okay and then what was your role after all that, after systematizing everything, what were you doing in the business? Yeah that’s well that’s interesting because I was very, I was very keen on traveling, I was very keen on doing stuff that was life but then within the business

18:34
I still like working, I really like working on fun projects, that’s why, you don’t suddenly stop doing it once your business is systemised. But I like to think of it as I would get in and do projects rather than do something that was ongoing. So in my head I never wanted to do something that required my upkeep of it all the time or anything with like a daily task or a weekly task. It was all about, this is a project that I’ve just dreamt up or it seems like the right thing to do within the company. So I’d go in, do that, get other people to help me out and then leave them to…

19:03
manage it and then get on to the next one because it was all about those yeah it was project based rather than ongoing based. We’re alike because the first like 75 % is like the most fun but the maintenance part isn’t Yes, yes, yeah I think exactly like that I’m just the idea of having to log in and do the same thing every single day I just I can’t think of anything worse but creating it bringing it into the world that’s amazing that’s the best part of of just running a business in general and what I found for me is that

19:31
When I sold my business, I didn’t have to do an earn out, which is like it doesn’t really happen within agencies. But it was because of that. It was because I didn’t have any ongoing stuff that relied on me. So there was just nothing for me to do there going forward. I would imagine that played a huge role when you decided to sell, right? Because obviously you can’t really sell if you’re the face of the business. Was that something that you planned for ahead of time or did that systematizing all that stuff happen way before you were planning on selling? Yeah, the systemizing happened a long time before. It happened before I went traveling. And then there was about five years of

20:01
traveling for four months in every year. And then COVID hit, we shrunk 25%, we grew back to normal and then grew another 20 % in four months. And it was after those four months that I was like, now’s the time to sell. But I hadn’t even considered the outside of things because I didn’t know too much about how to sell a company. But

20:23
The first few offers we got all had earnouts. One had a 18-month earnout, one had a three-year earnout, and I was like, what? This is crazy. It doesn’t make any sense. So then I spoke to the buyer and explained why it didn’t make any sense. Or actually, no, I didn’t explain it. I asked them why they wanted me to do that and what they wanted me to do. And when they told me what they wanted me to do, I was like, well, someone else does that. So with sales, for example, I said, so why do you need me for 18 months? And they said,

20:52
Well, we want you to get sales and go prospecting and do this kind of stuff. And I was like, oh, so do you want me to take this over from my sales team? I don’t get it. I’ve got people looking after this. And then they’re like, oh, yeah, it doesn’t make sense. OK, well, do you want to manage the team? And I was like, oh, so do you want me to take over from my manager to manage the team? Or how do you see this working? I think what we both realized together is that if I did that earn out, it would screw everyone over because they’d just have to

21:22
exit me in another 18 months, whereas they could buy the company, I could exit and then they could take over and they could have everything exactly the way they wanted it anyway. So it made a lot of sense from both sides. My first book, The Family First Entrepreneur is now available for pre-order at your favorite online retailer. Now this is a book about entrepreneurship, but not the kind that they tell you about in business school or that you often hear about online. Now if you can relate to my wife and I story,

21:50
You probably don’t see to become world famous or ridiculously rich. Now you might not say no to these things, but we probably have similar priorities. You want a good life and the freedom to enjoy it. But here’s the problem with 99 % of the business and entrepreneurship advice out there. They all preach that you need to work 80 hours a week and hustle your butt off just to get ahead. And in fact, a popular saying is that entrepreneurs are willing to work 80 hours a week to avoid working 40 hours a week for someone else. Well, I’m calling BS on this. If you follow this advice, then you’ll end up sacrificing your time

22:19
and your freedom for the promise of riches, work yourself to the bone and lose what precious time you had to spend with your loved ones. Now on this podcast, which I’ve run since 2014, I’ve interviewed over 450 successful entrepreneurs who are absolutely killing it with their multi-million dollar businesses. But what you don’t hear about publicly is that they don’t see their family much or that they’re totally burned out or stressed out. You don’t hear about the huge sacrifices that they had to make in order to get there. So in this book,

22:46
I’ll share with you an alternative to the hustle culture nonsense we so often hear about in relation to achieving financial success. You can in fact achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it, and you don’t have to work 80 hours a week and be a slave to your business just to make it all work. So if you’re tired of hearing from a bunch of single men or women or 20-something kids who drive fancy cars and brag about how hard they work or how much they make, I will give you a different perspective from a father

23:14
who makes both business and family work. So join me in my book launch and get access to a bunch of freebies. Go to mywifequitterjob.com slash book and I’ll send you bonuses, invitations to book parties that I’ll be throwing all over the country and special offers. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

23:35
Actually, one question that just came to mind now is like, how do you keep your workers motivated? Because you mentioned before, right, there’s a lot of repetitive work. What were some of the things that you put in place to keep, you know, your agency workers motivated? So, whenever I was hiring someone, I always thought I don’t want to hire someone who I have to babysit in any way. I want to hire people who I would have as a business partner or people who I just know that they’re self-sufficient and they like resourcefulness and they like independence.

24:05
So lots of the questions in interview process all revolved around that. Like whenever you started something on your own, tell me about a project that you ran, tell me about something that you did and you owned and you were really, really proud of it. And I would look for people saying, I did this, I did that. And not people who said, oh, we did that or I had to do that, that was the worst. In an interview, if someone says, oh, I had to do that, it’s like, no, no way. Because you just know that they’re gonna need constant kind of babysitting and handholding. So I was looking for people who…

24:35
were really proud of owning their work and people who weren’t going to look to me to just spoon feed them the whole time. Just curious, were you hiring people within the UK or did you have workers all over the world? Mainly in the UK and then we went fully remote when COVID happened and then that opened up our geography and then we had people from all over after that. Interesting, because I would imagine the pay scale in the UK is higher, right?

25:04
in other places. Yeah, potentially. Yeah, just curious how like all the numbers worked out. because if you’re trying to hire a highly motivated person, like someone that you described, they tend to be more expensive, I guess, unless you unless you hire like, you know, new college grads. Yeah. Or someone younger. Yeah. Sometimes they were new college grads. It depends. It depended. So I think I would say much rather hire someone based on attitude and then train them and all this stuff than the other way around.

25:34
Yeah. And I imagine the SOPs that you put in place kind of train them so you didn’t actually have to personally train them. Yes. Yeah. We were big on… Joanna was my head of client services and she was really funny with the SOP thing because she kind of got to the same stage as me where she wanted people to solve the problems they could on their own and come to her with the ones that they couldn’t because otherwise she’s just…

26:00
she’s wasting everyone’s time and she’s not progressing either or the business isn’t progressing. So if someone came to her with some kind of question that she knew full well was in a manual, it would be, huh, isn’t this, I’m sure this is in a manual, I’m sure it is, did I not put it in there? And then they would go check and then over time what we’d train is this culture of you would just check first, you wouldn’t ask someone a question that you could ask Google or you could ask the manual, you would only ask people the stuff that you couldn’t get from there.

26:28
What was the manual in? Was it like a web page or what? It was an Excel spreadsheet. It was an Excel spreadsheet. Okay. Things were exported into PDFs. Yeah, was like junky. It was basic, but it was there and it was used. I think there were so many different fancy things you could use. mean, Notion would be a good option right now. Yeah. But I don’t think it even matters what it’s made in. I think what matters is that it’s used. Correct. And made, actually. The creation part is the hardest, I think. Yeah.

26:57
But you’re right, just letting them, pointing them to the manual or whatnot is the best way to train someone and just not ask you every little thing. Yeah. All right, so that was okay. So we have execute, we have systematize, what is number three? Scrutinize. Scrutinize, okay, what does that involve? Scrutinize is when you feel like you have this well-oiled machine. You probably have a lot of time on your hands. You don’t yet know whether that’s a good thing or a bad thing, but overall it’s probably a good thing if your business is also growing.

27:27
And this is where you just have a bunch of options. So you could go and exit, you could move to the fourth stage, which is exit. You could get back into execute and you could go again on a different level. So the guy who bought my agency, like agencies were his jam, he just loved them, he wanted to do it, but he wanted a new challenge. So he bought a bunch of agencies and went back into execute, but just on the level above with a bigger, with a bigger thing. Or that’s when you can sit back, play golf, travel the world.

27:57
do nothing, kind of just enjoy life, which is one option as well. Or you might realize that you want a new challenge, but you want it in a different field, in which case you might head down the side project route. I feel really funny about side projects because sometimes I think that starting one while you’re in the execute phase of your business is like the wrong thing to do because your energy is just going all over the place. But if you’ve reached this scrutinized phase and you don’t really feel that passionate about your business, then yeah, by all means start all the side projects then, but don’t…

28:26
have all these different, I don’t know, two grand a month side projects and be kind of kidding yourself that it’s a multiple income stream strategy because it’s probably not because everything’s quite small. I found with myself that if I coast a little too long, things tend to go off the rails. So I can never just completely let go. Were you traveling and powerlifting? I mean, how much time were you going to the business during this phase? So one thing that I put in place was just office hours.

28:55
when I was available to the team and then when I wasn’t in those office hours, I would be working on projects or lifting or traveling or doing something else. it was about, it was like four hours, two days a week or four hours, two, like three days a week in the mornings. Okay. So not, yeah. Not much at all. No, but enough to, enough to kind of stay involved, keep the, keep putting little fires out if I needed to. But I try, so.

29:24
using the fire analogy, I tried to get it so that I would only be needed for bigger fires. Because you’ve always got fires in agencies because it’s like, need stuff, teams need stuff. There’s just, you put them out everywhere. And I think the most frazzled agency owners are those that like, they’re not ready for the fires. They think, oh, once I do this, there’ll be no more. And it’s like, no, there’s always more. There’s always more fires. But I want it to be that the level that I am deployed at is just higher.

29:53
because I want to deal with like, when we’re getting broken into or when something is really, really, when something really bad is happening, not when it’s just something small. guess presumably if you’re not on the sales team anymore, people will not ask to talk to you, they would probably ask to talk to the person that sold to them. Is that accurate? Okay. Yeah. Yeah, exactly. So that was probably a key piece in your freedom. Someone you can trust, people you can trust. Because it’s interesting that you use the word freedom as well because

30:23
Whenever I hear the word freedom, I always think freedom from what to do what? Because I feel like that’s how you define it. And for me, the freedom from what was being tapped on the shoulder, being needed, having to book my diary with different meetings, and just doing work that I’ve kind of had outgrown. And then to do what was to do fun projects and look after the team of partners and powerlifting and travel and everything else.

30:52
So those most trusted people that were running your agency, were they people who you kind of had for a long time that you developed from the ground up or were they people that you brought in who were experienced? A mix. One was my second ever team member. joined, was kind of with us for the last four years until the end. And then, yeah, it was a mix. It was a mix. Okay. So you don’t have any recommendations one way or the other? No, I just think…

31:21
Oh no, I don’t. I think recruitment is the hardest thing to get right ever. And we rely so much on our gut feel. But the main thing that helped me was just having a consistent process for everyone. And also making people really, really jump through hoops. So we didn’t make it easy for someone to get a role with us. on the recruiting side, mean,

31:44
When I was a director, I found that that actually occupied a lot of my time. So were you not involved in the recruiting process as much or? So we built this little inbound recruitment kind of system. So we set up a bunch of different pages, blogs all around how to become a social media manager. And we educated people if they wanted to be a social media manager. And then we collected email addresses. So when we wanted to hire someone, we emailed our list and we got people through that. So it helped it take less time. It still takes time because you still have to…

32:14
filter and do all that kind of stuff. we had people within the team who looked after that. But building an inbound recruitment system was like must have saved us hours and hours. Interesting. So the leads were coming to you. Yeah, because we wanted. Okay. Yeah, we wanted the people who were like, I want to work with you rather than I want to work at any company because then we found people who were very motivated, driven and just were excited for our brand.

32:39
Walk me through that process. Were you ranking in search? Was this on social media or YouTube? How were you putting up the content? Yeah, ranking and search. So I think for a bunch of different companies, they could start creating content around how to make it as an insert job title here and put loads of stuff into it because you know it, you know what makes a good, whatever the job title is, and then be really helpful with it.

33:06
monitor all the search terms, geek out on all the numbers. We had a whole team of geeks, so we really enjoyed that. And then have a way of them hearing about jobs. We had such a, I don’t remember the exact size of our list, but we had such a big list that we almost thought about becoming a recruitment, kind of like having a recruitment service for other people who wanted to hire social media managers. But really we used it for our own benefit. And it was, yeah, it was great. So it was mainly through search then? Yeah, Google search. Oh, okay. So that means you were writing articles, you had writers on staff then, is that?

33:36
Yes, yeah, we had writers on staff and then there was other stuff. So talks at universities, having conversations with universities, they’d send people our way. So we just kind of collected people up. And then when we needed someone, we were saying, when we were saying there was a vacancy available, we knew that we’d have so many applications for it. And we could tell people that it would be a very oversubscribed role without it being not true, which is easy to say. yeah, I felt like we were in a good position with that.

34:06
I’m just curious, the economics of running an agency, how much do you have to bill out compared to how much you pay for your worker? Like, mean, very so wildly. Agencies can be anything from like 0 % to 0%. Okay. I mean, there are probably some, there are probably very, very many running that are only just making their.

34:34
everyone’s salaries and that’s it. There will be loads like that, but that’s possibly their goal. The owner just wants to make a certain salary each year and they’re kind of happy doing that up to about, I mean, 50, 60, at the high end, depending on how much technology you have involved. There were some really cool stories of agencies who’ve created products because they’ve created something that their clients wanted to use. They use their clients as like a testing ground to create the products and then they shut their agency and went to product.

35:03
that’s actually happened to a bunch of my friends. They developed some software in-house that they use to manage all the clients and they’re like, hey, why don’t we just productize this? And they ended up selling, they ended up keeping their favorite clients and then they fired all the rest and then started selling the software. Yeah. Because for me, know that I don’t think an agency would be what I’d start now, but I think as a example of how you can learn how to play businesses, I think, yeah, it’s pretty solid.

35:30
And then, okay, so scrutinize, we kind of got off track a little bit. So scrutinize really, like my definition of scrutinize is to like analyze the expenses and like increase my margins. For you, it seemed like more of like reflecting on what you want to do, whether you want to go all in again, versus take on other projects. Yeah, it could have margins and it could have monthly income and it could have the cash side in it, because that might be a big part of your decision as to what you want to do.

35:56
But in your case, you wanted to sell, did COVID have anything to do with that? Yes. So because when COVID hit, because we lost a quarter of our client base in one week, and that was kind of scary. And it made me realize that you can write an SOP for absolutely everything, probably except a global pandemic. It’s kind of hard to preempt that. And it’s kind of hard to say like, oh, if all our clients leave, here’s what you do. Like, I just, didn’t have one for that.

36:24
So I was very, very back involved at that point. And it was rallying the team, it was saying, okay, what do we do? It was coming up with a plan. It was pretty much working out how we just meet, continue to meet people, even though we’re not physically in front of everyone, because we’ve been very based on physical networking up until that point. And then when we managed to grow and then grow again, my scrutinized thinking was like…

36:50
Am I the person to take this company through to the next level given that I feel like the people in it are capable of this new level? And I realized that I didn’t actually want to do that at all. But I felt like going back to my lifestyle business would be would be not giving them the potential. I felt like I was their ceiling now. And I wanted to remove myself as their ceiling. And I also maybe selfishly didn’t want to get tapped on the shoulder in that way again. Yeah. What’s funny is though you sold without a

37:18
a plan for what you want to do in the future? Or did you just want to become an author, right? Oh, yeah, I thought I wanted to become an author. I thought that was my thing. And then I realized that when I sold and I started writing more stuff, because I’d already that’s when I finished writing 10 year career, which is the book that’s out now, I thought I’d want to just write and write and carry on. But then I realized that without the material without the being in the trenches, the running of business, you kind of run out and

37:46
I know that I really love running a business. It just wasn’t that business. I’m definitely in the, it’s definitely my plan to start a new one and not be a writer all the time. But I like writing as a kind of outlet for all the mess in my head from running a business. Yeah. So I, I’m just curious now. So the agency model you didn’t like for, for me personally, I don’t like the agency model because it’s, it’s all people based, right? And you have to do a lot of talking and I’m an engineer at heart.

38:15
that I prefer just to kind of like stare at screen or whatnot. What were your cons, I guess, for the agency model for you personally? You’re more extroverted, I feel. Yeah, yeah. So cons for the agency model. Yeah, the fact that it’s all people, the fact that your clients are building relationships with the people so therefore they hold a lot of power. feel like, yeah, that’s probably a con. But also it’s kind of a pro if you keep people for a long time. If you can…

38:44
If you can do great work and keep your relationship with a client, then you will keep them longer and then you will grow. What are the cons? I think sometimes clients don’t know what you want, what they want, therefore, clients don’t know what they want, so therefore, you’re trying to work it out and you’re trying to tell them what you think they want, but then if someone else can in a more compelling way tell them what they want and sell them that instead, you’re in the competing business all the time and you don’t really want to be doing that. Right.

39:13
When I had my first ever job, my boss there, it was a print and promotion company. So we would sell branded mugs and plates and corporate clothing to various different companies. And he was always just convinced that there was an easier way to make money. He was like, this cannot be how I’m destined to make money. And he was always looking for it. And sometimes I felt like a bit like that with

39:40
my agency because you’ve got everyone around looking for this sexy way to make money and this way of like digitizing, productizing and I was there in the slow lane doing all right. So sometimes it’s like those unsexy boring kind of businesses that are flying under the radar that no one’s really thinking about that are doing pretty well and the owner’s pretty happy. I have many friends who’ve run successful agencies that sold but I think one thing that would kill me

40:08
is the fact that you’re doing all this work for a client and you can do a great job, but then they get to reap the benefits of your work, right? In the long term. Yeah. If you have an ego, don’t run an agency because you don’t get credit for all the stuff, but then you do it. But you know, you know that you contributed, you know that you made their business what it was. And maybe that can be enough, but if it’s not enough, it’s, yeah, you need to be a brand that has an agency. Yeah.

40:36
Okay, so tell me this, Jodie, what’s next? Who knows? I mean, I love running experiments. I like just testing stuff out to see what I you experimenting with right now? So at the moment, there’s a giant spreadsheet called ideas. Everything’s a spreadsheet, but it’s all the different business ideas that me and my husband come up with that we talk about, we kind of make little business plans about, we put them all in separate lines.

41:02
We don’t buy any domain names. That’s a massive rule. just don’t because it’s so easy to get really excited by the domain name. You can create the brand on Looker. You can create the page on Shopify. You could set the brand up within like half an hour, but we don’t want to do that. We want to go ahead with the one that we cannot stop thinking about. So at the moment there’s 28 different ideas on there, but yeah, you’ll be the first to know when we go forward with one. Have you always been a husband, wife team or in business?

41:31
So we’ve been together since we were 18, but we didn’t start working together until we were 24 or so. And then we just joined forces and that coincided with when we wanted to go traveling. So yeah, we work together now. Nice. I’m a husband and wife team. It hasn’t always been smooth, I’ll tell you. You know, when you have two cooks in the kitchen, but now the way we’ve managed to, we separate out the duties. So like my wife’s in control of this domain. I have no say over it and I’m in control of my domain. Is that how you guys?

42:00
Yeah, well, mean, both our last names is Cook, so we actually are two cooks in the kitchen. Yeah, I mean, we’re very good at different things. So it’s helped quite a lot. Analyzing both of our personalities, both of our strengths, both of our weaknesses and being okay to not try and do stuff that you’re just not good at, give it to them instead and then vice versa. I feel like the self-awareness has just helped us loads when we work together. I’m going to ask you some selfish questions now.

42:30
I noticed you had a book on how to raise entrepreneurial kids. Teach me. Oh, okay, cool. So yeah, that book came about because I sent out a journal request asking for people to tell me how they were raised to be entrepreneurial or how they were raised to how they were raising entrepreneurial kids. And I thought I would get two responses. I got 500. Wow. Okay. So then I was like, oh, this needs to be a book. And I don’t have kids. I kind of was raised.

42:59
with entrepreneurial parents. So I was kind of a kid in the story, but I hooked up with Daniel Priestley, who has three kids under the age of six, and we wrote the book together. So it’s split into like 46 different ways, but kind of the best few. One of them is practice what you preach, be the entrepreneur real excited, doing what they say they’re gonna do, having high integrity, being an amazing person, just as a role model. That’s like by far the most powerful.

43:23
all the others pale into insignificance compared to you just being amazing and being someone that they want to be like. One of the others I love is called doubling down. So some parent in the book that we interviewed described it as if his kid is interested in dinosaurs, they are going to double down on dinosaurs. They’re going to go to dinosaur museums. They’re going to have pencil cases. They’re going to have, you know, bedspreads. It’s going to be like dinosaur everything and they’re going to geek out. They’re going to learn everything because that is how that kid will learn mastery.

43:53
And once they learn mastery and once they learn how to be obsessed with something, they can apply that to any different field and it won’t matter. They just know how to have deep interest.

44:03
So how do you foster that? So, okay, so my kids, my daughter has started, she’s on her second business now. The problem is, is like, there’s all this stuff that I want her to do to market it, but I don’t wanna push her to do it. But I wanna kind of have her discover it on her own. But then there’s school and then there’s sports, there’s so many things going on, it’s tough. Yeah, well, how my parents used to do it was if we ever signed up for something or if we ever committed.

44:30
doing something. We were in, we were committed, there was no getting out. You can’t mispractice, you’ve said you’re to do it. If you want to quit, you can quit at any time, but you have to either in or out. So we didn’t really have any grey areas with what we were committed to. And I feel like that maybe helped us from flitting around all over the place. And you sound like a very self motivated person that just goes all in, like the whole powerlifting thing. You know, it’s one thing to lift weights so you can run a little better. It’s another thing to start entering competitions on behalf of your country.

45:00
Right? Yeah. Yeah. It got a bit too far. And then one of the other ones that I’ve just thought about from the book is about labels, because labels are so powerful. And one of the examples is that if you call a kid clumsy or if you call them shy or if you call them any of these words that just get banded around, they’ll wear it like a badge and they’ll act like it even more so. So a child that you call clumsy will be more clumsy. They will fall over more because they identify with it.

45:28
And it’s the same with shy. So when you think about the labels that you administer, like when I was little, it was always like, you’re strong, you’re confident, you’re all these different things. And I thought, yeah, I am. And then I acted like that. So it’s about being mindful of which labels that you give to other people, which I think is true of grownups as well as kids. I mean, grownups are just kids is what I discovered. Because I teach this class and I have one-on-ones occasionally. And yeah.

45:54
Like it’s almost like talking to my kids sometimes when I’m helping them on their path and that sort of thing. So you’re absolutely right. I mean, I behave like a kid all the time too. Yeah, me too. Yeah, so I’m like, okay, that’s good. I like that labels comment because I noticed that she’s already had some internal labels that she’s given to herself that aren’t true that we’ve been trying to kind of dispel. Like shyness is one of those ones as well. thanks for the tips.

46:23
I’ll use them. Jodie, it was a pleasure talking to you. Where can people find your book, which is coming out in the US? Oh, my book is at 10yearcareer.com or it’s available on Amazon and everywhere that sells books. And why 10 years? I forgot to ask. So I think 10 years is such a good timeframe because it stops you trying to get short term wins, which I don’t feel ever really work in business.

46:51
But it’s a long enough time frame. It’s a short enough time frame that you don’t waste time and you’re not gonna just have the same year again and again. You’re gonna be going towards progress and trying to evolve in some way. And then my journey was 10 years and then lots of the entrepreneurs I’ve spoken to who managed to do this in 10 years. That’s the time frame. It works. Oh yeah, okay. Wait, you started in 2011. Oh yeah, you’re right. It has just been around 10 years.

47:18
Okay. Yeah, there’s also a companion course as well that comes with the book. And we’ve got a bunch of different case studies as well from entrepreneurs who’ve exited and they followed that four-step structure and that’s exactly how they did it. And yeah, 10 years, magic. You don’t consider yourself retired though, do you? No, but more because the label sounds really old and it doesn’t really fit. But I don’t really know that. I think that’s one of the things that I found when exiting. I didn’t really know what…

47:46
my label was because was I powerlifter, was I writer, was I retired? I don’t know. I’m still figuring out. People always ask me that question and I say, I’m never going to retire. Yeah, I’m like, I’m going to be doing this stuff forever. Or something. Yeah, I think that’s the massive paradox of all of it. It’s like you want to not have to do it, but you’re to do it anyway because you absolutely love it. And my personal view is like if you retire, like I think of retire as like

48:13
playing golf and like sitting on the beach, I think your brain is going to atrophy. It’s like a muscle, right, that you constantly have to use. So. Yeah. Yeah, I agree. And also when you sell, don’t just stop being, you don’t stop being you, you don’t stop having all the energy. It’s just that you haven’t got a business to apply it to anymore. So yeah, there’s a, there’s probably a better outlet for that than golf. Or a better word for that than retirement. should say. Yeah. Let’s make it. If anyone’s got any ideas of the, of the better word for retirement.

48:42
then yeah, by all means. So Jenny, I love your energy and yeah, I’ll link up the book and the show notes in case you guys are curious, but I highly recommend it. Thank you so much. Thank you for having me. Thanks, Steve.

48:58
Hope you enjoyed that episode. I love Jody’s drive and personality and you should definitely check out her book, The 10-Year Career, which is available right now. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 443. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is Nick’s big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve.

49:26
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to hang out with you in person this year in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. So grab a ticket to Seller Summit and let’s meet up. Go to SellersSummit.com. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T dot com. Now I talk about how I these tools on my blog and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to MyWifeQuarterJob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

444: The One Mindset Hack That Guarantees Success With Michael Hyatt

444: The One Mindset Hack That Almost Guarantees Success With Michael Hyatt

Today, I have a very special guest on the show, Michael Hyatt. Michael has scaled multiple companies over the years, including a $250M publishing company with 700+ employees. 

He is also the author of several New York Times, Wall Street Journal, and USA Today bestselling books, including Platform, Living Forward, Your Best Year Ever, Free to Focus, and his newest book, Mind Your Mindset.

In this episode, we discuss subtle mindset shifts that guarantee success.

What You’ll Learn

  • The key to breaking through your mental barriers
  • The 3 step process for minding your mindset
  • How to reframe the narrative in your head

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit or Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today I have a very special guest on the show, Michael Hyatt. And as many of you know, Michael is a New York Times bestselling author and he actually used to run a multi-million dollar publishing company as well. So I was lucky to chat with him, especially on the eve of launching my brand new book, The Family First Entrepreneur. But don’t worry, we’re not talking about publishing books today. Instead, we’re gonna talk about something way more important and that’s how to get out of the way of your own mind.

00:29
This is a great episode, trust me. But before we begin, I want to you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are now on sale over at SellersSummit.com. In fact, the price is going up this Wednesday. It is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And you probably know me well enough to know that my event has zero fluff. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business and not high level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Every year we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people and it’s a very intimate event.

01:00
Everyone eats together and everyone parties together every single night. Personally, I love smaller events and tickets always sell out far in advance. Now, if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250K or $1 million per year, we also offer a special mastermind experience where we break up into small groups, lock ourselves in a room and help each other with our businesses. The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th. Go to sellersummit.com for more information. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode.

01:28
Now if you run an ecommerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I focus a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS, or text message marketing, is already a top 5-room resource for my ecommerce store, and I couldn’t have done that without Postscript, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in ecommerce stores, and ecommerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data,

01:56
and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your audience. So head on over to postcook.io slash Steve and try for free. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I released with my partner Tony. And unlike this one, where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience.

02:24
No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:39
Welcome to the My Wife, Quirter Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Michael Hyatt on the show. Michael is the founder of Full Focus, formerly Michael Hyatt & Co. And what I personally love about his company is that he works with his daughter, which is actually one of my dreams. He has scaled multiple companies over the years, including a $250 million publishing company with over 700 employees. His companies have been featured in the Inc 5000 list of one of the fastest growing companies in America.

03:07
for many years in a row and he was actually named one of Inc’s best workplaces. He’s also the author of several books that have made the New York Times, Wall Street Journal bestseller list and the USA Today bestselling books, including Platform, Living Forward, Your Best Year Ever, Free to Focus and his latest book, Mind Your Mindset. Now I could go on and on about Michael, but that would probably take the entire duration of the podcast. There’s a lot we can learn, but today what we’re gonna do is we’re gonna focus on mindset.

03:36
and the key to breaking through your mental barriers. And with that, welcome to show, Michael. How you doing? Thanks, Steve. Appreciate you having me on. Yeah, I mean, it’s my honor. And I have to ask this upfront before I forget to ask, how are you so lucky to be working with your daughter in your business? Like, how did you get her to be actually interested in what you do for a living? That’s a great question. I’m not sure anybody’s ever asked me that specific question, but we’ve worked together for a long time. So.

04:04
The first time we ever worked together on an actual project. Well, I take this back. When she was eight years old and I was in the book publishing industry, she went with me to the book trade show. And so she went to all my author meetings, all my vendor meetings, a little bit of everything. And she was so poised and did such a great job. So then I’d started taking her to things. And I have five daughters. So Megan is the oldest and my youngest daughter, Marissa also works for the company. But,

04:33
I just basically included them in my work. So when she was 17, at that time I was a literary agent and I had an author, one of my clients who was out on a book tour. This was back in the days when we literally traveled to different cities. And in this case, it was a big tour bus and we would go, we went to 15 different cities and she was with me and at 17, she was responsible for all merchandise sales. So it was a big job and she did great, but you know,

05:02
We’ve just all gotten along great. all my daughters, in fact, all my daughters live within 30 minutes of me. Three of them, including Megan, but the three of them that have kids, and I have 10 grandkids, they all live within five minutes of me. So we’re pretty close-knit family. Yeah, I mean, that’s the dream right there. I’m very tight with my family, and that’s one of the reasons why I went into business in the first place, so I could spend more time with them.

05:30
I think it’s amazing that you guys work together. I’m not sure if my daughter has any interest in what I do, but I’m hoping to kind of steer her that way, because I would love to have what you have. Well, I think you got to kind of set it up. You know, you’ve got to include her in things so she can get familiar with it. Talk to her a lot about why it matters and what’s important about it. And it’s funny how so much of that is caught, not taught.

05:55
Definitely. I’ve actually tried to include her in a lot of things. We filmed a lot of videos together. It’s been a good time. That’s good. Good, good. I want to start with a quick story. I’ve been teaching an online class about e-commerce for over a decade now. And for the longest time, I thought that the most important aspect of the class was to teach the strategy because that’s kind of how I was brought up. Like, tell me what to do and I’ll suck it up and I’ll do it. But over the years, I’ve chatted one-on-one with many students in my class.

06:26
And I’ve come to realize that what’s holding them back is what is in their heads. And I’m curious, you’ve worked with many high powered CEOs and executives, and I want to make the listeners first feel like they’re at home. Can you just give me some examples of your own personal experiences where either you or one of your clients have been in their heads?

06:45
Yeah, well, I think the first time this came home to roost for me was I had an executive coach by the name of Eileen. And back during the great recession, this would have been about 2009, August of 2009, she flew in to spend the day with me and she came in once a month for a full day. And it was about 75 % psychotherapy and about 25 % business coaching. But she plopped out in the chair, opened her notepad and she said, so tell me how it lasts.

07:14
month with and this would have been July of 2009 that she was talking about. And I said, well, it didn’t go that great. She said, well, what happened? I said, well, we missed the top line. Our revenue numbers by about 10%. We missed our profit number so bad that we lost money. And she said, well, gosh, that is kind of shocking because when I sat here last month, you were so upbeat, so confident that you were not only going to hit the budget, but that you had a pretty good chance of beating the budget.

07:44
What happened? And I said, well, you know, we’re in the middle of a big recession. know, inflation is high, foot traffic at retail is down, consumer confidence is down. So the economy, like that was the first reason I gave her. And I’d been rehearsing these, what I would look back on now as excuses for my board, because I was going to have to meet with them to report on the same numbers. And so she was kind of serving as a proxy for that. I said, the second reason is the book publishing industry itself,

08:14
is an enormous turmoil because we’re in the midst of this digital conversion and nobody knows where it’s going to end up, but it’s created a lot of chaos in our industry. Third, social media has changed everything we thought we knew about marketing and we haven’t quite figured out how to use it to sell books yet, but nothing that we used to do seems to be working like it used to work. So I said, that’s why those three reasons.

08:41
And she just kind of paused for a second and she said, okay, but what was it about your leadership that caused this result? Which really took me back. I was kind of offended, definitely felt defensive. And I said to her, said, this has nothing to do with my leadership. This has everything to do with the economy, my industry, the state of marketing. She said, okay, I get that those are factors, but what is it about your leadership? Well,

09:11
She quickly saw that I wasn’t getting it. So she said, let me ask the question another way. If you could go back 30 days and you knew then what you know now, would you have done anything differently? And I said, yes. She said, like what? I said, well, I would have met with my sales team every day just to make sure that they were on track and we were pacing to at least hit the budget if not exceeded. She said, okay, great. What else? I said, I would have gone on that sales call to Walmart.

09:39
Because I think that just having my presence there as a CEO would have caused them to buy more books and would have been a better result. She said, great, what else? So I gave her, I don’t know, three to five things. And she kind of smiled and she said, so what you’re telling me is that it was about your leadership. And she was exactly right. Because I saw the problem as out there. Beyond my control, I was just a victim. All this stuff was happening to me.

10:09
What she helped me realize, Steve, is that the problem was in here between my ears. It was the way I was thinking about the problem and that I had way more agency, but I’d given it away. And so in the one sense, when I took ownership of the results, the good news was that now I got my agency back and all of a sudden I had the power. Like I could do something differently. And we went on to do something very different that next month.

10:37
The bad news was it took away my excuses. But I saw the distinction between sort of the problems out there and the problems in here in my thinking. I love that because my dad was just like your coach. Like we lost a volleyball game once and he was like, why did you lose? And I’m like, ah, I’m not tall enough. You know, I deflected it towards like just things I couldn’t change. And he was like, well, you can jump, can’t you? You can work on your jump, can’t you?

11:07
I didn’t see you practicing after school. And my dad did this with every time I did better at a test, that’s what he would say to me to the point where I just stopped making excuses after a while. So I know a lot of people out there listening have limiting beliefs. And the question is, how do you get over it? And is there a process for doing so? Because it’s not really like a switch that you can just.

11:33
Well, there is. And in this book, Mind Your Mindset, which I did write with my oldest daughter, Megan, the CEO of Full Focus, we talk about a three-step process. And so the first step of the process is basically to identify the story that you’re telling yourself. Now, the subtitle of the book is the science that shows success starts with your thinking. So we did a deep dive into the brain science.

12:04
showing how our brains work. And one of the things that we discovered early on is that our brains cannot exist without constantly pursuing meaning. In other words, there are things that happen to us, and then there’s the interpretation that our brain provides of what that means. So what happened? And then the interpretation. Those are two totally different things.

12:32
So for example, I heard a story a couple of weeks ago about two identical twins, grew up in the same family. They had alcoholic parents, both of them. And they asked the successful brother, who was very, very successful from a financial standpoint and almost every aspect of his life, said, well, what do you attribute your success to? And he thought for a second, he said, well, I grew up in a family of alcoholics.

13:01
And I didn’t want to end up like that. So I worked my butt off to avoid that. And he said that it was kind of inevitable, you know, just the background I had, the circumstances I had, it was kind of inevitable that I would succeed. So they asked the second brother who was basically broke, almost homeless, had not made anything of himself. They said, why aren’t you successful? And he said, well, what would you expect? My parents were alcoholics.

13:31
It was inevitable that I would turn out like them. So the facts were the same. They both grew up in a family of alcoholics, but the meaning that they assigned to that fact or those sets of facts were completely different. And so I think making the distinction, and this is in that first step of identify the story, is that our brains are compelled to create stories.

14:00
We have these cells in our brains. It’s almost like if you go into a container store, you know, where they sell all different size boxes to store different kinds of things. Your brain is like that. There are brain cells that store the names of people that store locations that store historical facts and all that. But as those different neurons connect through synapses and begin to fire, and this is Hebb’s law.

14:28
is the neurons that fire together, wire together, and that’s the brain knitting together a story from these facts. The problem is, is that once you get that story, it’s easy to confuse the story with the truth. Because whenever you have the trigger, something that reminds you of that story, your brain automatically sends the signal down that neural pathway, and the challenge is to create a different neural pathway.

14:56
And we certainly don’t need to do this with every story because some stories are actually very helpful. But one of the things we realized in the brain science too is that up to 20 % of our memories are false, as in they didn’t happen. Up to 70 % of our memories are distorted in some significant way. whenever we find ourselves frustrated, stuck, not getting the results we want,

15:23
We need to identify the story. We need to ask ourselves the question, wait a second, what is the story I’m telling myself right now? And in the book, we talk about this, if there’s a villain in the book, it’s somebody we call the narrator. And this is, it’s a personification of our thinking process, but it’s like we have this person who lives inside our head and is offering nonstop color commentary.

15:52
on everything that happens. Now the brain’s goal, the reason the brain does this, is the brain’s number one job is to keep us safe. And so it’s constantly taking the experiences of the past and trying to predict the future and keep us safe. But the narrator is talking nonstop, much like if you watch a football game, you there’s what’s happening on the field, those are the facts. And then there’s the commentators, usually at least two, sometimes three.

16:21
who are talking nonstop about what it all means and where it’s going. And that’s the narrator. But it’s difficult to think about our thinking. And yet, as you pointed out, like that’s the major thing that changes the results. Because our thinking and our stories are what cause us to select the strategies that we select. And those strategies are what delivers the results we get.

16:50
So if we want better results, extraordinary results, biggie sized results, the best way to do that is to change our thinking, to change the story. But first we got to identify it. I have a perfect example of this. When I first started in business, I used to be an electrical engineer. And I remember the first thing I tried to sell, I wasn’t very good at it. And what I told myself is, I’m just an engineer. I program and I write code all day.

17:19
This isn’t my thing and that’s why it failed. Is that an example of what you’re talking about? Identifying the narrative. Yeah, it’s perfect. Like here’s another example. I use this in the book. I went to an industry trade show and there was the CEO of one of the larger companies in our industry who was about to speak, about to deliver a keynote. And so our language reveals our thinking. The words that we use reveal what we’re thinking. So as a business coach, which is our primary business at Full Focus,

17:48
I’m listening very intently and very carefully to the language that my clients use when they’re talking about a problem or talking about their role or what they’re capable of or whatever. So this keynote speaker stands up and he says, hey, I’m not a very gifted speaker. And he kind of laughed. And then he spent the next hour approving it. So he rambled. There was no organization. It was terrible. I looked around the room and probably 80 % of the people had their nose in their phone. They just weren’t paying attention.

18:18
because he had it in his thought that he wasn’t a very good speaker, he wasn’t a gifted speaker. So, you know, honestly, why even try? You know, if you really believe that, kind like your engineer story, if you believe that you’re only X, then you may not even try. My youngest daughter, Marissa, who works for our company too, she will often say when somebody says like that, you know, I’m not a very gifted speaker, she would say, well, if you say so, our words shape

18:47
our thinking, and our thinking shapes our words. There’s this reciprocal relationship between our language and our thinking. So part of this identifying the story, step one in the process is to pay attention to our language and particularly pay attention to the language that the narrator inside of our head hears. We may never give voice to it and yet may just be rattling around our head, but what are the exact sentences that the narrator uses for years?

19:18
I had the narrator saying to me, you know, you’re not very good with money. Watch out. You’re not very good with money. Are you sure you want to do that? Because you’re not very good with money. That all went back to an experience where I had a business that went bankrupt back in early nineties. And I had a friend a couple of years later that said to me on an airplane, he said to me, as he kind of listened to some of my story, he said, wow, it sounds to me like you’re not very good with money.

19:48
And it didn’t occur to me to question that as, as though it were an opinion. I respected him as a mentor and I just ingested that as though it were the truth. And guess what? For the next 10 years, I set out to prove the truth of that statement. You know, I made bad financial decisions. I wasn’t very good with money and it wasn’t until I began to change that story. And frankly was meeting Dave Ramsey and

20:18
having a session with him, they began to change my story about money, which changed my actions, which led to different results. But it all begins with identifying that story.

20:30
My first book, The Family First Entrepreneur, is now available for pre-order at your favorite online retailer. Now this is a book about entrepreneurship, but not the kind that they tell you about in business school or that you often hear about online. Now if you can relate to my wife and I story, you probably don’t seek to become world famous or ridiculously rich. Now you might not say no to these things, but we probably have similar priorities. You want a good life and the freedom to enjoy it. But here’s the problem with 99 % of the business and entrepreneurship advice out there.

20:59
They all preach that you need to work 80 hours a week and hustle your butt off just to get ahead. And in fact, a popular saying is that entrepreneurs are willing to work 80 hours a week to avoid working 40 hours a week for someone else. Well, I’m calling BS on this. If you follow this advice, then you’ll end up sacrificing your time and your freedom for the promise of riches, work yourself to the bone and lose what precious time you had to spend with your loved ones. Now on this podcast, which I’ve run since 2014, I’ve interviewed over 450 successful entrepreneurs

21:26
who are absolutely killing it with their multi-million dollar businesses. But what you don’t hear about publicly is that they don’t see their family much or that they’re totally burned out or stressed out. You don’t hear about the huge sacrifices that they had to make in order to get there. So in this book, I’ll share with you an alternative to the hustle culture nonsense we so often hear about in relation to achieving financial success. You can in fact achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it.

21:55
and you don’t have to work 80 hours a week and be a slave to your business just to make it all work. So if you’re tired of hearing from a bunch of single men or women or 20 something kids who drive fancy cars and brag about how hard they work or how much they make, I will give you a different perspective from a father who makes both business and family work. So join me in my book launch and get access to a bunch of freebies. Go to mywifecooderjob.com slash book and I’ll send you bonuses, invitations to book parties that I’ll be throwing all over the country and special offers.

22:24
MyWifeQuitterJob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

22:30
Just want to tell all the listeners out there, especially the ones who are in my class, the number one narrative that I get is I’m not tech savvy enough to do this. I get that too. Yeah. And I point them to like 99 % of the students who put up beautiful websites. I mean, it can be done. No one’s tech savvy from the start. would say 99 % of the people are not tech savvy, but you can learn. And that’s what it takes. Same thing with money. Same thing with nearly everything. You know, you can learn it. And that’s a much more empowering thought to have.

22:59
You know, instead of me saying I’m not very good with money or I’m not very tech savvy, I could say I’m learning to become tech savvy or I’m learning to be good with money. And that was the thing that dawned on me is like literally almost anything could be learned. And the only difference between, you know, me and some financial guru is the financial guru spend a lot of time and probably made a lot of mistakes to get where he is. But we’ve got to identify that, that story. It’s easy to think about, you know, the thoughts that other people have.

23:29
about other people. It’s easy to sometimes see what other people are thinking and see how that’s not serving them. But it’s more difficult to see our own thinking. But that’s where we have to begin. Seems like we actually have to just take a make a conscious effort to maybe write these down then. Right? Yes. Okay. Well, literally we have to and this is step two in the process that we outline in the book, Mind Your Mindset, is we have to interrogate the story.

23:57
In other words, we have to ask ourselves the question, is this true? And so we get, we go through several questions in the book about how to interrogate the story and how to just challenge that narrative because so often it’s not true or it’s not accurate. And again, I think we just have to realize that a story is a story. It’s not the truth. That’s hard for a lot of people to get. And a lot of people become defensive when you start to interrogate their story.

24:26
because that story, again, it’s designed to keep them safe. So I had a story about myself that also involves my executive coach, Eileen, but this is another incident. Sounds like a great coach, the way. Yeah, she was amazing. So we were talking about introversion and extroversion. I don’t know how we got into the conversation, but we were talking about the Myers-Briggs assessment, and I was an introvert on Myers-Briggs.

24:55
And so she said, well, what does that mean to you? And I said, well, it means that I really don’t like people. You know, I’m much more, I really much more enjoy being alone and people wear me out and I don’t like to meet new people. I’d much rather stay with the same people. And she said, okay, she said, well, you’re the CEO of a public company where you have to meet a lot of new people. So how does that construct of introversion serving you?

25:25
And first of all, it never occurred to me until that moment that that was a story I was telling myself. Now, could you objectively verify it? Possibly. But what she helped me to see is that I could change the story to get different results. Because she said to me, are there ever situations where extraversion would actually serve you better? And I thought, wow, yes, definitely.

25:54
Like when I’m public speaking, you know, if I could actually meet the audience, I go out into the crowd and shake hands and talk to people before I spoke, I would probably, they would be more sympathetic to what I had to say. And she said, well, why don’t you try it? Cause maybe most of this is just a way of thinking. She said, do you think you could think like an extrovert? And I said, well, I probably could. She said, well, what would that be like? And I said, well, I’d have to be telling myself,

26:23
that I enjoy meeting new people, that I’m curious about their lives, that I wanna learn about new people. She said, perfect, give it a try. And so what I realized is that, and I would still self identify as an introvert, but I can turn that on or off. Sometimes it serves me, sometimes it doesn’t. But again, it’s a story primarily and it’s flexible. And so we gotta interrogate the story.

26:53
and not see that as something fixed that we can’t change because we use this all the time. know, people try to lose weight. They say, well, I can’t lose weight because I’m big boned or, you know, I, I’d like to have a better marriage, but I’m married to a narcissist. You know, that the problem is always out there somewhere instead of in, in here. And there are objective facts that we can’t change, but we have a lot more control than we think, but we got to interrogate the story. That’s step two.

27:22
I recall a story in your book where you had to give a speech and you were tired and not looking forward to it. And you were like, I just have to get this over with or something like that. And then was it your coach who, who? No, that, that was, that was a great story about sort of the connection between language and how that can affect our thinking. But, yeah, I just had literally boarded the plane. sat down. We were still at the gate. My phone rings and it’s one of my best friends. And he said, Hey, what’s up?

27:51
And I said, well, I’m sitting on a plane because I have to go to San Diego to give a speech. And he kind of paused and then he kind of started laughing. said, he said, first of all, dude, you’re going to San Diego, best climate on the planet, awesome fish tacos. And he said, and you’re, you’re, you’re speaking to like a thousand people. And this has been your dream for years. And he said, you don’t have to do anything. Nobody’s holding a gun to your head. He said, you.

28:21
get to do that. And that was the difference. One little tweak between the word have to and get to is a total mind shift. And so ever since then, whenever I have to do anything, you know, I wake up in the morning and maybe there’s some things that are not particularly my favorite, but I just say I get to. And that changes kind of the way that I’m thinking. Because again, there’s this reciprocal relationship.

28:48
between our thinking and our speaking. And if we can learn to listen to our own language, we can kind of catch ourselves and self-correct in our thinking. But if you can’t do that yourself, and it’s hard at the beginning, give the people that are around you, whether it’s your family or the people that you work with, give them permission to just check your language. Tell them what you’re trying to do and just say, like, if you hear me expressing a limiting belief,

29:15
or saying something that’s not serving what I’m trying to create in the world, call me out. And that’s very helpful. It’s the same thing with me. For the longest time, I hated lifting weights. But then now I tell myself, well, you’re going to feel a lot better about yourself. And then I start looking forward to it because I think about how it makes me feel after I’m done with the workout. Yes. And so now I look forward to doing it. It’s weird. Just whatever story you’re telling yourself.

29:45
really makes a huge difference in your attitude. It so does. And that kind of leads us to step three, which is to imagine a better story. And I had an experience, it wasn’t about working out, although I’ve had that same thoughts. I don’t particularly enjoy working out. I did it this morning, but for me, it’s I get to listen to a book or a podcast. And so it’s my opportunity and I love learning. So it’s my opportunity to learn.

30:14
But I had another public speaking story where, um, I used to dread public speaking. And I thought, like most people do that if I get up on the stage, I’m going to die. You know, it’s like the number one or number two fears that, uh, most people say, you know, they’re more afraid of that than death generally. So

30:36
One of the things I noticed was that whenever I had to step up on stage and speak for something, I would dread it. I would not look forward to it. And I would be really nervous. So my hands would start sweating profusely and I hated to shake hands with somebody before I spoke because I felt like it sort of betrayed, you know, my fear. And then I would sweat like under my arms so that this not proud to admit this, but I would wear two t-shirts under a dress shirt.

31:05
hoping that I didn’t sweat through the t-shirts and give myself away. And my voice would get kind of shaky and all this stuff. But for me, imagining a better story was getting the focus off me and focusing on the audience and saying, what are their needs? What do they hope to hear today? How can I be of service? And then when I would get those nervous feelings, which I do to this very day, I would say, oh,

31:35
That’s how my body prepares itself for peak performance. Because all those effects I was experiencing were the result of adrenaline. And adrenaline is one of the most powerful drugs on the planet. It gives you superpowers. You think faster, you think sharper, you’re hyper-focused, you’re very alert, your brain does better on adrenaline. You don’t want it for long periods of time, but…

32:04
You know, if you’re running from a T-Rex or you’re getting up to speak, it’s very helpful. So imagine a bigger, better story is to kind of reframe, you know, what you’re experiencing, what your thinking is to something that’s going to better serve you. And I, and I find that when I repeat that mantra of, this is how my body prepares itself for peak performance. That that really does. It causes me to relax. I’ll still have the butterflies and all that, but I welcome them. I want that adrenaline.

32:32
Cause I know I’m gonna perform better if I’ve got it. Interesting. I mean, I had a similar fright with public speaking and now when I’m up there, I actually really enjoy it because I feel powerful up there. Yeah. But it took me a while to get to that point. I’m not sure if I changed any narratives, but I love just seeing people smile or laugh at something I said and it’s kind of addictive. Well, it is. And one of the things I noticed that I love too is when I’m up on stage,

33:01
Stories will occur to me that I didn’t think of when I was preparing. And I’m always trying to manage that against the clock. Right? I don’t want to tell so much that I go over time, but I’m also hyper-focused on the audience. And I feel like, you know, like you were talking about people smiling and all that. I almost feel like I can read their minds. I’m like really trying to look in their eyes and really try to connect with them personally and emotionally. But I feel like there’s almost a intuitive superpower. And a lot of speakers report this that they have in the moment.

33:29
they know whether stuff’s connecting or not. If you don’t, you know, that’s something to work on. But I think for most people that speak, they see that. Yeah. I know for me, when it comes to changing the narrative, it always helps to just talk to someone who’s already done what you’re trying to do. Because I know for me, at least, I have limiting thoughts where, oh, I could never do that. Right? I could never make my…

33:57
create a seven figure business without like a large staff or whatever but then I met someone who did it and then all of a sudden I was like oh okay well this guy does did it then that means I can

34:08
Yeah, that’s, that’s powerful, Steve in chapter nine of mind, your mindset. talk about the importance of community and who you hang out with matters because thinking is contagious. And this is why corporate culture is such a difficult thing to fix because once the thinking is negative, it becomes contagious. And then everybody’s thinking that way. And it’s hard to turn.

34:38
things around, who you hang with matters. Jim Rohn says, we’ve all heard this, that you’re the average of the five people you spend the most time with. And I don’t know if that’s empirically verifiable or not, but I think the principle is absolutely true. And, you know, one of the things you can do if you want to change your story is hang out, be intentional about your friendships, about your associations, and hang out with people that think different than you.

35:08
Like if you want to make a lot of money, if you want to make more money than you’re making now, hang out. doesn’t mean you have to avoid all broke people. Some of those people you can’t afford to avoid because they’re in your family. But if you want to make more money, for example, hang out with people that are making a lot of money and just see how they think. If you want to be a better public speaker, hang out with professional speakers. How do they think? I promise you, if you take a guy like Elon Musk,

35:38
or Mark Cuban or some other billionaire, it’s not that they’re that much smarter than you, although both of them are wicked smart. It’s not that they have a better Rolodex or network of contacts than you do, although they probably have that too. But the most fundamental thing is that they think differently than you do. The way they think about money, for Elon Musk, I’m sure, and I’ve heard a lot of rich people say this, hey, it’s just another zero.

36:08
more money, just a way of keeping score. But if you could do something that generates 100,000 for your business, why couldn’t you do a million dollars or $10 million or $100 million? I mean, what’s the difference? Most of it is in our thinking, how we think about the issue. I’m actually really glad I’m talking to you, because I currently actually have this limiting belief right now. I told you earlier before we hit record that my book is coming out May 16th. And I have this mental block.

36:37
about hitting the New York Times bestseller list. And right now I’m, like I’ve been trying to rewrite this narrative, like, because I’ve talked to various book launch coaches and they’re like, ah, you know, it’s like single digit percentage or whatnot. And what people have been telling me is like, you’re just not gonna hit it. You’re just not gonna hit it. And I’ve been trying to rewrite that narrative. And I know you’ve hit it multiple times, right? What was the narrative that you told yourself?

37:04
Well, that’s an interesting question because let’s just kind of deconstruct this. First of all, there are the facts. And the facts are that there more books being published than ever before. Another fact, and I’m now speaking as a publishing professional that’s been in the book publishing industry for decades, is that the most difficult list to make is the New York Times because it’s not a simple matter of sales.

37:34
Like there’s this thing called book scan and basically they scan the number of books that are sold at retail. And that’s what USA Today uses. That’s what Publishers Weekly uses. That’s what the Wall Street Journal uses. And so the top selling nonfiction book in any given week is going to be number one. The second top selling is going to be number two and so forth. So that’s kind of internal logic that we understand and makes sense. The New York Times.

38:04
has a more complex algorithm and nobody knows what it is. And you can have a book that sells tens of thousands of copies in a week and doesn’t make the list because the people at the New York Times decide that it’s not worthy for whatever reason. Okay, so those are the facts. Now, the story that you might be tempted to delay on that is that there’s no way I can make it. You know, it’s not even worth trying.

38:35
And the story I’ve chosen to tell myself is that while it’s not guaranteed, there’s a lot that I can do to influence it. So I may not make it, you know, at the end of the day, there’s somebody else pulling the lever about that. That truly is an outside thing. But internally, I can give myself a fighting chance. But if I’m telling myself a story that says there’s no way, I won’t even try.

39:04
But the cool thing about the New York Times list is that even if you don’t make it, just the effort of trying will probably get you on every other list. So here’s a question, we talk about this in the book, but here’s a question that’s a better question to ask yourself whenever you feel like something’s impossible. What would have to be true for me to hit the New York Times list? And so you might think, for example, one of the best things I could do is get endorsements.

39:33
because that’s kind of the thing that the average reader uses as a proxy for knowing whether or not to spend their money on the book. So I spent a lot of time doing that. This particular book, I had Tony Robbins and Don Maxwell and Dave Ramsey and about 50 different people endorse it because I’m trying to get myself a fighting chance to get onto the New York Times list. Then you might say to yourself, okay, I know I’ve got to get visibility and I need to get

40:01
Entree into as many on audiences as I can so I’m gonna get on as I’m gonna book as many podcast interviews as I can and So maybe set yourself a goal you say I’m gonna do a hundred podcast interviews And I’m just gonna go crazy on that because that’s gonna introduce me to people. don’t currently have a relationship with So, know, I’m create a an amazing sales page I’m gonna create pre publication bonuses so that people are really incentivized

40:30
to come buy the book before it launches, and then maybe even have a different set of bonuses during launch week, whatever. But that kind of question, what would have to be true, that sets into motion a completely different way of thinking and a completely different way of acting that better doesn’t guarantee, but it makes it more likely that you’re going to hit the list than if you didn’t do anything. Makes sense? Absolutely. Basically, put your best foot forward.

41:00
whatever happens happens. And this is actually what my dad used to tell me to. So that’s the attitude I’m taking with it right now. I’m going to do everything in my power, whatever happens happens. And I really appreciated your endorsement of my book as well. I really appreciated that. You’re welcome. And I mean, I have your book right here. I recommend that everyone go out and pick it up. I, as I mentioned before, anyone who’s listening here, I’ve just come to realize, and maybe this is because I’m an engineer.

41:29
But I used to just think that the facts and the strategies would get you where you want to be. But really, just after just talking with so many students in my class, it’s all in their heads. Like there’s, you’re smart enough to do whatever you want to do. It’s just a matter of telling yourself the right thing. So you actually take action on it. Totally. I mean, I meet so many people that are so smart, have so much life experience, have so much to say.

41:59
But the only thing that’s keeping them from doing that is the story that’s in their head. And I think speaking of engineering, we’ve got to be engineers of our own thinking. And this is one of the things that really separates humans from every other species is we have the ability, so far as we know, we’re the only species that has the ability to think about our thinking. And that self-awareness is a big gift.

42:29
but we’ve got to cultivate it. And the more we do it, the better we get at it. So I would just recommend to people, if you’re feeling stuck, if you’re feeling frustrated, if you’re not making the progress you want, sit down with a blank piece of paper. And literally, the first thing I would do is start writing the sentences that are in my head as I think about that problem. And then you can objectify it. And sometimes when you just get it out on paper, you go, well, that’s stupid or whatever. And you just like dismiss it.

42:58
And you never think those thoughts again, because once you externalized them, it became obvious that they weren’t serving you. In some cases though, we get them on paper and we go, well, yeah, that looks true. And we have to interrogate it. And again, that’s step two in the book. But then you can also begin to re-engineer those sentences. And like if my thinking is, I’m not very good with money and that’s a sentence that’s in my head.

43:26
What if I transformed that, modified it to, know, every day I’m learning more and more about money.

43:35
And that becomes the thing that you use to reprogram your thinking. I think engineering, computer science, those are good metaphors for what we’re trying to do. Because from a brain science perspective, what we’re trying to do is to take those neural pathways that our brain created to keep us safe, and we’re trying to rewire our brain so that there are new neural pathways. So that whenever we’re confronted with that, those same set of facts,

44:03
that instead of just going down that neural pathway that’s cut in our brain, we decided to take the road less traveled until we can wear a path and that becomes our natural thinking, something that’s more empowering. It’s funny for the people who tell me that they’re not tech savvy. I just tell them that being tech savvy is really about following directions and just learning where to click the mouse. It’s all it is, right? And not giving up after the first

44:33
Try. Exactly. Keep hacking. So Michael, where can people get your book and are there any pre-launch bonus goodies that you got? There are and go to mindyourmindsetbook.com and what you’re going to find there is a couple of different goodies. First of all, if you buy the book from any retailer and we have links to them all on that page mindyourmindsetbook.com

45:02
If you go there, go to a retailer, let’s say Amazon, then come back with your receipt to claim your bonuses. You’re going to get the audio book. So don’t buy the audio book. You’ll get the audio book from us for free. You also get a self coaching tool that’s amazing. So that enables you to go through that three step process and deconstruct your thinking in a little worksheet format so that you can solve the problem.

45:32
And then there’s a third thing that I can’t remember that you get. Oh, it’s a reading guide to the book. So those are the bonuses. Okay, nice. And it’s on sale right now. Is that correct? It is. Yep. And then I’ve always just been curious since your service is over at Full Focus, what do you offer there as well? Yeah, there’s two. We have a lot of things that we offer, but we consider ourselves and describe ourselves as a goal achievement.

46:02
So we help particularly leaders, achievers, small business owners achieve their goals. That’s different than goal setting, goal achievement, goal setting, two different things. But half of our business is a business coaching program called Business Accelerator. And you can find out more about that at businessaccelerator.com. And we have about 400 plus business owners that are in that program that we coach. have about 30 coaches on staff that work with them.

46:32
And then the other half of our business, like that’s the major, that is probably 40 % of our business. Then 40 % of our business is our full focus planner, which is a physical planner designed to help you accomplish your goals. takes all the stuff that I write about in goal setting, and then it helps people apply it and also be more productive. So it’s also got links. know, the other 20 % of our business is my books and we have a lot of courses that are built.

47:02
around those books that take a deeper dive. Nice. Well, Michael, I really appreciate you coming on. Yeah, I really appreciate your time. This is an honor to have you. Thanks, Steve. Thanks for having me on.

47:17
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now it took me years to realize that being successful in business is mostly mental and I hope that the strategies in this episode help you out. more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 444. Once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve.

47:46
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to hang out with you this year in person in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. So grab a ticket to Seller Summit and let’s meet up. Go to SellerSummit.com. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T dot com. Now I talk about how I these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

443: The Single Most Impactful Thing I Did To Grow My Businesses With Steve Chou

443: The Single Most Impactful Thing I Did To Grow My Businesses With Steve Chou

In this episode, I share with you the one, single most impactful thing that I did that allowed my online store to hit seven figures, my blog to grow to over a million dollars per year, and my YouTube channel to make over $300,000 per year.

The tip in this episode is, in my opinion, the most important thing that you can do to propel your business forward. 

What You’ll Learn

  • How to achieve financial freedom
  • My best strategy on how to grow your business
  • How to find your peeps

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. And today I’m doing a solo episode to talk about the single most impactful thing that I ever did to grow my businesses. And this is something that you all can do right now as well. But before we begin, I want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are now on sale over at sellersummit.com. It is a conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online.

00:29
Now this event has zero fluff. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business and not high level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Every year we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people and we all eat together, we all party together every night, and I personally love smaller events and tickets always sell out far in advance. By the way, tickets are going up in price in just a week as well. Now if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250K or $1 million per year, we also offer a special mastermind experience.

00:58
where we break up into small groups, lock ourselves in a room, and help each other with your businesses. The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th. And as I mentioned before, tickets are going up in price next week. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce, and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger.

01:28
Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. And finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I released with my partner Tony. And unlike this one, where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience.

01:56
No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience Podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:12
Welcome to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast. In this episode, I’m gonna share with you the one single most impactful thing that I did, kind of by accident, I have to admit, that allowed my online store over at bumblebulinus.com to hit seven figures, my blog over at mywifequitterjob.com to grow over a million dollars per year, and my YouTube channel to make over $300,000 per year. Now this is, my opinion, the most important thing that you can do to propel your business forward.

02:39
In fact, what I’m going to tell you today in this episode doesn’t just apply to business. It pretty much applies to everything in life, whether you want to make more money or to achieve financial freedom. So to begin this episode, I’m going to tell you three separate stories about my own experiences and then kind of tie it all together for you at the end so that you can do the same. Now, as I mentioned before, discovering this for myself was an accident, but it doesn’t have to be an accident for you. So the first story I’m going to tell

03:09
happened around a decade ago. My e-commerce store was doing multiple six figures in revenue, but I think at the time I was kind of at a plateau. The prior couple of years, I was growing in the double and triple digits, but things started to stagnate and we weren’t growing as fast. Meanwhile, at this time, my wife and I, were arguing a lot more because we were both trying to juggle running a business and taking care of two very young kids. And if I remember correctly at the time,

03:38
we were kind of at an in-between phase of our business where we were reluctant to hire more people because we didn’t feel like we made enough to justify hiring more people. But at the same time, we probably need to hire more people. Anyway, my buddy, Andrew Udarian, invited me to Montana for a mastermind group meeting along with nine other entrepreneurs. And many of these entrepreneurs actually have been on the podcast. Now, in case you guys don’t know what a mastermind is, it’s basically where a group of people

04:07
Entrepreneurs in this case get together and help each other with their businesses and typically you go around the room and Everyone takes turns asking questions they have on how they can prove their business and whoever’s turn it is to ask questions Is in what is called the hot seat? Anyway, when it was my turn to get on the hot seat, I proudly showed everyone my website Told them how much I was making and asked for feedback now at the time. I actually thought I was doing pretty well

04:35
So I actually wasn’t expecting much negative feedback. Maybe a couple tidbits here and there, but I was basically expecting praise and for people to tell me how good of a job I was doing. So I was appalled when everyone in the room took turns ripping my website to total shreds. By the way, the rules of the mastermind in general is that you give the honest truth and you don’t hold back. And trust me on this, no one held back that day. Here were some of the comments I got.

05:03
This website looks like it was designed in the 90s. You need to redesign your website right now. You run an online course that teaches this stuff? I would not take your class if I saw your website. And then another fellow mastermind told me, hey Steve, these are the types of sites I like to buy, fix up, and then resell at a massive profit. Now hearing these comments, I’m not gonna lie. They really hurt my pride. And I tried my best not to be defensive, but man.

05:32
Was it painful to hear every single person in the room basically destroy my business? Anyway, as soon as I got back from the mastermind, I immediately contacted my designer, whipped up a quick mock-up in Photoshop based on the feedback in the group, and started cranking on the redesign. And my process for the implementation was pretty straightforward. Basically went through, plowed through each and every page myself, laid it out roughly how I wanted it to look based on the feedback from the mastermind.

06:01
and had a designer pick up the pieces to make it look better. And I budgeted about six weeks to get the redesign done with me contributing about 40 hours of my own time. And basically every single page on the site was completely redone. And overall, the project ended up taking seven weeks and cost me about $1,800. But immediately I saw the results. My desktop conversion rates increased by 46%. My mobile conversion rates increased by 21%.

06:28
and my tablet conversion rates increased by 25%. And just in case you guys don’t understand the jargon, the conversion rate is basically the percentage chance that a customer makes a purchase when they land on your site. And with these changes, my sales went up nearly 30%. And I remember that year, my online store had the best year of growth that had experienced in a while. And it was all thanks to getting beat up in a mastermind meeting.

06:55
All right, so hold on to that story because I’m gonna tie everything together at the end, I promise. Okay, so this next story was with my friend Lars and you probably recognize him. He’s been on the podcast a couple of times and he was instantly a member of that same Montana mastermind. Now this was a few years later after that mastermind. Lars and I, we’re good friends now, we keep in touch. And since that meeting, I can’t remember the exact year when this happened, but I’m guessing it was 2015.

07:24
And one day out of the blue, he messages me and tells me, hey, yo, Steve, you got to get on Amazon right now. And I remember my first reaction was, hey, know, Bumblebee Lynn is doing just fine. Why would I want to complicate my life with another platform or another marketplace? And Lars was like, you know, right now it’s super easy. Think of Amazon. It’s almost like an ATM machine. You just feed it products and money comes out.

07:52
And at the time, we were already making enough. We replaced my wife’s salary. It was all good. We were still growing pretty well. So I didn’t do anything. I didn’t do anything for months. And to be honest, I had major problems motivating myself to start selling on Amazon. Like I mentioned before, we were already doing pretty well, growing in the double digits. I didn’t really see a strong need to sell on a platform where I didn’t have any control.

08:19
And back then, Amazon wasn’t nearly as cutthroat as it is today. Anyway, so months passed. Lars noticed that I hadn’t done anything yet. So that’s when he decided to go on the offensive. Every single week, he started sending me emails politely reminding me to list my items on Amazon. Then he started telling me how much money he was making off of just a small set of products. And then I kept dragging my feet. And when that didn’t do the trick,

08:47
He started telling me about all these cool strategies that he was using to make his Amazon listings more visible, strategies that very few people were using. And he might’ve mentioned that this would been excellent material for my online store course because at the time I wasn’t covering Amazon. Here’s the thing about these conversations. Lars had nothing to gain from urging me to get on Amazon. He was just looking out for me. Anyway, after weeks of hounding, I finally broke down and decided to list a couple of items on Amazon on a whim.

09:17
and the results were immediate. Within eight days, we sold out of our initial inventory of 60 units as a completely brand new seller and sales continued to rise. In our very first month of selling on Amazon, we made almost $3,000 selling just three products. A month later, we were doing over 5K a month, and today Amazon represents about 15 to 20 % of our business revenue. Now, while these numbers are still a relatively small fraction of what we make with our own online store, it’s definitely on the radar screen. And what’s surprising,

09:47
is that our online store sales are up for the exact same products that we have on Amazon. Clearly there’s a halo effect going on here. Anyway, it just goes to show that sometimes you need a bit of external pressure to get yourself off your butt, which is why it’s extremely important to associate yourself with like-minded people on your entrepreneurship journey. All right, one more story and I promise to tie everything together. This last story involves my friend Grant Baldwin. Grant runs a speakerlab.com where he teaches other people how to do public speaking.

10:16
And what he does for a living isn’t important. What is important is how he helped double my revenue. Now I want to say the year was 2015. Again, my memory is a little fuzzy, but that year I think I made around $400,000 a year selling my online course. And for all of you who don’t know this, I run a class that teaches people how to sell online over at profitableonlinestore.com. Anyway, I was chatting with Grant one day and our conversation started gravitating towards business.

10:43
So we shared with each other how much we were making and how, and basically our business strategies. How are we selling our courses? And at the time, again, I was super proud of how I was selling my online course on autopilot. Sales were coming in every day on autopilot through my email mini course. And many of you guys listening are probably on this mini course. In case you aren’t, go over to mywaifkudojob.com slash free. Anyway, I kind of boasted that my free six day mini course was better than some people’s paid classes.

11:13
And Grant, you know, he patiently listened to my story, congratulated me for my sales numbers that year, and then he dropped an atomic bomb. He was making 5X what I was making, selling a more obscure course that cost nearly 50 % less than mine did. And his email list was much smaller than mine as well. Right. So how did he do it? He was giving live webinars or presentations every single week and making like 30 to 50 K a pop.

11:41
every time he presented something online and I was flabbergasted. Not only did Grant tell me his numbers, but he emailed me his spreadsheets outlining exactly how much revenue each webinar made and how we tweaked his presentations each time to improve his conversion rate. And when he told me this, he basically gave me his entire playbook. And when he gave all this to me, I was intrigued, but I was also terrified at the same time because at the time,

12:12
I was deathly afraid of giving live presentations online. I was afraid that I’d hit the live button, go live with nothing to say. In fact, I still sometimes feel that way today. But once again, like Lars, Grant emailed me to check up on me. And it wasn’t anything major, like it’s not like he called me or anything. He just dropped a quick text, like, hey Steve, did you go live yet? Or, hey Steve, try this, I guarantee you it’ll work. And you know,

12:41
Again, I dragged my feet. And so I think that final text that broke the camel’s back was he sent a text that said, hey, Steve, I just made 35K in 60 minutes. Do you want 35K in 60 minutes? And it finally worked. Now, as an engineer, I wanted to be prepared. So I watched all of Grant’s webinars and other presentations from top influencers online. Basically, I studied in excruciating detail over 15 webinars in the span of a week.

13:08
and picked and chose which elements to incorporate into my own performance. And I also consulted with my friend Tony, who you all pretty much know, who was instrumental in helping me get my performance down pat. Now, everyone has a different style and a different strategy. Some people talk about themselves for 45 minutes, building up their authority and credibility, and only provide 15 minutes of useful content. Other people talk about their success stories for the bulk of their talk and tease their audience in a whine to learn more about how they did it.

13:38
And some people just give one long motivational speech, get the crowd super excited about their program. And to be honest with you, all these strategies work, but you know, I’m not good at any of that stuff. I hate talking about myself. I’m not good at teasing people about offers and I’m not exactly a motivational speaker here. So for my webinar, I decided to just give away as much information as possible in a 60 minute span. And it didn’t hold back at all and taught some of my best strategies in my talk. And it worked.

14:08
In the course of just 90 minutes, I made over $60,000 in my very first webinar. And once I added webinars into my mix, I hit the million dollar mark with my business just one year later. So you’re probably thinking to yourself right now, where can you meet your Andrew Udarian, your Lars Hunley or your Grant Baldwin? Now I met each and every one of these people at a live event. And here’s the thing, chances are your local friends are not doing the same things as you want to do.

14:38
When I started my online store, none of my friends were in e-commerce. All of my close friends here in California are doctors, lawyers, engineers, and they couldn’t relate to anything that I was doing at all. So I I felt kind of lonely. But when you attend a conference, everyone is doing the same thing as you. And when you get that experience, it’s magical. All of a sudden, you don’t feel crazy anymore. All of a sudden, you can talk freely about marketing and sales without worrying about boring anyone.

15:07
And this is exactly the reason why I started my own event, The Seller Summit, back in 2016, and I’ve been running it ever since. Seller Summit’s a conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And you’ve been listening to my podcast long enough now to know that I don’t tolerate any fluff. Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS, mine is a curriculum-based conference where you leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business.

15:36
I also keep my events small and intimate because, you know, personally, I hate large events. If you’re anything like me, you probably feel massive anxiety walking into a large group of people you don’t know, but it’s not like that in my event. Every year we cut off ticket sales at 200 people and we always sell out way in advance. Now remember that first mastermind where I grew my online store by 30 %? Well, we also run masterminds at seller summit as well. We split up into groups of 10, lock ourselves in a room and cater in food and just let the magic happen.

16:07
Anyway, I don’t want to turn this episode into a sales pitch for Seller Summit, but I do want to say that meeting other like-minded entrepreneurs face to face is guaranteed to change your life. I have friends and attendees like Natalie Mounter, who met her mastermind group at Seller Summit 2017, and she’s been meeting with them ever since, and they’re now all good friends. I met Lars, Andrew, and Grant, and my business partner, Tony, at events, and to be upfront, I would not be where I am today without them.

16:37
There’s this cliche that you’re the sum of your five closest friends and cliches exist for a reason because they’re 100 % true. In any case, my next event is in Fort Lauderdale, Florida on May 23rd to the 25th over at SellersSummit.com. Let’s hang out in person and I can 100 % guarantee you that you’ll learn a lot and you’ll make a bunch of new friends who may become your future Andrew Udarians, your future Lars Hunleys or your future Grant Baldwins.

17:05
Hope you enjoyed that episode and I was serious. Starting any business is a lonely process and having others around you doing the same things as you is liberating. For more information about this episode, go to mywebcoderjob.com slash episode 443. And once again, I want to remind you that my annual e-commerce conference will be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida on May 23rd to May 25th of 2023. I really want to hang out with you in person this year, so let’s meet up. Go to sellersummit.com. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com.

17:35
I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for ecommerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash dv. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash dv. Now, I talk about how I these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own ecommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course.

18:03
Just type in your email and it’ll send the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

442: How To Make $50M In Your First Year Selling Eyelashes With Ann McFerran

442: How To Make $50 Million Dollars In Your First Year Selling Eyelashes With Ann McFerran

Today I am thrilled to have Ann McFerran on the show. Ann is the founder of Glamnetic, a company that makes magnetic eyelashes.

But this is no ordinary eyelash company.  Ann grew her brand to over 50 million dollars in revenue in one year and she started this in her bedroom. In this episode, she reveals how she did it.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Ann came up with the idea for magnetic eyelashes
  • How Ann made 50 million dollars in her first year
  • How Ann advertised her brand and built a following
  • How to find suppliers to manufacture your product

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I have my friend Anne McFerrin on the show and Anne is the founder of Glamnetic, which is a company that sells magnetic eyelashes. And she grew this company to over $50 million in just a couple of years. She’s funny, totally down to earth. And you’ll learn exactly how she did it. But before we begin, I want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are now on sale over at sellersummit.com. It is the conference that I hold every year.

00:29
that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And you all probably know me well enough now to know that my event has zero fluff. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business and not high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Every year, we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people and everyone eats together and everyone parties together every night. I personally love smaller events and tickets always sell out far in advance. Now, if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250K or $1 million per year,

00:59
We also offer a special mastermind experience where we break up into small groups, lock ourselves in a room, and help each other with our businesses. The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd May 25th. To get your ticket, go to SellersSummit.com. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce, and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works.

01:28
In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce, and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I released with my partner Tony. And unlike this one, where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce,

01:57
The Profitable Audience Podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topics off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience Podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:18
Welcome to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Anne McFerrin on the show. Anne is the founder of Glamnetic, a company that makes magnetic eyelashes. Now, as a dude, I’m not really into eyelashes, but, I actually had never heard of Glamnetic before I talked to my wife. And when I told my wife that Anne was coming on, she literally flipped out. Now, I hope that my wife doesn’t get mad at me, but we’ve actually spent a lot of money on eyelashes over the years.

02:45
including getting these crazy extensions where they literally glue individual hairs to every single lash. And then if my wife were ever to cry or take a shower, her eyes would like sting like crazy. And she’s tried red light therapy, we’ve purchased countless extensions, and magnetic eyelashes apparently are the solution to all problems. Anne grew her magnetic eyelash brand to over $50 million in revenue and yes,

03:11
She started this in her bedroom in just a year and was doing seven figures per month. And today we’re gonna learn exactly how she did it. So welcome to the show, How are you doing? Hi, thanks for having me, Steve. Yeah, so all those stories are true. My wife spends a lot of money on eyelashes. It’s pretty ridiculous. Yeah, I would say eyelashes are one of the most expensive, I mean, they’re the most desirable thing, but also one of the most expensive parts of like the entire face, just because it…

03:40
It’s very tedious to do. know, typically people go in for lash extensions, like you said, with a lash check and they spend like hundreds of dollars and they have to like literally lay there for an hour and a half. It’s really not pleasant. And then your lashes and your natural lashes end up falling off with it. So we really tried to figure out a solution and strip lashes are the other thing that you can do, but it’s like glue is really, really difficult to work with. So that’s why I was like there, there’s like gap here in the market for.

04:08
easy to apply strip lashes, but that are not necessarily glued on. So it’s funny is like with with my eye, my wife, like, after a while, they start falling out, right? And all of sudden, they’re like patchy, there’s like this huge gap. And she’s got to like do a comb over. Yeah. Anyway, I am thank you for putting on your eyelashes. Your eyes look beautiful today. And what’s funny, I was actually going to pick up some glam netics to surprise you with them. But my wife thought that was a little creepy. So I didn’t do it. Anyway.

04:37
How did you come up with the idea? Was it out of your own personal need or did you find like a gap in the market? Yeah, it was a combination of both. So I’ve been wearing lashes my entire life, like basically since I was 17, like 16. And because I was the only Asian person in school, so everyone’s eyes was like super big. And I was like, want my eyes to look like that. And really like the only beauty products that would do that was lashes.

05:07
but they were really difficult to apply was the problem. But I learned, or I taught myself how to do it. And then literally every single day, like I, well, you will not see me without lashes on. It was kind of an insecurity of mine to like just not have lashes on. And then basically fast forwarding, you know, I’m, I have a lot of friends who are interested in wearing lashes and I always have to like help them apply theirs because they wouldn’t know like for an event, for anything. And I was like, this is really problematic. Why do people not understand how to do this?

05:37
Around the same time, there’s this like wave of awareness around magnetic lashes. So the type that would, but they were the original like first prototype, which was the type that sandwiched your lashes in between two layers of magnets. So it was like the top layer had like three magnets and the bottom layer had three magnets, like maybe three magnets max, like not more than that, maybe like two. And I bought them and tried them and they just, I literally could not get them on for the life of me. And I was like, there’s no way this is.

06:05
But I really liked the idea of magnetic instead of glue. I was like, okay, we’re going somewhere away from glue at least. This is the only invention that I see away from glue. I was like, how do we make this better? And so I started, I guess something clicked in my head where I was like, what if I take glam magnetic, like glam lashes and make them magnetic? So turn them into glam magnetic lashes. That’s actually where the name.

06:34
Glamnetic came from. And I just took basically a full strip of lashes that were like super full and fluffy. And then I told, I just started contacting factories and I was like, you guys need to glue like five magnets on it. You would not see magnetic lashes out there with more than three magnets at the time. So five was like a lot, right? people were like, the factories I asked, they were like, really five? Like that’s a lot.

07:01
And I would get all these samples back that looked so wonky, the glue’s not even dry, like falling off. And I got basically hundreds of samples from different factories and maybe two, you know, at the end of that, when that took like a lot of months, two came back and they were actually like high quality. So I started moving forward with that. And I was like, instead of having a layer sandwiching effect, I need to figure out something else. And I had seen a couple of brands do

07:30
Magnetic liner, but they were not done. Well, like it was in a pot form It was in like this sort of pot form and you have to dip a brush and then like try to apply it and then it would be like a really sad but I Understand exactly what you’re talking about It was a really weak hold so I was like this is not working so then I just sort of went back to the drawing table and I was like ideally as a consumer I would love to have a liquid a liquid version of that and so then I just again started

07:58
figuring out like, I mean, I taught myself sourcing, product sourcing, and then I just asked a bunch of factories to try to make this. And that’s sort of how we came upon the final prototype. And it just took a year, took over a year. I was doing it part time while I was also painting, like at night I was communicating overseas. So I was just staying up late, super late at night, like communicating on WhatsApp and you know.

08:27
I have to ask this though. You’re Asian and how did you not end up as like a scientist, an engineer, a lawyer or a doctor? I’m an engineer. I had to give up that part of my career like five years ago, but it was tough. know, funny part was I actually almost became a doctor. I went to UCLA for Psychobiology, which is like a pre-med degree that would like, you know, then you take the MCAT and then you go into. Okay, yep.

08:56
Oh, it was a, yeah, it was basically pre-med. So I graduated and I was like, ah, this is not for me. I’m much more of a creative, you know, I was like left-handed. My mom was sort of like an artist and I love painting. So I thought my calling was being an artist. I took like a couple art classes at UCLA and the classes at UCLA are insane because the professors there, you know, had shown up like the Hammer Museum and all this stuff. And so I was thinking, oh my God, like,

09:25
this is my calling because I just had so much fun in the classes and also really excelled there. And I just had a really natural gift towards visual arts. And then I sold one of my first commissions before I even graduated for $5,000. And I thought, this is it. LA is it for art. And I’m in the right place. And why not try? And so I gave it a good try for four to five years.

09:53
And your parents were cool with that? They were supportive. They were just saying, you know, as long as you can pay the bills and you can pay off your student loans and all this stuff, because I paid college 100%, which I did. I got a part-time job at a laser removal clinic while I also doing that. So I was doing a bunch of stuff. And then, you know, it kind of took off when I realized like

10:20
a format that like people loved. And so I started doing paint like pet commissions, because everyone like wants their dog painted. So I just had like a bunch of them lined up. But then I was like, literally at home all day paintings, and my back started to hurt. And I was like, I’m slaving away, you know, and, then how did you become an artist to a business person, though? It doesn’t like what is the path there? Yeah, so I kind of started with me just realizing that this is kind of a really lonely venture, like, I didn’t really talk to anybody all day, unless I had somebody at

10:50
over at the studio, my studio, aka my bedroom. So I was like, I’m just like literally sitting at home all day. That’s the only way I can be productive was like being in front of a painting or a canvas. And I was like, this is really lonely. And I don’t see myself doing this for like another 40 years. And if I don’t see like a long-term path and also a way that I can accumulate like money at a faster rate, this is not sustainable.

11:18
And then I started meeting a lot of people that were doing e-commerce because they my clients buying my paintings. So I was like, and I started talking to them and I was like, the lifestyle that they had was amazing. They like, you know, can take meetings from home sometimes. Like everything’s kind of virtual and you see like consistent revenue coming in on a daily basis. And I thought about it too, because one of the things I loved about being an artist was being able to

11:45
create something and then making people emotional and affecting their lives in a way. And I wanted to figure out how I can do that on a mass scale. can’t do it just literally like eight hours per painting, one by one. can affect thousands of people if I’m creating a product, putting my creativity into it and then mass producing it infinitely. So to me, it just seemed a no brainer that that was the business that I needed to put my effort, because I could put my effort and time into anything.

12:14
potentially do well. why not do it do it to something that had better ROI and long term scalability and like long term lasting effects affecting more people. was like, just was no. Then I came up with that idea. And I was like, I could not sleep. I like had to do it. Well, let’s talk about the early years. So you mentioned it took you a year to get manufactured. Where did you find your suppliers? Did you like look on Alibaba? Or did you fly to China? How did you do it?

12:41
Yeah, I mean, went, I just Googled honestly, like suppliers for lashes, magnetic lashes in particular. And yeah, Alibaba popped up and I looked on there and I was like, well, there’s like so many suppliers on here. And every one of them did not have what I wanted. So the only way that I could do it was I needed to find a supplier that can do magnetic and also do like strip, like glam lashes. And so I would

13:11
find those suppliers and figure out I’ll be like, okay, you guys mix this method with this method. Because they were you designer, or do you just kind of verbally tell them like, this is what I’m trying to do? Can you guys make a prototype? Yeah, I would draw I would provide them with a drawing. Because I was artists too. So it’s like, I would just draw it. Oh, yeah, that’s right. Yeah, yeah, that helps. Yeah, exactly. But it wasn’t too hard to I mean, it’s just like, literally take the lash, put the put the magnet on it and just make sure and then like it needed to have a magnet, like case that had

13:41
So designing the case was also important. so, yeah, when we came out with it, it just blew people away, I think, because it just wasn’t on the market. What was preventing the existing magnetic lash makers from just putting more magnets on? Or is there a lot more to it? They just didn’t think about it. Okay. They just didn’t. I don’t know why. was thinking that. was like, this is so obvious to me. to them, obvious, I mean, it wasn’t because they’re not selling it.

14:11
I really come from the perspective as a consumer, as a lifelong consumer and an expert in my own right of lashes. then also like being younger, I think. I think a lot of these founders were a little older. And so I was like understanding trends, I think a lot better. And I’m in LA, so it’s just like you kind of understand that a lot more. And then all my friends are using it. So I got a lot of different feedback from them. That was really helpful.

14:40
Presumably you didn’t have much money when you first started this. So what was like your first order? Like what was the minimum order quantity? Yeah, it was like 100 lashes. Oh, that’s it. Okay. Yeah, it was like a very small amount per and we did like five we did five styles. So okay. And yeah, they all started with the letter L. But they were bigger. So I was I was

15:03
I was sort of going towards what I liked, which was more glam full lashes. And then later on, I did realize that people prefer natural. So then I started launching more natural stuff. yeah, initially, I went out the gate with medium to long lash styles. But because the technology, the application methodology was so innovative, I think that’s why it sold out. then, once that sold out was when I re-

15:33
we bought like a bigger order, you know? Yeah, of course. Yeah. Do remember how much you spent like per unit on like that first order? Yeah, it was like around $3, $3, $4. $3 per. Okay, so really small. You didn’t need a lot of money at all. Yeah, the last one, then you have to buy the liner separately. So was like, yeah, but it was it just took some time to scale, you know, and you mean like, you, I wanted to go in because we it’s like fully self funded. So like, I didn’t raise any money.

16:03
wanted to go in just being sure that we were gonna sell. I didn’t wanna be stuck with a lot of inventory, put a lot of money out the door. So trying to really do it slow and steady. was like, there’s no rush. My goal initially was like, I’d be happy with $10,000 a month in revenue. That was literally my- That’s how we always start, right? We were happy with 5,000 a month in the beginning also. was was like 10,000 a month in revenue, I’d be happy. Yeah, that was my starting point. So we surpassed out the first month and I was like, whoa.

16:30
Yeah, what’s nice about your lashes, they don’t take up much space. I can’t even imagine ordering a container of lashes, right? You’re probably ordering in these small packages that were just air shipped to you, right? Yeah. And then we used a 3PL, third party fulfillment center, and then they basically stored it and then they shipped it out for me. And it was so funny because I had so very little units, because they’re used to dealing with bigger fish, you know? Yeah.

16:56
Yeah, of course. And I’m over here like, you guys lost two of my lashes. And I was like, I was like calling that girl every day. Like the and she was like so annoyed with me probably because I was like calling because I saw like five missing from the the warehouse. And I was like, where did the five go? Where did you guys take it? Like, you guys steal it? I was. Steal your lashes. Yeah, it was.

17:24
you know, when you only have 100 per lash, was like, you gotta, it’s valuable. Yeah, now it’s like, can’t even, I don’t think we can even keep track of how many we’ve. Yeah. Okay, so walk me through the progression. So you order your first 105 styles, and then those sell out real quick. And then your second order, did you order like significantly more? Yeah, like 500. 500? Yeah. So it really was a gradual progression. of sales was a little faster than I thought. So then it was like, we could stock up a little more.

17:54
And then, and immediately use a 3PL or did you first fulfill out of your own bedroom? I never fulfilled out of my bedroom. just didn’t want to deal with the hassle of packing packages. was like, I need to focus on scaling this marketing this digitally, which I recommend to all founders is just start with a 3PL off the bat because they actually save money because you they have a better shipping rate than if you were to like ship yourself. So it’s like, what’s the point?

18:24
You know? How did you find your first three-pill? Like today there’s a diamond dozen, and it’s pretty hard. They all look the same, Yeah. Well, so basically I took a business partner on, basically, so Kevin Gold. After the first month of sales, I had met him and he was like, oh, I wanna help you with like, you know, all of the backend stuff, infrastructure. And I was like, okay, cool. Like I can basically focus on marketing, creative product, like all this stuff I wanna do.

18:53
And then he had a 3PL he was already working with and the other brand that he owns. he was just like, okay, let’s just use them because we already like using them and they’re good. So we ended up going with Shipmunk. Okay, oh, Shipmunk. Okay, so it’s like a mainstream one. Yeah, I’ve heard of Shipmunk. So in terms of what’s nice about your stuff is it’s so light. Like the 3PL really makes sense for you. Would you have done anything different if your items were larger?

19:22
Um, I still would use a 3p. You still would use a 3p. Yeah, because I mean, you don’t want to even if they’re like if they’re heavier, it’s actually worse. Doesn’t he? You like kind of carry all that over to? Oh, yeah. That’s true. That’s true. Well, how did you decide on your margins? So you were getting these you said for like five bucks. What were they selling for when you first launched? Oh, I mean, 30, $30. I think that’s typical for lashes. Yeah, it’s typical for lashes like

19:51
And we had to pay more because of the magnetic component. They were all good hand sure. They’re all handmade and hand glued. So it’s like they’re more like premium lashes. And so yeah, just hand gluing everything. It just takes so much time. And then like, they’re going in there and hand making it’s not machine made, like, sort of drugstore brand ones. Did you have in mind like, certain margins that you were only willing to sell them at?

20:19
Not necessarily. I think we just went in. I wanted to see what comps were in the marketplace at the time that was like the comps. I didn’t want to go like there were comps that were way more expensive than what we were selling out. Like we were trying to go towards like sort of a lower end, but everyone was going like crazy. Big just because it was such a new product. But also it is a high quality lash. And so and then with factoring in marketing, you have to spend so much on marketing. You have to like

20:47
make sure that you do figure out how to get obviously the highest margin possible, but also be competitive. That’s a really tough thing to crack. When you’re starting a new product, like, what do I charge for this? What moves for you? We actually started off at a higher price and then lowered it a little bit. Interesting. How did you guys do quality control? Yeah. Because they were…

21:16
very minimal orders, would just have it shipped to my place, I would check them, each of the boxes. But then once it started getting to thousands of units, it was a lot harder. It was spot checking. We were like, okay, we’ll check whatever. So you just put them on? I could see these old Chinese ladies putting them on. Yeah, I would tell the factory to send me basically a bunch of… Yeah, I would tell them to just send us…

21:46
their QA videos and so they send me like hundreds of videos of just like them testing out different lashes, making sure the magnets are not falling off and all these things. That was a bigger problem in the beginning. Now it’s pretty streamed. Now it’s probably smooth. that does it overseas right before it even leaves the port. My first book, The Family First Entrepreneur is now available for pre-order at your favorite online retailer. Now this is a book about entrepreneurship.

22:15
but not the kind that they tell you about in business school or that you often hear about online. Now, if you can relate to my wife and I story, you probably don’t see to become world famous or ridiculously rich. Now you might not say no to these things, but we probably have similar priorities. You want a good life and the freedom to enjoy it. But here’s the problem with 99 % of the business and entrepreneurship advice out there. They all preach that you need to work 80 hours a week and hustle your butt off just to get ahead. And in fact, a popular saying is that entrepreneurs are willing to work 80 hours a week

22:43
to avoid working 40 hours a week for someone else. While I’m calling BS on this, if you follow this advice, then you’ll end up sacrificing your time and your freedom for the promise of riches, work yourself to the bone and lose what precious time you had to spend with your loved ones. Now on this podcast, which I’ve run since 2014, I’ve interviewed over 450 successful entrepreneurs who are absolutely killing it with their multi-million dollar businesses. But what you don’t hear about publicly is that they don’t see their family much or that they’re totally burned out or stressed out.

23:13
you don’t hear about the huge sacrifices that they had to make in order to get there. So in this book, I’ll share with you an alternative to the hustle culture nonsense we so often hear about in relation to achieving financial success. You can in fact achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it. And you don’t have to work 80 hours a week and be a slave to your business just to make it all work. So if you’re tired of hearing from a bunch of single men or women or 20 something kids who drive fancy cars,

23:41
and brag about how hard they work or how much they make, I will give you a different perspective from a father who makes both business and family work. So join me in my book launch and get access to a bunch of freebies. Go to mywifequitterjob.com slash book and I’ll send you bonuses, invitations to book parties that I’ll be throwing all over the country and special offers. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

24:07
Yeah, same here. We have someone actually inspect every single piece. It’s actually pretty reasonable. Yeah. Before they’re even shipped. Do you have multiple factories or are you still using the original ones that you started with? No, no. Yeah. Now we have completely shifted. We’re like way more advanced with like the factories that we’re working with. There’s a got bigger criteria like for quality. And then we have somebody go and inspect the factory before we even work with them. They do a full audit report. It’s like and then we have

24:37
Yeah, six different factories we’re talking to in case like one of them doesn’t come through for something we have. You know, we have it somewhere else. And yeah, and then we have the QA company that gets a whole thing. It’s a whole it’s become a whole massive. Yeah. Do you ever have to go over there or no? I could never because it was COVID like they were shut down. That’s right. It’s still shut down. It’s crazy. It’s been it is actually. Yeah, I wanted to go check out the factories, but we actually

25:05
We just hired somebody to go over there who could actually go into the country. So we hired and then we would have her call from the factory and we’d meet the owner and stuff like that. Okay. All right. Let’s talk about the interesting stuff. How did you generate sales? Like your first sales, how did you generate those? Yeah, it was very like guerrilla marketing initially. We were literally, I mean, it was just me on the team when I say we, but initially I just DM’d like every customer that was following us on Instagram.

25:35
And I just, I would be like, Hey, how are you? Thanks for following us. You know, and then I would ask them if they’ve ever heard of magnetic lashes, if they’ve ever tried magnetic lashes, a lot of them that would be like, yes, I’ve heard of it and never tried it, but, or yes, I have tried it, but yours looks different. And, and I would just hear what people had to say about the product. And then I would just ask them if they’d like to try it. I would like, I’ll give you a 20 % off discount code with

26:05
like a custom discount code and I would like make their, like whatever their name was, I would make that in Shopify and give them. How did you start that initial Instagram account? Was it about Glamnetics or was it your own personal account? No, it was a different account. It was actually a meme account initially that I converted over. Like I didn’t know, like I basically wanted to get traffic so I had made a meme account.

26:32
So was good to get traffic in, then I started switching the content over. So like our initial few thousand were like from that. And then I switched it over to memes for like fashion, beauty. was no, it yeah, it was for beauty. was for beauty. Like, okay, got it. And so you were DMing everybody. Interesting. What was your hit rate? Oh, it was pretty high. I was like very

26:57
Really? guess attractive female DMing people would probably work better than like a few doing it, They don’t know who’s DMing. I would say I was the founder, so they would be like excited about that. Okay, got it. Or I would act like I wasn’t the founder because it makes us look bigger if I’m not the founder of messaging. Right. But I would just talk to them about the product and try to understand what they’re looking for and then help guide them. I was sort of like a personal shopper, I guess, for my own products.

27:26
And, but I was literally like on DMs the entire day, like eight hours a day, like just DMing, like every single, cause it was just endless, you know? So I got to learn. And that was enough to sell out your first batch? What was that? That was enough to sell out your first batch, the DMing strategy? Yeah. That’s impressive. Okay. I’ll tell you story about mine. Like when I first started selling,

27:53
if someone abandoned their cart, like I would stalk people and as soon as they abandoned their cart for like 15 minutes, I would call them on the phone because I already got their number and they’d be like, wait, wait, what’s going on here? Why are you calling me? I’m like, oh, I just noticed that, you you didn’t finish your transaction. Is there anything I can help you with? And if I got them on the phone willing to talk to me, I closed them like 90 % of the time. Oh, wow. I can see why your strategy works. Yeah. Yeah, exactly. Because you just, think people just want to feel like they’re

28:21
being, obviously if you’re shopping for anything, they want to feel like you care and like that you care about them and that you have their best interests at heart. so trust, building trust is like really important. And so I think it was a, you were able to do that if you’re like having a one-on-one conversation. I’d send voice memos sometimes like just to make it feel like it was real, you know? So I just, I also, it was a good way for me to understand like what the customer wanted. So I would figure out like, oh,

28:47
I would get feedback on a protress and they’d be like, oh, I had to trim them. And so we started pre-trimming the lashes. Cause that was a big problem. people were like, I don’t know how to trim these. They’re magnetic. So they’re thinking that they can’t trim them because they have magnets on them. So okay, let me pre-trim them. So we were like the first pre-cut lashes. And then I started adding more magnets. So we were the first six magnet lash brand. And then like, yeah, it just got a little.

29:15
you know, each time more dialed in in terms of what the customer needed. Right. Okay. And then that took you so far, maybe like your first and second batch. When did you start doing less, less intensive methods to market? Yeah. So yeah, we started basically, you know, I hired like, I hired someone from Upwork to help with like Facebook ads. Like, okay. So you started running Facebook ads right away. Were you

29:45
profitable? Like, were you making money at that point before you started running ads? Or? Yeah, we were Yeah, we were we were good, like in terms of there’s no there was no overhead because it was just me initially. But then obviously, we started hiring people became a lot more intense, or like very expensive and in marketing as well, like spending, spending all the all the money on ad spend on Facebook was just really like a lot, you know.

30:12
was that your first person that you hired someone from Upwork to run your Facebook ads? Yes, that was that was like literally our first like real employee. Okay, wow. Okay, so you just found someone on Upwork. And then I don’t know if you remember this, but were you trying to just break even? Were you trying to make money? Like, what was your what was your goal with the ads? I mean, we didn’t we didn’t know what we were doing. Like, the the ad buyer knew more, he had more experience and

30:40
So he was sort of like teaching me like how everything works. He had ran for some other companies as well in the past And you to make custom Like ads, know, it’s not it’s not the same thing as organic It’s not the same thing as like a tic-tac or reels. It’s like you have to make custom things So I’m like literally over here like shooting like talking to the camera like hey, like this is how you know, I’m like explaining the product I’m like, yeah, I didn’t know what else to do. So I was like

31:09
I guess I’ll introduce myself in front of the camera. So it’s like, hi, I’m Anne. I’m the founder and CEO of Glamnetic. Do you struggle with lashes? Because magnetic lashes, know, basically, and I’m over here showing them, you just apply the magnetic eyeliner and then you magnetize the lashes. And that’s how you apply our lashes. And people would freak out. Like, I don’t know, like in the comments I believe it. Yeah. But literally it was just a video shot on my phone of just me being like, hi.

31:39
like barely any music in the background, like no music basically, literally like very home shot. those did really well. And I was editing all the videos myself initially and then I hired a video editor again on Upwork. so it was just, and then he was just asking me for like a bunch of assets and he would run them. then, and then yeah, things just started snowballing because the ads started doing well. Like he was able to keep like putting spend behind the ads.

32:08
Your product is perfect. It’s half the population needs it. I have this student in my course that sells these inserts that let you wear high heels longer. And that killed it in Facebook ads. It’s doing something similar to what you’re doing. Just coming on, just telling what the benefits are. Yours is much more visual too. It’s amazing. What is it? It’s high heels? Oh, it’s this thing that you… Are you interested, No, I’m just… It’s just something you add to your shoe so you can wear high heels longer.

32:36
without being painful. Oh, is it called Preheals? Preheals is the spray. I can’t believe I know all this stuff. Preheals is the spray. But yeah, Preheals is another friend actually who started that company. Yeah, there’s a bunch of them now. But yeah. Yeah, yeah. I mean, it’s like you just figure out a problem that’s like a really common problem and you fix it and that’s. Yeah, that’s cool. And then okay, so you started with Facebook ads and were you still doing the DMing at that time or were you just? Yeah.

33:05
I was like, well, this is good revenue to just do DMs, so let’s just keep doing it. But then I started actually getting interns. at first it was- Ingenious, tell me about that actually. would do it. And then I met this girl at UCLA as well, and she was looking for an internship. And I was like, okay, you can help me with this. And then we just started building a whole team.

33:30
of girls that were just helping DM sales and they would have schedules that they would come on and do it and I train them. then while ads are being ran and then I’m working on products. I’m thinking future and I’m trying to figure out how can we continue to scale, how do we continue to improve the products because each time we do a reorder we can improve the product and fix it.

33:56
And so was getting all the feedback from the DM girls and being like, okay, what else can we fix? After a certain point, you run out of things to fix. You’re like, okay, well, I think this is pretty good. yeah, so that’s sort of how I was thinking. And then customer service was a whole nother thing. Like I was doing customer service and I was like, I need to hire someone else to do this because it’s getting crazy. And I want to be able to, I feel bad personally. And so I would literally like voice memo the customer myself and

34:25
run to the post office myself to ship stuff out. I’m like, okay, I’m sorry, I’m going to fix your defective eyeliner. Just all these things and I was freaking out personally a lot. If there was a defect of anything, I would be like, oh shoot, this is… Yeah, and so it was stressful. That part was stressful because I was like, I don’t really want to feel so much emotion from just customer service. And so then we started hiring out for that.

34:54
I just want to know the order of your hiring. So you hired someone to do Facebook ads, but that was sounds like that was a contractor. Your first employees were like interns, it sounds like from from school. Yeah. And then you went to customer service to offload that. And presumably that was probably enough to take you to like a couple million bucks a year or more. So we started Yeah, it was like it was a weird snowballing effect. So we launched July 2019. And then end of July,

35:23
July 31st, so basically August. then like, we just doubled it, like started doubling our revenue every single month. Like, mostly Facebook or it was Facebook and Instagram, like running Facebook and Instagram. I like the talking videos of just me. And so then my face was like running everywhere. And then people are like recognizing me as like the glam. Okay. And then, yeah. And then basically like,

35:50
that Black Friday was when we started doing like major, major numbers, like seven figures. And then seven figures a month. then and then yeah, January and then after the stimulus check it hit it’s just Yeah, triple I think everyone felt that. So I wouldn’t say was like 100 % you know, just I mean, obviously we did really good at marketing and but I think like every brand went up three X

36:18
just that year from like the stimulus checks hitting. Yeah, it was glorious. right. Yeah. Okay, so I talked to was like, Whoa, but like, because that was our first year, it just really blew up. mean, the combination of the product being amazing, and just the marketing really hitting and then literally through these friggin talking videos. Yeah, it’s amazing. I guess it’s like, Hi, I’m

36:48
Like your voice got a little higher when you did that too. Yeah. All right. So were you doing like email? Like how much of your business was repeat business? Yeah. So yeah, and that was a whole nother thing. I was doing also emails, emails, media. was like, I think I need to figure I need to hire someone because it’s getting crazy. So I’m like also trying to like edit the graphics. So then I hired my first employee. Her name was Mia. She was like our first like

37:16
real actual employee, the other people are sort of like, you know, like, oversees. the interns are part time and some of them are volunteers. So it’s like, okay, first real employee like, and so I think she was probably confused. She showed up. She thought I was like, oh, glad that HQ, you know, and it’s literally my bedroom. Oh, get out of town. Okay, so your first hire is working out of your bedroom? Yeah, was literally like right before Black Friday, I hired her.

37:46
And then and then I remember her helping me with like all the assets and stuff because she like wasn’t editor She knew how to use Photoshop and stuff. So she’s like I was teaching her how to edit like Photoshop stuff now. She’s a video editor full-time, but Before yeah, she was like doing everything she was doing that and she was helping me with customer service and I was like teaching her how to do all the stuff but yeah, it was very disheartening because the first three people that I had hired before her they quit like in like the second day or like

38:13
Maybe a weekend and then he’s like, oh, sorry I took another job somewhere else just cuz it was like first of all I couldn’t offer that much page is cuz I like we were just starting off and then also like they were coming into my house and it was like Which is kind of yeah, they’re just like this is weird Like this well, it’s to for you. It’s like a Koreatown. Yeah back house of a house Okay

38:41
This is great, by the way. I love it. I love these stories. Okay. My business partner literally, I remember him seeing where I lived for the first time and he was just like judging me. He was like, and I was like, Well, how did you get Mia to stay then? Where did you find her? Where did she stay? Well, I found her I think it was on. Oh, yeah, the other people I found on Craigslist. I think that was a problem. But I found her on. Yeah, I found her like through a friend. So she was a friend of a friend.

39:11
Okay, referral. Yeah, didn’t. My friend was like, you know, Mia is just graduating. She’s looking for a job like to get just experience and stuff. And because it was a referral, think she felt a little bit more like comfortable, obviously, coming into my house and stuff. But then eventually, we did get an office like maybe two months later. Okay, but it was fun. love that little back house. I my upstairs, it was like a back house of a Koreatown house.

39:39
And it was a two story back house. So it was actually a big, bigger back house. And then I would live downstairs and then upstairs there was like a living room, small living room. And I turned that into like my photo shoot studio. I do photo shoots with her in there. And like I would teach my roommate how to also help us take photos. And then we just, it was very slapdash. You know what I mean? Like we were all figuring it out.

40:05
I can just imagine interviewing for that job. Hey, why don’t you come to my little Korean outhouse? Let’s talk about scaling. So you got to like, it sounds like $10 million that way. Right? And then now you’re at 50 plus, you’ll probably have an incredible Black Friday this year too. Walk me through like the infrastructure you had to put in place. Because it’s very uncomfortable to grow quickly, right? Yeah, I mean,

40:31
It just takes, mean, honestly, past year and a half has been really tough because of the iOS updates. Like I don’t think any brand out there is like doing great. In fact, I think most brands are probably going to file for bankruptcy. Very scary. But yeah, it’s like even just to survive and stay at the same level is really hard.

40:57
you were doing the year that the stimulus checks hit just because that year was just an anomaly. yeah, after the iOS updates, ads just didn’t perform as well as they used to. It’s way more expensive now to acquire customers. think brands are now finally facing the reality of what it’s like to really run a brand and how difficult it is. And I think the employee expectations and…

41:23
expectations for salary are not adjusted to that just because they’re like, oh, inflation. therefore, like, shouldn’t we get paid more? You know what I mean? But in reality, like everyone’s doing worse. So it’s just like a really weird time right now. yeah, mean, have you guys shifted over to like Google? Google probably doesn’t work. mean, that it’s like, think every every platform is hard. It used to be way easier, like literally 10 times easier. Like that’s how

41:53
different it is. Just because overnight of this update, it’s crazy. You would never expect that to just take the toll that it did, but Apple literally single-handedly wiped out, I feel like, a bunch of small businesses. I mean, it’s like the best marketing tactic of all time because they’re like, oh, we care about your privacy, but actually, we’re just wiping out bunch of small businesses.

42:20
Yeah, so I mean this year we just kind of shifted like the last year and a half We shifted our strategy towards retail. Oh, nice. Okay that has its own headaches too, right? Yes, it’s much more intensive logistically. Yes But it’s like at least a lot more guaranteed money than like running ads It’s very it’s very hard to be profitable on running ads. In fact, you can expect to lose money now running ads. It’s it’s actually right

42:47
And then make up for it on the back end, like selling multiple items or something like that on the back end. Like in terms of upsells? Upsells are just once you have that customer, like you sell other stuff now too, right? So just because you’re losing money on the front end getting that customer, like the lifetime value of that customer hopefully is much higher than what you paid for them. Yes. So the problem with a lot of customers nowadays as well is like they’re not necessarily loyal to a brand like from the first purchase. So you got to get them to come

43:17
maybe three, four times and then that’s when they become more loyal. But like the first purchase, people are always like just trying stuff out or whatever, you know? So it’s really hard to get like super brand loyalty unless you get them on the third, third, fourth time. But I would say like typical repurchase rate for most companies is like maybe like we’re above average for that. We’re above average for what it… What are you at actually? I’ll tell you what mine is.

43:47
Yeah, we’re like, I mean, it depends on the cohort, right? So like, I don’t know if you guys look at that, like cohort data. So it really depends on the cohort because like retention for Black Friday customers is way lower than… Oh yeah, of course. Yes. So it’s kind of hard to just say a general number. Yeah. So we, and then we don’t even look at cohort data. I mean, we look at it for Black Friday and stuff, but we just know that that’s not like typical because they’re just in for the sale and then out. Yeah. Cool. I mean, it’s…

44:14
pretty amazing what you’ve done. And I love hearing stories of like how crazy it was. Like, I remember like when we first started out, like there was a customer that was local, we do weddings and she ordered last minute. So I literally drove it out to her wedding. I mean, these are the things that you do in the beginning, right? Like the hustle stuff that people don’t hear about. most fun part of, I literally would go back anytime and relive it again just because it was.

44:42
It was so intense, but yet so fun. I remember I had an emergency situation where I was like, I literally had to order stuff from my factory, like unboxed, unpackaged, because it would take them an additional 12 days to package it. And I was like, don’t have that time, we need it now. And so I literally just invited a bunch of my friends over for pizza. I’m like, can you guys help me package these boxes?

45:11
We literally just had a pizza party and then just were like packaging these boxes together. And it was so funny. Like it was so fun though. But like I would never forget that day. You know what mean? Like we ended up staying until like 2 a.m. to like package these boxes. And I was like, thank God I have cool friends who are like down to help me and be there for me whenever I needed them. So I was like really grateful for that. I was like, note to listeners, if Anne calls you over for dinner.

45:39
You better be ready to pack boxes. I feel like they’re so used to it. know like the other day, like this past weekend, I had to film. I was trying to film a new series on TikTok where I was like asking strangers to test the strength of our press on nails. And I was like having cars run over our press on nails, like different cars. So like having to borrow different friends for different cars. I was like, hey, like, can I use your Tesla today? Can I use your whatever? Like you stay in the car and drive it.

46:08
just you just need to run over this nail. They’re like what? And would you like pepperoni or green peppers? No, that’s cool. That’s so it sounds like you’ve expanded the product line you doing nails lashes liner and all that stuff, which is probably helping the top line as well. Yeah, was really took off. Yeah. Okay. Cool. Let me ask you this. There’s a lot of people listening to this who

46:36
want to probably start a business and they probably don’t like their jobs. Some of them are probably pre-med lawyers and whatnot. So what advice would you tell these people given your experiences? Yeah, I mean, it’s definitely like one of those things where you have to be 100 % all in on it, like, and just feel sort of like that passion, that motivation. I definitely

47:06
I felt this crazy, crazy passion for it. When I had first started, I literally was like, can’t eat, sleep, breathe without thinking about this. And I know that all people are kind of on the fence, like, I’m not sure if I really am into this idea or am I not? I don’t really know. If you’re feeling that way, you should try to find an idea where you feel sort of that same way. Because…

47:33
Otherwise, if you don’t believe in it wholeheartedly, it’s really going to be hard to stay motivated in pushing this product. Because if you don’t believe in the product, no one will. You have to be the biggest ambassador for it, and you have to be the one that’s the most vocal about it. All of my friends and everybody who follows me knows I shout about Glamidic every single day. It’s a marathon, not a sprint as well, although I definitely much treated it

48:00
I treated it like a sprint the first year and a half. And you sort of have to. The first year of starting a business is like the most intense. It requires, it’s like having a newborn child, right? It’s like, just requires way more effort than you ever think that it would require. And so just having the willingness to… I didn’t realize you were a mom. No, I’m not a mom. I’m not a mom. Oh, okay. So you’re one of those types of people that say, oh, it’s like having a kid. Yeah, because I’ve heard it from other people.

48:29
saying it because you have kids and I’m sure you can… So I didn’t mean to make funny. I’m no not ready for that yet. I can’t even take care of myself right now. Yeah so I think just making sure you really tap into that part of yourself and like really like do some soul searching before like you start that hey this is something I’m really like willing to commit like through hard times through the good times and I think also

48:57
Timing is just important as well. It’s I mean, it’s really hard to time it I think we got in and at a really good time, you know starting starting the brand I mean starting it and an economic downturn could be a good thing, but it’s just figuring out ways Besides doing ads like if you can really kill it on organic and you understand content marketing really well that’s where you’re gonna have an advantage right now just because Honestly ads are not doing well. So the only thing that you can really do is try to push

49:26
things through organic and meaning trying to go viral on reels and TikTok. So really understanding how to do that, I think for your brand is going to be a big, big win because also that’s how like retailers are going to spot you. You know, if you go viral organically on TikTok and stuff like that for your product, that’s how like these, all these retailers are going to see you in like retail and like want to work with you like Ulta sauce.

49:52
and they like wanted to reach out. They wanted to work with us, which we didn’t have to reach out, which was great. And it started sort of the snowball effect of us working with Sephora and like, you know, and now they’re like fighting for us to like get exclusives and stuff like that. So I think it’s just, yeah, it’s like one of those things you just kind of have to make sure you’re 100 % in it, focused. And once you have that, that passion, like everything else follows. Like I would say that, like emotion leads everything, you know?

50:20
So having that emotion is really important going into it because otherwise you’re just not gonna put your 100%. You’re gonna make excuses otherwise. You’re not truly feeling it. That’s what, that personally for me, that’s what it is. If I’m like going into something and I’m not 100 % like passionate about it, I’m just gonna make excuses to like not do it. Yep. Actually every successful business I ever started was during a downturn actually. think, I think it’s good to start a business during the downturn. Things are cheaper. That is, Yeah. Labor should be cheaper.

50:48
And yeah, I hear you on the passion in that first year. I remember we’d stayed up nights and weekends just working, but it was fun. I didn’t mind it at all. I would come home working a 10 hour day and then I would sew for two hours. We had an embroidery machine. Oh my God. Yeah. Yeah, was a lot When you love something, I literally was like, I could keep doing this forever. That’s what I felt like. It was like for the first time I felt like a sense of purpose, you know? I never really felt that. Even in painting, I was like,

51:18
I was good at it but I just didn’t feel like this was necessarily my purpose for some reason. here I was like, for some reason I feel like it is, I just feel like I’m making more of an impact. feel like, because I get so many comments from people after the user product, they’re like, you changed my life, I can finally apply lashes. they’re allergic to lash glue and they were never able to use lash glue and now they can use my product. Or people who have alopecia. There was just a lot of life changing…

51:45
moments that people would message me about and I would be like, wow, this is amazing. Like that was one of the best parts of, I think being an econ founder and getting those messages back. It just felt like you’re doing something good, you know? Did you quit altogether to start your thing? Like, did you have any source of income before you started your business? I mean, it was the art. It was the painting, the commissions. basically started, I stopped painting the commissions. just took.

52:13
I mean, took a lot to complete a painting. would do it some like here and there if I really needed the money and stuff, but I was just like, I’m all in, you know? Right, but you had a backup plan. Yeah, always felt like I was gonna be, I literally blew up my account multiple times trading, like I was also doing day trading and stuff like that. Okay, that’s a separate story. before, and it was just tumultuous like.

52:39
emotional roller coaster because I was day trading for a year and a half, a pretty long time. I was trying to take it really serious and try to go all in on it as well. I don’t know how to not go all in on stuff that I’m really into. I started finding day traders in California that could teach me that were really good. I met up with them and I would meet up with them at 5 a.m. and figure out how to trade and stuff like that. It was just really grueling though. I ended up blowing my account a couple times.

53:08
I day traded for year two, I couldn’t sleep at night because I would wake up and mark it open and just like that market open, it determines like your whole mood for the day. It’s so stressful. Like you’re just like, literally a mess. know, like, yeah, I might sleep patterns were messed up. was like, this is literally affecting my health, you know, like it’s just really, it’s really bad. So that’s what I wanted to get away from as well. On top of the art, I was like, everything’s just sort of like a roller coaster.

53:36
So I’m like, need to really figure out how to get stability here. And building a brand really is sort of that. It’s like you are building that foundation and then it’s like, it’s slow and steady, but it’s really freaking hard. But it’s so worth it in my opinion. I wouldn’t do anything else. Just last question, Doug, walk me through your day to day now. Are things much better now? Yeah, I have offloaded. I mean, we have like 90 employees now.

54:05
Wow. Nice. Yeah, it’s a lot. mean, we share a backend with because my business partner has like another brand. And so we share the sort of like ops infrastructure with them. So then it’s sort of like, you know, we’re each paying for half. And so it just makes everything like a lot more efficient. And then so, a lot of those tasks are offloaded. I don’t do customer service anymore. So we have a we also have like leadership team. So like ahead of every department.

54:35
And that’s just helped tremendously. Like basically I’m sort of overseeing strategy on like social and like steering product in the right direction, coming up with new product ideas and then sort of helping them through the development phase of it. But I’m not like in the weeds. Anyway, cool. I’m still very much in the weeds on social though. am now like basically taking over social and shoot and try to shoot. Cause it’s very hard to go viral on TikTok. It’s really hard to like.

55:05
It used to be easy. It’s harder now. Yeah, really hard now to hire someone to just do it and like be smart enough about content, where they’re going to come up with clever stuff to choose. So like, I basically have to take over that job now. And I realized that I just had to really do that because I was trying to figure out who to get in this position. It’s just, it’s way too hard. I would say unless you just are paying someone like 200k a year to like, be really good at that. otherwise, yeah.

55:33
So that’s what I’ve been doing. I’m like literally editing the videos myself and everything. But I do like being in the weeds on things. I like being on the ground. I think it’s fun. I feel like if I’m making sure that whatever I’m doing on the ground is effective and having a big ROI, then it’s worth it for me to do that. I mean, you’re a creative person, so that’s what you should be focusing your efforts on. exactly.

56:00
And where can people find more about your brand and your product? Yes, go on Glamnetik.com. It’s spelled Glam, G-L-A-M, and then netik, N-E-T-I-C dot com. That’s where you guys can find all of our products. ship worldwide. We’re also in Ulta in stores, basically any Ulta and Sephora as well. Our lashes are in Sephora right now. Our nails are not in yet, but.

56:27
Yeah, lashes are in Zafora and then nails and lashes are in Ulta. And then if you want to find my personal, I’m at, I literally kept my old handle from art, from painting. It’s the Modern Artista. Nice. Cool. So at the Modern Artista is my Instagram handle. And then my TikTok is Anne McFerrin, just at Anne McFerrin, MCFE or RAN. Cool. Well, Anne, I appreciate your time.

56:55
It was great. Yes. Thank you so much for having me. It was so fun.

57:02
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now Anne’s story just goes to show that you don’t need to have a business background to make a business succeed. For more information about this episode, go to mywivequitterjob.com slash episode 442. Now once again, I want to remind you that my annual e-commerce conference will be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida on May 23rd to May 25th of this year. I really want to hang out with you in person, so let’s meet up. Go to sellersummit.com. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com.

57:31
I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for ecommerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. Now we talk about how I these tools on my blog and if you are interested in starting your own ecommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and send the course right away.

58:00
Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

441: The Real Reason You Aren’t Making Progress And How To Get Out Of Your Head With Daniel DiPiazza

441: The Real Reason You Aren't Making Progress And How To Get Out Of Your Head With Daniel DiPiazza

Today I have an extra special guest on the show, Daniel DiPiazza. The reason why I love Daniel is that he is such a passionate guy and he’s great to talk to about mindset.

Daniel recently acquired Under30CEO, he owns a site called AlphaMentorship and he launched a new podcast called The New Wave Entrepreneur. He also just released a brand new book called The True Artifact: 33 Lessons on Creativity, Purpose, Life, and Love.

In this episode, we’re going to talk about how to get out of your head and make forward progress with whatever you want to achieve in life.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to grow as an individual and an entrepreneur
  • How to make forward progress with what you aim to achieve
  • How to get past your own mental hurdles

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today, I have a very special guest on the show, Daniel Dupiazza. Now one of the reasons why I love Daniel is because he’s such a passionate guy and he’s great to talk to if you want to get out of the way of your own head. So in this episode, we’re going to talk about how to get past your own mental hurdles and make forward progress with whatever you want to achieve in life. But before we begin, I want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit

00:29
are now on sale over at SellersSummit.com. It is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And you all probably know me well enough by now to know that my event has zero fluff. Every speaker that I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business and not high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Every year we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people and it’s a very intimate event. Everyone eats together and everyone parties together every single night.

00:58
And I personally love smaller events and tickets always sell out far in advance. Now, if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250k or $1 million per year, we also offer a special mastermind experience where we break up into small groups, lock ourselves in a room, cater in food and help each other with our businesses. Now, the Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th. Go to SellersSummit.com. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you run an e-commerce business of any kind,

01:27
You know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I focus a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source from my e-commerce store. And I couldn’t have done it without Postscript, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce stores and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button.

01:57
Not only that, but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postcook.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S C R I P T dot IO slash Steve. And then finally, I want to mention my other podcasts that are released with my partner, Tony. And unlike this one where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way.

02:26
So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience Podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:38
Welcome to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast. Today I have my buddy Daniel De Piazza back on the show. Now, if you do not remember Daniel, I had him on the podcast back on episode 103 and 161, I want to say four years ago, where we talked about how to ditch your average job and start an Epic business, but it’s been a long time since we’ve spoken at length. Last time, Daniel was running Rich 20 something and he had just acquired under 30 CEO.com.

03:05
but he’s moved on to a site called Alpha mentorship.com covering web three O and crypto. And he has a new podcast called the new wave entrepreneur. And he actually just released a brand new book called the true artifact 33 lessons on creativity, purpose and life and love. And the reason why I wanted to have Daniel back on the show is not to talk about crypto, but how to grow as an individual and an entrepreneur and make forward progress with whatever that you aim to achieve. In other words,

03:33
This episode is going to be about how to get out of your mind. So welcome back to the show, Daniel, for the third time. What’s up, man? Thank you, Steve. I appreciate it. So, hey, man, catch me up. I know we’ve already had you on the show twice already. So there’s no need to start from the very beginning, but I am curious what you’ve been up to in the last four years. It seems like Rich 20 something is no more. Well, I’m 34. I’m 34. I mean, it had a shelf life on it. People say, bring Rich 20 back. said, guys, I physically can’t. I can’t. It’s over. Deal with it.

04:05
And most of the stuff from Mitch 20 were things that I started thinking about in my late teens and early 20s. I rode that pony and I got off and I got onto another horse. That’s okay. You can do that. But you know, the way you did it though, I’m just, cause it had a lot of SEO value also. Yeah. was getting all this traffic. It’s gone. don’t I don’t care. Life is ephemeral. Okay. Move on. Okay. Realistically, yes, I could have done it. I could have done it more.

04:31
I have done a better job of migrating all the SEO and doing all that stuff. if you want to know the truth of it, when I started that site, was lucky in a way to have started that at the right time, at the right place. And I’m good at writing, so that’s not a problem. But it was more like I wasn’t really intending to create this big thing. I was just writing for me on a personal level, and it kind of blew up because of the confluence of events. And so…

04:58
I didn’t have a master plan for how I was going to migrate it because I, I, I got a book deal for this thing. And by the time I got the book, I said, Oh God, now I’m responsible for, for managing this thing. And it was never really my intention. And so it wasn’t, I didn’t feel too emotionally scarred to leave it behind. Interesting. There was so much good content on there. And then the book came out of it. Yeah, that’s okay. Okay. I I admire that actually. What should I have done? I mean,

05:25
Would I keep running? Because I thought about this, I played it off my head into my 40s. How would I run it? Like, would get someone else to run it, I guess I could sell it, I guess, but I don’t know, like, you know, I mean, you could just left it up and just let the leads continue to come in, I guess, or sell it even. I don’t know. could. got the main value out of it, which was the email list and the subscribers and I talked to them all the time. So that’s really what I care about. Are you still running under 30 CEO then? No, I sold that in 2019. Oh, okay. Yeah.

05:53
I mean, cause also I turn 30 is that yeah, it’s like, doing this. Like, know, I mean, you’re one career job, but if she gets another job, you’re kind of being disingenuous by running the show, but I’m not going to judge you for it. You know, me, I had to be completely honest. I’m not under 30 and I’m not a rich 20. had to move. Okay. Interesting. All right. So, all right, well let’s move on from that then. So you sell that you, you, you change rich 20 something into alpha mentorship.

06:21
How did that all lead you to like the true artifact and writing a personal development book? I have been writing for my whole life. And when you write online, one of the things about writing online is that you get immediate feedback usually. And that feedback trains you to write certain things because then you get the response like you get a cookie. And so you write the thing that gets you the best response and then you write more of that. And then over time, sometimes you’ll push yourself in the direction of you getting the greatest response.

06:50
And that’s a great way to get SEO and traffic and to build leads. And it’s a great business tactic and it’s, it’s fun too. But what I found over the years is that, you know, if you look at just the idea of rich 20, that was me writing from one avatar of myself, which is just a way of talking about business and a way of talking about motivation in a way. And that’s fun. But as I started to progress over the years, I realized that what I was getting the most praise for.

07:19
and the stuff that I was writing about the most wasn’t the stuff that I was really writing in my personal time, the things that I enjoyed writing the most, the things that were most meaningful to me. And over time, there became a greater gulf, a great gulf between what I was putting out and what I thought was important. And so that’s another reason why I kind of, I felt a need to separate myself from the original brand. And I went to my agent and my publisher over a period of years, like this is between maybe

07:49
2018, 2019, I said, I have these new ideas. These are the things I like to write about. have a deep interest in deep personal development, psychology, spirituality, things like that, things of that nature. they never said no, but they basically said in so many words, we don’t want that. We’re into business. We know business sells. We know how to look at those books and try again. And I said, well, maybe I’ll publish some stuff independently. They said, oh.

08:18
If you publish them independently, that’s going to affect your the next advance that you get because we’re going to judge your independent book sales as a metric of a recent release and we’re going to pay you based on whatever those book sales are. That sounds like a threat almost. It is a threat. But you know, it’s the same in the music industry. That’s why a lot of musicians will release mixtapes, not albums, because mixtapes aren’t counted against their official stats in a lot of ways. So when they go to a big label, you can’t say that you’ve released an official studio album before.

08:48
And that’s just a way of naming it. But, you know, that just got me thinking. I didn’t really have much reason to stay with a publisher or with an agent. And I don’t have any ill will against them. had a good experience working with them for the first time, but it set me off my own way. And over a period of years, I started to develop my own philosophy around life. And what I wrote between 2016 and 2021 ended up becoming the first of what’s going to be a series.

09:15
these very different books that explore these deeper areas of life. And by giving myself the permission to write this work and not have to be dependent on a publisher to put me out or an agent to get me a deal. It’s given me a lot of creative freedom and it’s really opened the floodgates on me. mean, people were asking for a while, why don’t you write Wealthy 30 something or the Rich 20 something follow-up? And I was at a writer’s block, which doesn’t really exist. But I’m like, I can’t think of anything else to say. I’ve already told you this stuff. I don’t have anything else to say.

09:44
But as soon as I gave myself permission to write this next book, which is really just a collection of things that I had been writing personally for myself for about five years, I have behind me 11 books planned out. like, you know, all I can do is just produce them fast enough to be able to fulfill at this point. And so really, that’s how know I’m on the right track. You know, it’s funny, I used to enjoy writing a lot more.

10:10
And then I got slapped by Google and I had to write a certain way to get in the rankings. And now it’s not fun for me anymore. So I’ve actually outsourced the writing of like that stuff. But, but I do write like the, more personal development stuff myself. And I started doing video where you can be a lot more creative, where SEO doesn’t matter as much.

10:31
Totally. Well, you know, Google has pretty getting pretty sick with their SEO now they can they’re like reading lips and doing transcriptions and but yes, yes, you’re right. Exactly. Yeah. But in YouTube land, like SEO doesn’t matter nearly as much. No, no, it’s just what it’s just what catches organically with people. But I admire what you’ve done. It sounds like you’ve, you know, neglected SEO and you’re just writing about what you want, which is awesome. Well, you know, SEO is only one tool. And I think that also I’m looking at more of a long term perspective, when you own your IP. So when you are

11:01
when you’re beholden to like, and this is for any creative, you you have this idea, and especially before the internet, this idea of like having a big publishing house or a big label or big studio, give you the spotlight and that will build your career. And that was how I went into my, the interstages of my career. But what I realized was I don’t actually like, I have my old book here. I don’t, I don’t actually own this. I don’t actually own this IP. So I can’t, I can’t even give it away if I want to. can’t even technically, I’m not even allowed to, you know,

11:30
still use the use the words in my in my promotions for stuff because I don’t even own the publishing to this. I don’t really own it. I own the copyright to it, but I don’t own the publishing to it. And every time this book gets a sale, I barely get anything from it. You know, it’s it’s so it’s not a very good economic model for me. But what I’ve learned over the years is that when you start to develop your own catalog and you own the masters, essentially to that every time you release a new work, your whole catalog gets a bump.

12:00
release one book and if you have nine books that you published before that, every other book usually gets sales because people look through your whole catalog and buy stuff. And so my vision now is creating not just this individual book, this is the new one, but also developing merchandise around it, concerts around it, other products around it, digital things around it that support the philosophy of the book. And then also allow me to extend it into other books as well so that there’s an entire

12:30
universe around it that I own the entirety of, rather than just trying to get a piece of royalty from what the publisher owns the majority of. Interesting. So if you were to start back all over again, would you have self-published your first book then or no? I wouldn’t have changed anything because I think everything has worked out the way it should. But I’m just a little bit smarter now. Right. And I guess that’s where the crypto stuff comes in too with your ecosystem later on. guess ownership.

12:58
Yeah, I don’t even have a direct, I don’t even have the crypto piece of this planned yet. I’m sure we’ll do some NFTs and things like that. mean, right now, my main thing is I just opened up the pre-orders of the hardcover version for this book. The book drops in December and October 25th, but I just opened up a hardcover pre-sale and I’m only releasing 250 of these and they’re signed and limited and numbered and each one comes with two concert tickets. So I’m going to do two concerts in 2023, which will just be me.

13:27
important pieces from the book, bringing in other elements, having a creative fun time with people just for my super fans. And you know, it’s 100 bucks each and people are like, why would I pay $100 for a book? Well, you’re paying for the experience. And it’s just a way of me creating something fun out of my material. And I have complete control over the distribution of it. Love it. Love it. Yeah. So I did get a chance to read a couple chapters. And I just had some questions for you. And I thought because it’s pretty interesting. Sure. I want to talk about

13:55
like the slow boil of three, what the hell does that mean? Slow boil of 3D. Yeah. There’s a disconnect between the you thinking about something and it happening in life, but it doesn’t mean that there’s not progress going on underneath the surface. And some of that comes down to patience. And another part of it comes down to understanding how the nature of reality and how the nature of reality actually functions versus how we wish it would function. Sure. mean, a lot of people don’t make forward progress.

14:24
I would imagine because of this principle. What’s the 3D part of it actually is what I wanted to know. Well, just being in this plane of existence, we exist in a world where it’s like a cause and effect world. There’s action reaction. You could think of it as a Newtonian situation or you could think of it as quantum, but either way, we live in a world where when you do something, there’s a change on the other end. Sometimes you see the change as a result of your actions.

14:54
A lot of times you don’t see the change. Most of the time you don’t see the change. And what we have to realize is that the example that I give in this particular chapter is just that there is a boiling process. you think about like example of chemistry, physical sciences, when you boil water up to what, 100 degrees Celsius is where water boils. Every degree up to that point,

15:22
is a chemical change that’s making a physical change. And through that entire process, you’re getting to the point of the result that you want, which is the water boiling, but you don’t see that bubble. You don’t see that actual boil, the effervescence until you get to the point where you’re at the boiling point and every liquid has different boiling point. But it doesn’t mean that the changes aren’t happening. And if you shut the burner off before that complete chemical and physical change has been created, then you lose all the progress.

15:50
I think that we create that scenario for ourselves a lot in life where we’re stopping and starting, or we’re constantly checking to see if it’s boiling, constantly checking, letting out the heat. And there’s just a way of being aware that when you’re creating through your work, direct, intentional, you know, focus energy on a project or an idea that you have to allow it to create those changes. It’s like, you can’t just think Ferrari and the Ferrari rolls over your foot the next day. Like you have to be able to allow that thing to happen.

16:18
And I think that in the hustle culture, we have forgotten that there’s an element of patience. And there’s also like a mystery of the way that things work, because there’s still this black box element of living in the world where we’d like to think that we know how everything’s working behind the scenes. And it makes our intellect feel good to think that we know, well, when I do this with my business, and I press this button, I do this funnel, this thing’s going to happen. But that’s not always the case. We’re hoping that’s the case.

16:47
But we have to allow for that mystery and we have to allow for that space for the changes to happen. And then we can observe. that’s something that’s important for humans to remember.

16:58
It’s taking me over three years, but my first book, The Family First Entrepreneur will be out in stores on May 16th. Now this is a book about entrepreneurship, but not the kind they tell you about in business school or that you often hear about online. Now I know for a fact that most of you listening to this podcast don’t want to become world famous or ridiculously rich. Now certainly you might not say no to these things, but when you really ask yourself what your priorities are, it’s almost always the same. You want a good life and the freedom to enjoy it. So in this book,

17:27
I’ll share with you an alternative to the hustle culture nonsense we so often hear about in relation to starting a business. You can, in fact, succeed at business without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it, and you don’t have to work 80 hours a week and be a slave to your business just to make it all work. So if you’re tired of hearing from 20-something kids who drive fancy cars and brag about how hard they work or how much they make, I will give you a different perspective from a father who makes both business and family work.

17:56
So join me in my book launch. Go to mywifequitterjob.com slash book and I’ll send you bonuses, invitations to book parties that I’ll be throwing all over the country and special offers. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

18:13
You know, what’s funny is I use that analogy, not the boiling water. I use the melting ice cube, which is, which is more or less the same thing. It’s the reverse. All your efforts are trying to melt the ice cube, but then it doesn’t start melting until the freezing point. Yeah. What’s funny about all this is how do you know how long it’s going to take? And, I get this question a lot, like how long is it going to take for my business to be successful?

18:40
And they always ask me like, what is the secret to do all this stuff? And what I always tell them is like, half the time, like, I don’t know what the hell is going on. I just know in the end, it works. And then in hindsight, you can figure out some of the things that you’ve done. But as you’re doing it, oftentimes, you have no idea what’s working and what’s not. Totally. There’s also really defining what success is at each stage. Like I gave you an example today, was, I was doing like a weightlifting class before this, and I’m getting back into doing

19:07
CrossFit style workout to turn more like Olympic style lifts. And have you ever tried an Olympic style lift before? I have not. Like, you know, they have snatches. Yeah. They have cleans and things like that. They’re pretty hard. And because it’s very technical. It’s like your body is doing these explosive motions. So I was talking to the coach today. I’m like pretty strong on certain lifts because I used to do like power lifting and bodybuilding. And so I have certain motor patterns. It’s really, like the muscles are strong, but it’s also, know, your motor patterns know how to do it. So that’s mostly what it is.

19:37
So like, for instance, I can deadlift over 400, which is a lot for my body weight, but then with a, with a, um, with a clean or something, or with a, with a snatch, which were, which is where I’m like deadlifting up and putting it over my head. I can barely get like 150. It’s really, really heavy for me. And so was talking to the coach and I was like, what is the, what, like, what would be a good, what, what’s considered heavy with this lift for someone of my body weight? What is it? What are we looking for? What’s the goal here? And it’s like, well, you know, at this stage.

20:06
It’s not really even a measure of your strength. It’s mostly a measure of technique because you’re not, um, you’re not even fully activating all the muscles that you will be using neurologically when you get proficient at this exercise, when you get very, very good at it. So I wouldn’t think of it as strength. I think of it as more of just getting your technique down and that got me thinking. It’s like, how am I measuring success here? Cause if I measure success based on my dead lift, then I think that this is a very weak lift. If I measure success based on the fact that

20:33
I can actually complete all the movements of this lift, then I would say, well, that was a very successful lift. And just the way that you frame success versus failure changes how you feel about it. I was also thinking too, like when you’re doing these exercises, just from a physical, like an exercise perspective, failure is something that you seek out because you have to know where your limitation is. Like today I did, I went up to failure on snatches and I was like, oh yeah, like

21:02
my failure point is at X weight, but I wasn’t upset that I failed. had to know that was my failure point. So I can judge next time. Did I hit it? Did I go past it? Did I fall below it? The failure just becomes a marker and a milestone rather than like an emotionally charged significant event. Yeah, I like that. I mean, there’s this phrase that I heard recently was your happiness is the status quo minus your expectations, right?

21:32
So I guess in your so how would people who are struggling right now listening to this with their business? How do you set the proper failure points? And how do you how do you stay focused through that entire time until like the water starts boiling? Well, I would say the one thing is one of the things I think that in some ways personal development and business advice gets wrong is I this is a Tony Robbins thing, the idea of modeling.

21:59
see a model your success off of other people who have been successful. But sometimes I find that that’s a poor heuristic for success because you’re comparing yourself to someone else. And I get why you’d want to do that because you’re looking to get the same results as them. But the mantra in the Tony Robbins school has always been, someone else has done it, you can do it. That’s, think, only partially true because you have to consider there are so many factors in someone else’s

22:28
whole experience of life, who they are, where they’re born, what their background is, their mind state is, all these different factors that go into them creating a certain result. So if you’re trying to copy just what they’re doing, you can’t copy who they are. And so sometimes we, I think we sometimes miss the mark by trying to compare our success or our milestones or our markers to other people’s when really we need to, we can set our goals, set our attention for our goal. And we can even,

22:58
look at best practices and follow a path to a point, but there has to be an awareness of at the end of the day, you’re going to have to do it your way, which means that you’re going to have to define success based on where you are now. If you’re just starting, then you wouldn’t judge your success based on someone who’s been doing it for a lot longer, for someone who has a different skill set, from someone who has a different life experience. You’d have to be able to

23:26
have the presence of mind to say, okay, I’m going to follow some of these instructions, some of these rule books, but ultimately every success is a completely unique success. There’s no one who copies someone else and says, oh, you know, I did it just like them and I got the same result. even when I was first getting my teeth, cutting my teeth, you know, I was working with this guy named Ramit and Ramit runs this company called I will teach you to be rich. And so I learned a lot of copywriting from him and from his work.

23:54
but I’m not Rameet, I don’t wanna be Rameet. And it was a detriment for me to try to fit too deeply into that mold because I would put myself into a model that wasn’t unique to me. So I was modeling my success after that and I was modeling my ideas after that. And there’s a certain point where you can take what you’ve learned and you can adapt it and you can adapt what someone else has done.

24:22
But ultimately, you always have to create your own unique thing. And I think that’s something where beginning entrepreneurs go wrong. I think they’re going to completely be able to copy someone else or use someone else as a measuring stick when you really have to find it on your own. And that’s scary because ultimately there is no map and no one wants to hear that. You know, it’s funny is any time I’ve personally tried to copy someone else directly, it’s actually never worked for me. Never works. And in fact, I remember when I

24:48
when I was working my day job, I used to think that all of my bosses had all the answers until one day I figured out like everyone is just winging it. Yeah, actually. Yeah. And you just got to figure out the way you do it. I guess the next question, the follow up question is how do you figure out what what you’re good at, what your hidden strengths are to to make the necessary adaptations? The best way to do that is to think about the things that come naturally to you that do not come naturally to others.

25:15
or things that are fun for you that are certainly not fun for others. So there are a lot of people who are, like I have friends who are accountants and they really like numbers. And I say, what is wrong with you? Like you enjoy this? Why? But in a business, having a strong number sense and a strong accounting sense is a great skill to have. And you can lean into that. You can create a leaner business and a smarter business, a more efficient business. Whereas they would say, I hate writing. I hate it with a passion and I run from it. And I say, oh, this is my playground.

25:44
And so you have to lean into those strengths, but you also have to think about the things that are so natural to you that you take them for granted. And I wrote about this in the book as well, these gifts and these talents that you take for granted, these are the things, these are like the forgotten children. These are the things that we stuff in a corner and we don’t respect these talents because they seem so easy to us. And those are the things that you need to be paying attention to. And a lot of times they won’t be things that I’ve got, sometimes they’ll be things I’ve gotten praise. Other times there are things that maybe people have

26:14
have even ridiculed you for, but you have to be able to identify those. And some people don’t want to identify them their whole lives, you know? Give me some examples. Like, how do you figure this out? Okay. Because you’re not thinking of them clearly because you probably do them every day and don’t even realize you don’t like okay, and some of of it will come through a lot of trial and error. So it’s not like you just like I just meditated for 20 minutes and figured it out. You know, it will come through trial and error. So like I’ll give you an example in my life. I have learned over

26:41
Okay, first of all, I’ll say you can try some things that are like different personal assessments. So there’s lots of ways to look at yourself. So if you’ve heard of Myers-Briggs before, that’s an example. I don’t put too much stock into any personal assessment, but there are ways of knowing yourself. Myers-Briggs, Enneagram, there’s something called human design. These are all different ways. And if you study those things, you realize there is validity to some of these things. Getting off on a slight tangent, one of my clients gave me a bracelet.

27:11
because I said I was an ENTP. I battled between ENTJ and ENTP. Someone got me an ENTP bracelet. Literally, it had the letters ENTP and I thought, I’m not going to wear this because I’m not going to brand myself as a certain personality. I want to get myself licensed to change if I want. I want to be introverted if I want to be introverted that day. So I never think of them as cast in stone. Like my friend Manish, he thinks that’s cast in stone, baby. He’s like, ENTJs, that’s who you are. You’ll never change. I’m like, I don’t believe that.

27:41
Um, we’re talking about Manisha Ramees, brother. Yeah. Okay. Nice. Okay. The cooler Senti, the cooler. Um, and so, so you can learn, you can use personality tests to learn a bit about yourself. Um, but ultimately it comes down to looking how, looking at how your life experience goes and, and, and paying attention to who you are. So in my life, what I’ve realized is that like a few things, one,

28:10
I, my biggest, my greatest wealth is my, are my relationships. So like, I am good at business to a certain extent. Like I know how to do, I can do e-commerce and I’m decent with numbers and you know, I’m pretty good at branding. Like all that stuff I have a, a proficiency in, but where I really excel is in relationships. So there are tons of people who I can call to help me with something. I know how to connect people to get them to work together. I’m really good.

28:38
at interpersonal stuff, know, interviews or talking on camera or things like that, things of that nature. Some of that’s come from skill training, others I can look back at my past, my childhood and say, I was doing this since I was a kid. You know, I was the kid who in fourth grade was eating a school lunch, decided I didn’t like it and set up a petition across the entire elementary school and got like 300 signatures and then took it to the principal’s Very interpersonal.

29:06
And I said, we demand, we don’t like these green hot dogs. They’re clearly spoiled. We don’t like them. And it’s just like things like that. I think back and said, oh, that’s a very highly, entirely indicative of someone who has interpersonal skills. Another thing too would be like, I’ve always been skilled at writing. I can look at my career as a student and say, my best grades and my most enjoyment has always been out of writing. And then it makes sense that when I,

29:35
graduated to my career, it started through writing. And I can say, okay, I should lean into that. For a while, when I was in that rich 20 phase, and I was just writing for the SEO and writing for the accolades, essentially, writing for that direct lead generation, I kind of got away from expressing the core skill. And even for a while, between like 2018 and 2020, like almost two years, almost maybe even three years,

30:03
I actively stopped writing. Like I didn’t open up my computer and write. didn’t publish anything new really. And I noticed that my business started to go down and my life happiness started to go down big time. Cause I wasn’t focusing on what my core gifts are. And it took a while to acknowledge that because I wanted to be like other people. I wanted to have, you know, skills I saw other people have. And thought, well, if I just had this funnel skill or if I just had, of course you can build these skills.

30:32
But if I just, if I could just do it like this person or that person, that’s when I’ll be successful. But I’m like, yeah, but they can’t do it like me. You know, I gotta be me. And it wasn’t until I really like was able to sit with that, that I was able to pull myself out of my own ass, pull my head on my own ass. And, also just become a lot happier, you know? Here’s the struggle. And I’ve had this too. How do you decide between doing something that works and is moving the legal, let’s say in business?

31:01
versus doing what actually makes you feel alive and creative. Why do they have to be separate? Oftentimes they do, in a way, right? Like my SEO example earlier, right? In order to rank in search, you have to write in such a way that there’s no fluff, you just deliver the answer, right? And that’s how you get traffic. Yes. As soon as you start being a little bit more creative, telling stories, that stuff’s probably not going to rank because you’re confusing Google. But that’s a great way to get traffic.

31:31
Well, it’s almost like, um, like I was writing a sales page. You ever seen this thing called the Hemingway app? You know about this? Yeah. It’s a pretty good app, but this app will tell you to make your shit so dumb. It will tell you to dumb it down. It’ll be like, Oh, this is too high level. The sentence is too long. This is too much of a college level. And I’m like, yeah, but that’s how I talk. And there’s a line between knowing how to make it simple for people, but also saying, I don’t have to who’s making up the Hemingway app. Who’s making up.

32:00
You know, it’s like you have to be able to not be afraid to lose a little bit in order to express yourself. That’s how I feel. And that hasn’t served me the best when it comes to business. So I know that that’s not the best advice if you want to maximize SEO, maximize lifetime value. I just don’t think there’s a better way to do it long-term because otherwise I’m going to hate doing this and not want to do it anyway. know, like even with this most recent book, one of the things that’s been frustrating for me is that

32:29
I don’t get as good of a response off of talking about

32:34
Carl Jung is I, as I do about starting a hundred thousand dollars side hustle, you know, and I know that and I my business around the hundred thousand dollars side hustle. So I understand why people they’re not there for that, but I’ve also been saying to my audience, said, guys, listen, I still do business programming and we can talk about that, but shouldn’t we all be evolving here? Shouldn’t we want to talk about new stuff? Like you can’t expect me to do this, the same shtick for my entire life. And I don’t expect you to do that too. I’ve gotten so much value from learning.

33:02
deeply about myself and it all trickles down to business. So let’s talk about some of that stuff too, because otherwise why are we doing this? You know, and I, it’s been frustrating to me because I’ll like write a post where I’m explaining the fabric of the universe and I’ll get like 32 likes and then I’ll put up a meme and I’ll get a thousand. I’m like, I fucking hate you guys. You know, I love you. Thank you for being here. And I fucking hate you because I know that you’re here because, and I tested, I know that you’re here because I put up a tons of likes and shares and engagement.

33:32
The next one I put up is like something from the deepest reservoir of my mind and my heart. And it will get like 20 likes. And I’m like, I know that you scrolled right past this. Wake up. is what I mean by the trade-offs, Daniel. Yeah, I know. Yeah. Okay. So my next question is, let’s say you’re doing something that you really love and being creative. Like, how do you stay focused until the water starts boiling? Or do you just know that at some point, all this stuff is going to resonate and all come together?

34:02
I don’t think you ever know that. The best thing I can say is we’re all going to die and how are you going to feel? Are you going to give a crap about your SEO on your deathbed? I don’t know. mean, I know you got to make money and everything, but I also just feel like, okay, when I look at the best… So a lot of times art and business are seen as separate, but that’s not always the case.

34:30
And I think that you can use your business skills intelligently to support yourself as a creative, you know? So you have like, like one of the things, one of the examples I’ll give is like recently I was in this bookstore, this is a bookstore in Portland called Powell’s, which is supposedly the biggest independent bookstore in the world. And I wouldn’t, I wouldn’t be surprised if they were telling the truth because it’s freaking huge. I love it. I love it. It’s like brain orgasm. God, I love it. And I’ll go through that. And one of the things I love looking at is, um, I don’t know if you read, do you read

34:59
pleasure? you read anything with pleasure? do, yes. You’re one of the few these days. I read for pleasure a lot and even fiction, not just how-to books, but even fiction. And if you go to the science fiction or the fantasy section of a book, of a bookstore, what you’ll find is that a lot of these writers, have tons of books, dude. They have tons. Like, you know, I just mentioned George R.R. Martin earlier and all these different, you know, all these different sci-fi novelists, even Stephen King.

35:27
and they just produce so much work. And that tells me a couple of things. One, it really shows me the value of consistency over time because they’re just dropping, dropping, dropping, dropping, dropping. It also shows me that like they’re writing these books are so long, especially a lot of these fantasy and sci-fi books that obviously they have editors, but they’re not like…

35:52
They’re not thinking, oh, I just, should take this out. This doesn’t quite, this isn’t working. Like maybe some of that, but they’re releasing a lot of material and they’re not being as discerning. They’re not like trying to get the perfect book. They’re just releasing it. And it also shows me too, that the value of their work isn’t in one individual piece. It’s in the collection. It’s in the collection of their intellectual property, which I think also still applies in a business sense. Now they might not be the, the, the business minds that you would look to.

36:22
But what inspired me about, you know, looking through these sections of the bookstores, you see that there’s a lot of value in the consistent production of work over time. And you can’t always see that value with each individual release. And so I think it’s less about just hoping that it all works out in the end and just knowing that the snowball over time does gradually build. And once you’re kind of locked into what your genius is,

36:50
Then I think it’s less about worrying whether it’s going to be successful and more about pouring as much of your direct intention into that work as you can, because direct intention is like a prism. And when all the light goes into the prism, it creates a very strong and powerful force where you might not have, you you don’t, you’re not going to be Tim Ferriss. You don’t want to be Tim Ferriss and you’re not going to repeat what he did again. But you can see the direct intention of his work over time has created things that even he couldn’t have imagined.

37:19
But what has happened is his energy has created an entire universe of his own. And I think you can do that in your own way too. And so you have to have faith that the intention is what’s creating over time that value. And people will start to see your stuff. If what you’re doing sucks, if you’re not really playing in your zone of genius and you’re not being consistent with it, you can’t expect to see that success. But once you truly lock into it, I have no doubt that once I’m on book 10 of my self-released stuff, it’s going to be popping, baby.

37:48
But it just takes a minute to get to that point. Yeah. You know, one thing I always tell people who’ve sounded from my class is that you got to be willing to put at least three to five years commitment into this before you even get started. And then I also say when it comes to content, it’s like a stock that can only go up, right? Yeah. One piece people might not see, but over time, as you build your portfolio, one piece will resonate with someone and then word of mouth will spread. So it’s just a matter of keeping at it.

38:16
People, so another thing too is like going back to the, why aren’t you guys liking my stuff on social media? Cause I’m just having a little Kanye West moment this week. The people don’t have to necessarily engage with it to be retaining it. You know, even just this morning, I got someone from just one of my people who read myself for like almost 10 years from South Africa. And he wrote me like a multi-page email on these things that I had done that.

38:43
deeply affected him from like 2018. And I remember when you did this story where you would go up on your rooftop in LA and you would show the sun and you would talk about how we’re all coming from this great universal energy. And that really affected me. it’s done this, this, this, this, this in my life. And he might not have ever left a comment or engaged with that social media posts, but I was putting it out there. He was receiving it. So you never, that’s what I’m saying with the slow boil. Things are happening and there’s a cause and effect to everything, but you can’t always see it.

39:09
And just the interaction on social media, think is a poor barometer. I’m coaching myself right now. It’s a poor barometer of if it’s being received. Yeah, absolutely. Okay, so what are the important questions you got to ask yourself then if you’re on the right track? Number one, does it feel good? Because if it doesn’t feel good, you’re not going to keep doing it. Number two, is it something that you can see doing for an extended period of time?

39:36
Um, because I think that you have to be able to change with the times, grow and evolve. Uh, number three. And obviously you want to have, I will prioritize audience response over algorithmic response. So what I mean by that is like, if you put out a piece of content on any platform, it’s not necessarily as important how many people engage with it as the people who do do engage with it, what they’re saying. Um, to a certain extent, you can’t control.

40:05
how many people are exposed to your work because the platforms have their own design. And you can learn how to play with those designs so that you can have a better chance of going viral, better chance of spreading. But that’s a different skillset than having it resonate. Because you can have something that goes viral but doesn’t really create a strong relationship with the audience. And you can have something that creates a strong relationship but that doesn’t actually spread. And I would go for the relationship over the spreading because, I mean, TikTok is a great example.

40:34
platform is built for virality, but it’s not really built for relationship. can make relationship out of it, but it’s not built for that. Whereas I feel like our earlier forms of social media were built more for relationship than virality because virality wasn’t as big of a thing then. So you’ll have like an email list, which is not going to go viral necessarily because emails don’t really go viral like that, but it will create a deeper relationship or a podcast. Podcasts don’t really go viral. can. Um, it’s kind of more of a steady, steady build. So that I would prioritize.

41:03
the engagement with the people who do care about your work. And when I talked to Seth Godin about this years ago, because I had a peace goal viral for the first time in 2012. And I emailed Seth, I was like, Seth, how do I do this again? Like, how do I make it happen again? said, no, no, no, young grasshopper, you’re asking the wrong question. The question you want to ask is how do you write something so impactful that a person who reads it can’t go to sleep tonight without telling at least one other person? And that to me was like the aha moment. I’m like, oh, I just have to write it like I’m talking to a friend.

41:30
or produce like I’m talking to friends, speak on the video like I’m talking to a friend. And if someone gets that message, then they’ll do the work for me of making it go wherever it needs to go. I don’t need to try to game it. Right. Here’s been my philosophy because I kind of started out this interview by asking you how you kind of balance the two things. And it sounds like, you know, your priorities are what you said. For me, it’s like you have to go algorithmic in order to even get the your ideas out in front of people. But

41:58
I’ve decided that SEO is just not a good way to build like a lasting audience. People just want answers, right? But if you can get them on your email list, that’s when you can get actually more creative with your work. And then I mentioned YouTube as another outlet and the podcast as well. So I tend to play in both pots. So looking at the priorities that you just specified, I think I would have an equal balance between algorithmic versus people’s responses because if they don’t, if they’re not going to see in the first place, they’re not going to get a chance to respond. Yeah.

42:28
Well, and I would also say, uh, find your game and play it well. So like you might find someone like, uh, you know, James clear and he’s been very good at, um, creating both visibility and relationship with his audience over the years. James, his original strategy, I don’t know what it is now, but his original strategy wasn’t as much SEO as it was syndication. It was like getting his pieces on different platforms. He was like the master of that. And so I guess that is SEO, but it’s like SEO on other people’s platforms. And, um,

42:57
That’s more relationships, I would say. That is relationships though. Whenever I publish something on Entrepreneur or Fortune or Forbes, they’d always be like, you can’t publish your exact same piece. I’m like, James Clear just did it. He just published his exact same piece. What’s the difference? They said, well, he’s bald and he looks better. said, okay. So I don’t know. But that’s an example of, I don’t really see James as writing for the algorithm. I see him as writing exactly what he wants to write. But he has a strategy for visibility.

43:26
So yeah, you can, like for me, you my strategy with the, for visibility right now, I already have the benefit of having built an audience. It’s not the world’s biggest audience, but it is an audience. So I’m less concerned with trying to get more people right now. I want to just develop the relationship with the ones that I have on a deeper level. And over the next 10 years, I’ll continue to work on bringing more people in. my hope for this,

43:53
Maybe it’s a hope and a prayer, but my hope for this is that as I continue to put out more books, it will start to do some of its own work, you know, because I, man, like I started up a TikTok and I just can’t, like, I just can’t. I can’t, I mean, I’m going to, but I’m an older millennial now. I’m not a Gen Z and I just, I’ve already built my platform and I know it sounds stubborn and maybe I’m sounding old right now, but I can’t do it again.

44:22
can’t put up another channel right now. It’s just the amount of effort it takes. And I’m glad effort, you know, maybe I’ll have to do it anyway. Well, let me ask you this. If your goal is to get the ideas out, why are you selling this book and not just putting all this stuff out to the masses? I am actually. when the book drops on October 25th, it’s going to be completely free for digital and audio versions. Okay. I’m just doing the limited edition pre-order of the hardcover. And I actually have a whole sequence, which I’ll even share with you. have

44:52
The so the book is dropping officially on October 25th and we’ll put out like the digital version and the audio. I’m even going to put the audio on like Spotify. I’m going to make it its own podcast and iTunes. You can access it digitally. And then in November, we’re going to do a like a, like a fall collection of merch line related to concepts in the book, imagery and words from the book, which is going to be like sweaters, jackets and different pieces of clothing related to the line. It’s going to be our fall line. When December comes around, we’ll do the official Amazon drop. So it’ll be like,

45:23
Kindle, ebook, the paperback and the audible. And guess what? People are still gonna buy the audible even though it’s on Spotify, because people want it on whatever platform they like it on. so we’ll do that. In January, we’re going to do the digital course version of the book, which is me teaching concepts from the book. In February, we’re gonna do the extended artwork version of the book. So we’re gonna do like a coffee table size version of the book.

45:50
with all AI generated artwork and a different layout for the text, but a bigger version of it, all hardcover. February, we’re gonna do, I think I have planned the spring collection is gonna launch in February. So I think that’s what I have, spring collection for the merchandise. And then March and April, I’m gonna be doing the pre-launch essentially for, or I’ll do like another book preview for the next book in the series, which is called OverSoul. And that will come out in May. And it will be part of the true artifact series.

46:18
So every time I put out a book of this type of genre, will be in the series. And then when you go to Amazon and say, oh, there’s this book and there’s that book. And then there’s merchandise for it and there’s a course for it. And by the time there’s five of these shits out, it’s all, you know, there’s a whole series of it. Right. And I’m sure Amazon will have this button that says buy it all together. Yeah. Even on Amazon now you can create series and I’ll tell you, this is the first book. I did my first book was traditionally published. So I didn’t really have any creative control over it. I couldn’t even.

46:48
They didn’t even pick the cover that I wanted. mean, if you guys can see it, this is the Empire State Building. I’m not from New York and I have no connection to New York. And I said, guys, I don’t want this. don’t, this is not what I’m choosing. They’re like, yeah, but we know what’s going to sell well at Barnes and Noble. So you’re getting this cover. said, great, fuck off. So that happened. And then I did a second book. really, actually have a second book that’s out. This is, this is actually just, I can’t there’s more of a product, but it is a book. I coauthored this with my business partner. This is a,

47:16
strength of seduction, is our fitness brand. We did a book, it’s actually a really nice book. And this is like a book for couples to create intimacy through fitness. so like couples intimacy, exercises, physical stuff. And we actually published this through scribe, which used to be called book in a box. Oh, yeah. Tucker Max is, yeah, actually no longer is affiliated with them. But I did not know that. I don’t think it’s a bad thing. And so we so we paid and got God bless and they did a great job with it. They they pretty much handled it.

47:46
So we technically self-published that and I think we paid like, so, okay, I’ll tell you the numbers. So for my first book deal, I got all in 165 K. was 150 from Penguin and 15 K from Audible to do the book, which like, it sounds kind of like a lot, but it’s not really cause they broke it up over two years. goes to your agent also. 15 % of the agent. And they didn’t do any of the marketing work for me. It’s like, I came in there with the platform already myself and they’re like, great.

48:16
go market it. I’m like, can you help me? Can you get me some stuff? Like, I know that my agent has the same. I know that my agent shares a bunch of different famous clients. Can you get me on Trevor Noah? I know he’s on your roster. Like, what can you do for me? You know, but like, we gave you money, go promote it. I’m like, you should be, that’s for me to, to, produce the work. You guys should be paying to promote this. You guys should be helping me to get it out there. Wasn’t that much of a help. Yeah. So then we did the second book. This is like a 2020, we published this and we did this with Scribe. And I think we paid like,

48:46
40 grand for them to compile it. And they did a great job because I had this book, started writing this. This is like this company, which is a totally different conversation. I came up with this idea for this company in 2010. So it’s an old idea and we refreshed it and we actually did very well with it. We now have like over 42,000 customers and books and we sell DVDs, surprise names, sell DVDs and app and all this stuff. And so we put out this book and I had maybe like 15,000 words of this book already compiled.

49:15
So then Scribe brought in another writer and then we did illustrations. They organized, they put all together. couldn’t have done it without them because I wasn’t going to, it was way too much work to do it myself, but still 40 grand is kind of steep. And I was happy with the product, but then now this is the first book I’ve done where it’s completely on my own. I did the whole design myself. did the whole, I did, I did the editing myself. had some, had a trusted friend to help me with the copy edit, but you know, design, edit.

49:42
production, everything from the interior design to the exterior, to the layout of the pages, all that stuff myself. And I realized it’s not actually that hard to do. It only cost me like, man, it cost me like 1500 bucks to produce and design and publish this whole, not like less than two grand, two grand or less. And I’m like, wow, that was really cost effective. And now, and it’s like, I don’t know if you’ve seen this, but Amazon’s hard covers are.

50:11
Oh yeah, I know, know. I mean, I think they used to be crappier, but this is nice. Cause you know, I have a book from a publishing house that is supposed to be the best in the world. And I’m like, this one’s nicer. So I’m a little confused. And, um, and so now I kind of see what the whole process is. And, uh, and that’s allowed me to have a lot more confidence in my ability to be able to produce it as a high level consistently now. Cause I thought I needed all this help. I thought I needed a publisher. I thought I needed a scribe. I thought I needed this stuff. like, no, no, no, no, no.

50:40
I can do it all. And that’s been like a huge weight off my shoulders. mean, having gone through this entire process recently, I think the main advantage of having a publisher is, that you can get into the bookstore easier, right? But then again, there aren’t that many bookstores anymore. So and that then that makes me very sad as an author. But at the end of the day, I don’t actually think book sales are down. I just think it’s retail bookstores. Yes, think book sales are still doing quite well. And Amazon is just Amazon such an a hole, like they’ll kill

51:10
Barnes and Noble and they put their own bookstores in place of that. And it’s like, Ooh, that’s such a harsh move. But they have nice bookstores. Um, but yeah, I mean, so, so yes, you can get into bookstores earlier, easier. And for the most part, you’re not really going to be able to get on the bestseller lists without having a publisher. But again, it’s like, what’s your metric of success? Because when you have a major book that’s being published, they really are pushing for first week numbers so that they can show.

51:38
from their side that our book has been successful. So for this first book, Rich 20, you know, we put all of our energy into that first week, you know, the lead up before that. And I missed New York times bestseller by one spot. Like we had number, we got number 11 and before, before that year it was top 15. And then the year that I published, was top 10. So then I hit number 11. You know, man, there were things I could have done to.

52:04
Like I was mad at myself for years about like, knew there’s one call I could have made or like one thing I was lazy with and I could have pushed it through. But ultimately that, that ranking, which would have been the equivalent of a sticker on the cover of the book, would it have made a diff, a material difference in anything about where I am now? It would have been nice to say that, but it wouldn’t have made a material difference. And, um, and, and my metric of success was like, what list am I getting? How high am I on Amazon? Uh, you know, but, but now I’m like,

52:32
I don’t really care what my first week numbers are. I’m giving it away for free and I’m selling some, some stuff and I have a whole extended plan and I have a whole, I just told you about a plan all the way through next year. I look at it more like, um, like when an artist releases an album, when they go on tour, they’re on tour for sometimes two years promoting that album, you know, so I have to look at it like that. And so that’s another way of how I’ve changed my metric of success. If people come in and say, well, you know, I got to hit these numbers and you know, I got to hit New York times, best seller, wall street journal. And it’s like,

53:00
that’s someone else’s ranking for your, and also by the way, plenty of people get book ranking the first week and it just drops the next week. So, it’s like, it’s not necessarily the best metric. But it’s a ego metric. It’s a good ego metric and my ego was hurt because I didn’t get it. But I think it’s okay, it wouldn’t have changed my life position now.

53:29
So Daniel, where can people find out more about your book? Well, that’s a great question. See if you can go to the true artifact dot com. This is right now where you can find the preview of the book because the official drop is on 10, 25, 22. When that book releases, you’ll be able to get it for free via my website and via Spotify, Spotify, iTunes, and wherever podcasts are streamed. I’m going to put it out as independent podcast. And on that list, you can sign up for the preview, the promo. And then once you sign up,

53:57
You’ll get access to the whole world of the true artifact, which will be all the things we’re talking about from the different pieces of the IP I’m releasing to things that only VIPs and insiders are going to get. There’s also an account on Instagram at the true artifact. And it’s just the, uh, it’s just the first piece of this puzzle. And I’m not going to let myself go off this podcast without reading a piece from the book. Go for it. I’m going to end because it’s you. And by the way, just so everyone knows this verifies what I was thinking about relationships and

54:27
also probably data. Because the reason you texted me was because I sent out a mass text. That’s true. I sent out a mass text and I almost never push that button. Usually I don’t send out because there’s like a segment. I try not to text my friends with it because I the problem, the thing here is the thing. I accidentally imported my personal phone numbers into my marketing system and I can’t take them all out. So I’ve had to segment my audience versus my friends and people that I know from like business development. And

54:56
But for this, was like, fuck it. I’m just texting everyone. And so this is what came out of that. But I’m going to read you a piece. because you were the first person to respond for immediate appearance from this book, I am going to read you my favorite piece from this book. Sweet. This is called The Gradient of Now. The world moves in a continuous gradient that humans have to break into discrete units to measure.

55:25
But there are no specific points in time or space. There are no specific colors. There are no specific people. We use minutes to break down the endless flow of time into neat little building blocks so that our brains can decipher them. Time’s true form is shaped more like a psychic Mobius strip than a continuous line from the past to the future. The past and the future are interwoven

55:53
and in constant relationship to each other, creating one infinite edge that folds back onto itself. For an event to have happened in the past, it would have needed to occur at a discrete time. But the more you examine time, the more it slips through your fingers like sand. St. Augustine said, I know what time is, but when you ask me, I don’t. Every moment only exists in relation to other moments. We use personal and collective history to create mental hooks

56:23
that compress the vast calculus of time into a manageable file. When exactly does a moment in time begin or end? Is a child born the moment she leaves the birth canal and is breathing oxygen on our side of the womb? Is she born when the sperm fertilizes the egg or when the cells of the egg are created? Maybe she’s born at the exact moment that her father and mother are born because without those events, her existence would be impossible.

56:51
Or was she born when the first single-celled organism finally became multicellular and its ancestor crawled out of the sea? The more closely you look at time, the more you notice there’s nothing to see. There are no boundaries around when events start and stop. There are no discrete units to measure a moment, only a continuous flow in causation of itself. There is only now and now and now.

57:19
The more you look at matter, the more you realize it is not solid. The body we experience as hard and dense is actually more air than land. We’re completely porous on a microscopic level, constituted of trillions of cells surrounded by constellations of empty space. Inside each nucleus, even more particles vibrating with cellular energy. You extend to infinity in both directions. There is no difference between you and the room you are

57:48
Your cells create a field of electrical energy which touches and interacts with everything around you, including other people. There is no separation between anything or anybody. There was only the gradient of infinite change from one moment to the next. Last night, I watched the sky flex and bloom in the mountains of Santa Monica. The sun pulsed an infinite bouquet of colors for two hours as it set over the valley. Every instant, a different color.

58:18
Deep crimson to brilliant blue and green. Every shade, every moment, a barely perceptible variation of the one just a second before. I wonder if our lives are much like the pulsing colors over the night sky. Every moment, no separation, only a gradient of experiences. Only now and now and now. It’s like poetry, It is. You are a great writer. Thank you, sir. Thank you.

58:46
And thank you for that. Thank you for that reading the custom reading. I assume you’re going to be narrating your own audiobook. Oh, yeah, no, I’m gonna get some I’m gonna get some British guy off fiber to do. You know, so weird. It’s like Joe dispenser has an Australian guy do his, his audible work. And I’m like, this doesn’t work. If you know what his voice sounds like, it’s totally throwing me off. Yeah, yeah. Cool. Daniel. Hey, man. Appreciate you coming back on the show. It’s been a while. Thanks to you. been my pleasure.

59:16
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now I love Daniel’s writing and you should definitely check out his book which is actually out right now. For more information about this episode, go to mywebquitterjob.com slash episode 441. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash d.

59:43
That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to hang out with you in person this year in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. So grab a ticket to Seller Summit and let’s meet up. Go to SellerSummit.com. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T dot com. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog. And if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!